AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions 14th Carbon and its Compounds

10th Class Chemistry 14th Lesson Carbon and its Compounds 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define Isomerism. (AP March 2016)
Answer:
The phenomenon of possessing same molecular formula but different properties by the compounds is known as “Isomerism”.

Question 2.
Give the names of the functional groups. (AP March 2018)
a) – COOR
b) – OH
Answer:
a) Ester
b) Alcohol

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 3.
How do you explain the role of Oxygen in combustion process? (TS March 2015)
Answer:
Oxygen helps the combustion (or) No combustion will take place without oxygen.
Ex : C + O2 → CO2

Question 4.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 1 AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 2
Predict and write the products. (TS March 2016)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 2

Question 5.
Write two uses of nano tubes. (TS June 2017)
Answer:

  1. Nano tubes are used as molecule wires.
  2. In intigrated circuits nano tubes are used to connect the components together.
  3. Nano tubes are used to incert Bio-molecules into the single cell.

Question 6.
Write two uses of Ethanol in day to day life. (TS March 2018)
Answer:
Ethanol is used in
i) Preparation of Alchoholic drinks
ii) Preparing tincture iodine
iii) Preparing cough syrup and tonics

Question 7.
Write the atomic structure of the following carbon compound. 3, 7-dibromo-4, -6 dichloro – oct-5-ene-l, 2-diol. (TS March 2019)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 3

Question 8.
Thanish added acetic acid along with concentrated sulphuric acid to ethanol what would be his observation during the experiment? (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:

  1. He may observe that the resulting mixture is a sweet odoured substance.
  2. The substance is ethyl acetate, an ester.

Question 9.
Why do the various micelles present in water do not come together to form a precipitate? Guess the reason. (TS June 2019)
Answer:
The various micelles present in water do not come together to form a precipitate as each micelle repels the other because of the ion-ion repulsion.

Question 10.
Mention any two uses of graphite in day to day life. (TS June 2019)
Answer:
Uses of graphite in day to day life :

  1. Pencil lead.
  2. Lubricant.

Question 11.
What is “Allotropy”?
Answer:
The property of an element to exist in two or more different forms due to the difference in their atomic arrangement is called “Allotropy” and the different forms are called allotropes.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 12.
‘Diamond is a bad conductor of heat.’ Why?
Answer:
Diamond is a bad conductor of heat due to lack of free electrons.

Question 13.
What is ‘cleavage’?
Answer:
Cleavage is a property of splitting of crystals of some minerals in certain directions to produce a flat, even surface.

Question 14.
“Diamond is the hardest natural substance but is brittle.” Why?
Answer:
Diamond is the hardest natural substance but is brittle and can be broken due to the property of cleavage.

Question 15.
Explain about high refractive index of diamond.
Answer:
Diamond has a high refractive index, due to which most of the light that enters the diamond gets reflected back internally. This internally reflected light is responsible for the brilliance of a diamond.

Question 16.
What is catenation?
Answer:
Catenation is the phenomenon in which atoms of same element join together to form long chains.

Question 17.
What is an alkyl group?
Answer:
If one hydrogen is removed from an alkane, it is called alkyl group.
Ex : CH4 → methane
CH3 → methyl group

Question 18.
What is polymerization?
Answer:
The reaction in which a large number of identical and simple molecules join together to form a large molecule is called ‘polymerization’.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 4

Question 19.
What do you understand by a ‘Functional group’?
Answer:
A group of atoms in carbon compounds showing characteristic properties is called a functional group.

Question 20.
Name some functional groups.
ANswer:
Alcohol – OH, Aldehyde – CHO, Ketone – > C = O, Carboxylic acid (- GOOH), ester (-COOR), and amine – NH2 are some important functional groups.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 21.
What is pyrolysis?
Answer:
Decomposition of a compound on heating in the absence of air is called pyrolysis.

Question 22.
What is hydrocarbon?
Answer:
Compounds containing only carbon and hydrogen are called ‘hydrocarbons’.
Ex : Alkanes (Saturated hydrocarbons),
Alkenes and Alkynes (Unsaturated hydrocarbons).

Question 23.
What is ‘Saturated hydrocarbon’? (Or) What is an alkane?
Answer:
The valency of carbon is 4, of all the valencies of carbon, are satisfied, the resultant hydrocarbons are referred to as ‘saturated hydrocarbons’ or alkanes. Their general formula is CnH2n+2.

Question 24.
What are ‘Unsaturated hydrocarbons’?
Answer:
The hydrocarbons containing one or more double bonds or triple bonds between two carbon atoms are called ‘unsaturated hydrocarbons’.
Ex : C2H6 and C3H6, etc.

Question 25.
What are alkenes?
Answer:
Alkenes are unsaturated hydrocarbons having at least one (C = C) double bond in their structures, Alkenes are also called olefins. Their general formula is CnH2n.
Ex : Ethylene (C2H4) and propene (C3H6), etc.

Question 26.
What are alkynes?
Answer:
Alkynes are unsaturated hydrocarbons having at least one (\(C \equiv C\)) triple bond in their structures. Their general formula is CnH2n-2.
Ex: Acetylene (\(\mathrm{HC} \equiv \mathrm{HC}\))

Question 27.
Mention the natural sources of carbon compounds.
Answer:
Plants, wood, natural gas, coal, petroleum, etc. are the natural sources of carbon compounds.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 28.
Explain about methanol (or) methyl alcohol.
Answer:
Methanol is the simplest alcohol, It is the first member of the homologous series of alcohol. It is also known as wood alcohol, as it was initially obtained by the destructive distillation of wood.

Question 29.
What is organic chemistry?
Answer:
The chemistry of carbon compounds (excluding the carbonates, bicarbonates, carbides, cyanides, carbon dioxide, and carbon monoxide) is called organic chemistry. The large number of organic compounds necessitated their study in separate branch of chemistry, known as organic chemistry,

Question 30.
What is halogenation?
Answer:
Alkanes react with halogens in the presence of sunlight. For example, when a mixture of methane and chlorine is exposed to sunlight, a hydrogen atom of methane is replaced by a chlorine atom,
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 5

Question 31.
How many rings are there in buckminsterfullerene?
Answer:
In buckminsterfullerene, there are 32 rings, of them 12 are pentagonal rings and 20 are hexagonal rings.

Question 32.
Give example for homologous series.
Answer:
CH4 and C2H6 → These differ by a – CH2 unit.
and C2H6 and C3H8 → These differ by a – CH2 unit.

Question 33.
What is hybridisation?
Answer:
The intermixing of orbitals to form equivalent new orbitals is called hybridisation.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 34.
What are nanotubes?
Answer:
Nanotubes are allotropic form of carbon.

Question 35.
What are homologous series?
Answer:
The ierles of carbon compound in which successive compounds differ by -CH2 unit is called homologous series.

Question 36.
Write the molecular formula of the fourth member of the homologous series of alcohols.
Answer:
CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – OH

Question 37.
What is a catalyst?
Answer:
The substance which does not take part in chemical reaction but changes the rate of reaction.

Question 38.
Why are oils liquids at room temperature?
Answer:
Oils are unsaturated compounds so they are in liquid state.

Question 39.
Why are fats solids at room temperature?
Answer:
They are saturated compounds so they are in solid state.

Question 40.
Do you know the police detect whether suspected drivers have consumed alcohol or not? Explain.
Answer:
Orange Cr2O72- changes bluish green Cr3+ during the process of the oxidation of alcohol. The length of die tube that turned into green is the measure of die quantity of alcohol that had been drunk.

Question 41.
What is pka?
Answer:
The negative value of logarithm of dissociation constant of an acid.

Question 42.
What is Saponification?
Answer:
Alkaline hydrolysis of triesters of higher fatty acids producing soaps is called saponification.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 43.
What is a soap?
Answer:
Sodium or potassium salt of fatty acid.

Question 44.
What is micelle?
Answer:
A spherical aggregate of soap molecules in water is called micelle.

Question 45.
What change will you observe if you test soap with litmus papers?
Answer:
Red litmus turns into blue.

Question 46.
Write the valency of carbon in CH3 – CH3, CH2 = CH2 and \(\mathrm{HC} \equiv \mathrm{CH}\)?
Answer:
The valency of carbon in CH3 – CH3 is 4.
The valency of carbon in CH2 = CH2 is 3.
The valency of carbon in \(\mathrm{HC} \equiv \mathrm{C}\) – H is 2.

Question 47.
Out of butter and groundnut oil which is unsaturated in nature?
Answer:
Groundnut oil is unsaturated in nature.

Question 48.
What are hydrophobic and hydrophilic parts in soap?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 6

Question 49.
Name the carboxylic acid used as preservative.
Answer:
Acetic acid is used as preservative.

Question 50.
Why does graphite act as a good conductor of electricity?
Answer:
Graphite is a good conductor of electricity because of delocalized x electron system.

Question 51.
Among objects made of glass and diamond, which one shines more? Why?
Answer:
Diamond shines more because of low conical angle of 24,4° and also high refractive

Question 52.
Write IUPAC names of the following compounds.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 7
Answer:
a) 2, 2, 3, 3 – tetra methyl butane
b) 3-chloro butan-l-oic acid.

Question 53.
What is the difference between combustion and oxidation reaction?
Answer:
Combustion is an oxidation reaction where a compound is burnt in the presence of oxygen, whereas oxidation is addition of oxygen which does not require any burning.

Question 54.
Write the order of priority of functional groups for naming carbon compounds.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 8

Question 55.
What is glycerol?
Answer:
The trihydroxy alcohol is called glycerol.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 9

Question 56.
What do you mean by CMC?
Answer:
CMC means Critical Micelle Concentration.

Question 57.
Name the simplest chloride of saturated hydrocarbon.
Answer:
Chloro methane or methyl chloride.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 10

Question 58.
Write the IUPAC name of next homolog of CH3CH2CHO.
Answer:
The next homolog of CH3CH2CHO is CH3CH2CH2CHO (its IUPAC name is butanol). Since homologs differ by – CH2.

Question 59.
How do physical properties like boiling point and melting point vary as the number of carbon atoms increases in a homologous series?
Answer:
There is regular gradation in physical properties of homologous series. So the physical properties like boiling point and melting point vary.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 60.
What is meant by Hybridisation?
Answer:
Mixing two atomic orbitals with the same energy levels to give a degenerated new type of orbitals.

Question 61.
Write any two uses of Graphite.
Answer:
i) Conductor
ii) Lubricant

Question 62.
Write any two examples to Amorphous form of carbon.
Answer:
i) Coke
ii) coal
iii) charcoal.

Question 63.
Write any two examples to crystalline forms of carbon.
Answer:
i) Diamond
ii) graphite

Question 64.
What are the applications of Buckminster fullerene?
Answer:
i) Antioxidants
ii) Anti aging and damage agent in cosmetic sector.

Question 65.
What is meant by catenation?
Answer:
Binding of an element to itself through covalent bonds to form chain or ring molecules.

Question 66.
Write any one use of nanotubes.
Answer:
i) Used as molecular wires.
ii) Used in integrated circuits.

Question 67.
On which reason, graphite is used as lubricant and as the lead in pencils?
Answer:
Graphite has free electrons.

Question 68.
How many isotopes are there for C4H10, what are they?
Answer:
i) n – Butane
ii) Iso – Butane

Question 69.
CH3 – CH = CH – CH3, how many sigma bonds are present in the above compound?
Answer:
11

Question 70.
Write the IUPAC name of Ethyle alcohol.
Answer:
Ethanol.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 71.
Classify the following into alkanes, alkenes and alkynes.
C12 H22, C10 H22, C11 H22
Answer:
i) C10 H22 – Alkanes
ii) C11 H22 -Alkenes
iii) C12 H22-Alkynes

Question 72.
Hi ……… I am carboxylic acid. I am used in the making vinegar, who am I?
Answer:
Acetic acid.

Question 73.
What does IUPAC represent?
Answer:
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry.

Question 74.
Write any one example for esterification reaction.
Answer:
CH3COOH + C2H5OH → CH3COOC2H5 + H2O

Question 75.
A compound with molecules formula C2H6O is used in cough syrup. Identify the compound.
Answer:
Ethyl Alcohol.

Question 76.
Which substance is added for the denaturation of ethyl alcohol?
Answer:
Pyridine.

Question 77.
What is the abbreviation of CMC?
Answer:
Critical Micelle Concentration.

Question 78.
Write the names of polar end and non-polar end in a soap.
Answer:
Polar end – COO Na+, Non-polar end – R.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 79.
Write the IUPAC name of the alcohol which one carbon atom.
Answer:
Methanol.

Question 80.
Write the chemical equation which indicates the preparation of ethanol industrially?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 11

Question 81.
What is the formula of chloroform? Write its one use.
Answer:
CHCl3, Anesthetic.

Question 82.
Which type of hydrocarbons are participate in addition reaction?
Answer:
Unsaturate Hydrocarbons.

Question 83.
What are the oxidising agents used in oxidisation of C2H5?
Answer:
K2Cr2O7, KMn04.

Question 84.
What is meant by catalyst?
Answer:
To change die rate of reaction without itself undergoing any permanent chemical change.

Question 85.
What are the main constituents of LPG?
Answer:
Butane, Methane.

Question 86.
What is the difference between saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons?
Answer:
Saturated house single bonds, unsaturated have multiple bonds.

Question 87.
Describe a test for carboxylic acid.
Answer:
React with metals liberate hydrogen gas.

Question 88.
What is meant by denatured alcohol?
Answer:
Unfit for human consumption by adding one or more chemicals.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 89.
Complete the following equation.
CH4 + 2O2
Answer:
CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 1H2O

Question 90.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 12
i) In the above substance, what is the hybridisation of 3rd carbon?
Answer:
sp²

ii) What is the hybridisation of 4th carbon?
Answer:
sp³

Question 91.
What is the main misuse of Ethanol?
Answer:
Drinking.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 92.
What is gasohol?
Answer:
10% Ethyl alcohol with gasoline.

Question 93.
Write any two uses of Ethyle alcohol.
Answer:
i) Good solvent
ii) Additive to automotive gasoline.

Question 94.
Write two IUPAC name
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 13
Answer:
3 – Chloro 1 – Butane

Question 95.
Name the following functional groups.
i) – COOR
ii) R – COOH
Answer:
i) – COOR (Ester)
ii) R – COOH (Carboxylic acid)

Question 96.
Name the crystalline allotrope of carbon which conducts electricity.
Answer:
Graphite.

Question 97.
Ravi gets confused while understanding the between R – COOH and R – OH functional groups, ask him one question to classify it.
Answer:
i) What is carboxylic acid?
ii) What is Alcohol?

Question 98.
Formic acid (HCOOH)
Farmaldehyde (HCHO)
Methanol (CH3OH), then answer the following questions.
i) Which is present in ants?
Answer:
HCOOH (Formic acid).

ii) Which is used to preservation of dead bodies?
Answer:
HCHO (Farmaldehyde).

Question 99.
Write the symbolic representation showing the functional groups.
i) amine
ii) amide
Answer:
i) R – NH2
ii) R – CONH2

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 100.
How many sigma and pi-bonds present in Acetylene?
Answer:
\(\mathrm{HC} \equiv \mathrm{CH}\) ; σ bonds – 3 ; π bonds – 2

Question 101.
Which of the following will give substitution reactions?
CH4, C3H6, C3H4, C5H12, C4H8
Answer:
CH4, C5 H12

Question 102.
Which of the following will give addition reactions?
CH4, C3H6, C3H4, C5H12, C4H10
Answer:
C3H6, C3H4

Question 103.
What is a homologous series?
Answer:
Same functional group, difference between successive members is a simple structural unit – CH2.

Question 104.
Name the hydrocarbon which is used in the artificial ripening of fruits?
Answer:
C2H4

Question 105.
Define fermentation process.
Answer:
Chemical break down of a substance by bacteria, yeast or other microorganisms.

Question 106.
Define functional group.
Answer:
They are specific substituents within molecules that are responsible for die characteristic chemical reactions.

Question 107.
Which hydrocarbons participate in sp² hybridisation?
Answer:
C2H4

Question 108.
Name the following compounds,
i) CH3 – CH2 – Br
Answer:
1 – Bromo Ethane

ii)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 14
Answer:
Ethanol

iii)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 15
Answer:
2 – Butanone

iv)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 16
Answer:
2, 3 – dichloro Butane

Question 109.
Which constituents are present in tincture Iodine?
Answer:
i) Iodine
ii) Alcohol.

Question 110.
Write the uses of esters in daily life.
Answer:
i) Solvents
ii) Plasticizers

Question 111.
Name the gas evolved when acetic acid reacts with sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Answer:
The gas liberated is carbon dioxide.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 112.
Name the organic acid present in vinegar. Write its chemical formula.
Answer:
The acid present in vinegar is acetic acid. Its formula is CH3COOH.

Question 113.
Why is graphite a good conductors’of electricity?
Answer:
Graphite has free electrons.

Question 114.
Why does carbon form compounds mainly by covalent bonding?
Answer:
Tbtravalency.

Question 115.
Why are alkanes called as paraffins?
Answer:
Low reactivity.

Question 116.
Draw two possible structures with formula C3HgO and what they are called?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 17

Question 117.
Draw structure of 3 – methyl pentan-3-ol.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 18

Question 118.
Draw the shape of soap molecule.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 119.
Draw the shape of Micelle.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 19

Question 120.
Draw the shape of methane.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 20

Question 121.
Draw the structure of pentanoic acid.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 21

Question 122.
How do you appreciate the role of diamond in space probes?
Answer:
Since it has the ability to filter out harmful radiations, it is used in making protective windows for space probes.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 123.
How do you appreciate the role of acetic acid as a preservative?
Answer:

  • Dilute acetic acid is used as a food preservative in the preparation of pickles and sauces,
  • As vinegar, it is also used as an appetiser for dressing food dishes.

Question 124.
How do you appreciate the role of diamond in surgery?
Answer:
A sharp edged diamond is used as a tool to remove cataract in eye surgery.

10th Class Chemistry 14th Lesson Carbon and its Compounds 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Draw the simple figure of a soap molecule. (AP March 2016)
Answer:
Structure of soap molecule :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 2.
Draw the structure of the methane molecule. Write its bond angle. (TS June 2015)
Answer:
The bend angle in methane is 109°2 8′.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 22

Question 3.
a) Why are vegetable oils healthy as compared to vegetable ghee? (TS March 2015)
b) Write the IUPAC name of
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 25
Answer:
a) Because vegetable oils contain unsaturated fatty acids or vegetable oils are easily digestible.
b) 3 – Mono chloro butene (or) 3 Chloro butene

Question 4.
What are alkenes? Write the general formula of alkenes. Give an example for alkenes. (TS June 2017)
Answer:

  • Unsaturated hydrocarbons those are having carbon * carbon double bond are known as alkenes.
  • The general formula of Alkenes is CHH2h.
  • Example : Ethelene (C2H4).

Question 5.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 23
Based on the diagram, answer the following.
1) Write the name of the compound.
2) Write the name of functional group in the structure. (AP March 2019)
Answer:

  1. The compound is 2, 3-di ethyl-cycle hexan-1-ol.
  2. Alcohol (OH) is the functional group in the structure.

Question 6.
Identify the functional groups in the following compounds and write IUPAC names.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 24
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 26
The IUPAC name of the compound Is 2 – Chloro-Butan 1-ol.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 27
The IUPAC name of the compound is 3 – Methyl-2-Butan-one.

Question 7.
Draw the structure of butanoic acid C3H7COOH.
Answer:
Formula of butanoic acid is C4H5O2.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 28

Question 8.
What is ‘Isomerism’?
Answer:
Compounds having same molecular formula but different structures are called isomers, and the phenomenon is called isomerism.
Ex: C4H10 exists an n-hutane and iso-butane.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 29

Question 9.
How do you detect leakage in the cylinder?
Answer:

  • To detect any leakage of gas from die cylinder, a strong-smelling substance like ethyl mercaptan (C2H5 SH) is added to die gas.
  • Then the leakage can be easily detected by the foul smell of die ethyl mercaptan.

Question 10.
How is LPG gas useful for environment?
Answer:

  • Because of its heat producing capacity (calorific value), it is considered to be a good fuel.
  • It bums without producing smoke. Hence, it does not cause any pollution.
  • It is a dean fuel and can be conveniently handled.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 11.
How is ethanol useful in pharmaceutical industry?
Answer:

  • Solutions in ethanol are often prepared in pharmaceutical industry, these solutions are known as tinctures.
  • For example, a solution of Iodine and potassium iodide in ethanol is called tincture of iodine.
  • It is also used as an important raw material for the synthesis of many organic compounds, for example, ethanol, ethanoic acid, ethanoie anhydride, esters, chloroform, etc.

Question 12.
How are synthetic detergents harmful for environment?
Answer:

  • Some synthetic detergents resist biodegradation, i.e. they are not decomposed by micro-organisms such as bacteria.
  • Hence, they cause water pollution in lakes and rivers.
  • They tend to persist for a long time, making the water unfit for aquatic life.

Question 13.
Explain about allotropic forms of carbon.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 30

Question 14.
Diamond is considered to be the purest form of carbon. How can we prove it?
Answer:
When diamond is heated in oxygen alone, it bums at about 800° C and forms carbon dioxide leaving no residue. This proves that diamond to be the purest form of carbon.

Question 15.
Why does carbon not form C4+? Why?
Answer:

  • Electronic configuration of carbon is 1s²2s²2p².
  • If carbon loses four electrons from the outer shell, it will form C4+ ions.
  • This requires huge amount of energy which is not available normally.
  • Therefore C4+ formation is not possible.

Question 16.
Why does carbon form compounds mainly by covalent bonding?
Answer:
Carbon is unable to form C4+ ion as well as C4- ion. So carbon has to satisfy its tetra- valency by sharing electrons with other atoms. So it mainly forms covalent bonding.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 17.
Define Allotropy. What are the allotropic forms of carbon?
Answer:
The property of an element to exist in two or more physical forms having more or less similar chemical properties but different physical properties is called allotropy. The allotropic forms of carbon are graphite, diamond, etc.

Question 18.
Identify the unsaturated compounds of the following.
a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2
b) CH3 – CH = CH3
c)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 31
Answer:
a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 saturated compound.
b) CH3 – CH = CH3 unsaturated compound.
c)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 32

Question 19.
Define Isomers. Write structural formula of isomers of butane.
Answer:
Compounds having same molecular formula but different properties are called isomers.
Isomers of butane :
1) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3
Butane
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 33

Question 20.
What happens when a small piece of sodium is dropped into ethanol?
Answer:
When a small piece of sodium is dropped into ethanol it releases hydrogen gas and forms sodium ethoxide.
2C2H5OH + 2 Na → 2C2H5ONa + H2

Question 21.
What type of reaction takes place between ethane and chlorine?
Answer:
Substitution reaction takes place between ethane and chlorine in die presence erf sunlight
CH4 + Cl2 → CH3Cl + HCl
CH3Cl +Cl2 → CH2Cl2 + HCl
CH2Cl2 + Cl2 → CHCl3 + HCl
CHCl3 + Cl2 → CCl4 + HCl

Question 22.
What are the two properties of carbon which lead to the huge number of carbon compounds we see around us?
Answer:

  1. Catenation
  2. Isomerism.

Question 23.
How could you name the following compounds?
a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – Br
b) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2
Answer:
a) Bromo propane
b) Hexyne

Question 24.
Give examples for primary, secondary and tertiary amines.
Answer:
Primary amine – CH3NH2
Secondary amine – CH3 – NH – CH3
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 34

Question 25.
Write the following conversions.
1) Ethanol to Ethene
2) Ethene to Ethanol
3) Methane to carbon tetra chloride.
Answer:
1) Ethanol reacts with cone. H2SO4 at about 170°C to give ethene.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 35

2) Ethanol is prepared from ethene by the addition of water vapour in the presence of catalyst P2O5.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 36

3) Methane reacts with chlorine in the presence of sunlight. Hydrogen atoms of CH4 are replaced by chlorine atAP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 37

Question 26.
Name the following compounds and which one is saturated among them.
a) CH3 – \(\mathrm{C} \equiv \mathrm{H}\) – CH3
b) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3
c) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3
Answer:
a) 2-Butyne
b) 2 – Butene
c) Butane

Butane does not show any double or triple bonds. Its valency is completely satisfied with formation of single bond. So it is a saturated compound.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 27.
How do you identify the given organic compound contains carboxylic acid functional group?
Answer:

  • On adding carbonates and bicarbonates the compound containing carboxylic acid group evolves carbon dioxide gas.
  • When warmed with alcohol and cone. H2SO4 a pleasant fruity smell is produced due to formation of ester.

Question 28.
Explain briefly about the structure of “Diamond”.
Answer:

  • In a diamond, each carbon atom is surrounded by four other carbon atoms.
  • In these carbon atoms, each carbon atom undergoes in its excited state sp3 hybridisation.
  • These are placed at the four corners of a regular tetrahedron.
  • This results in a 3-dimensional network of carbon atoms.
  • So diamond is in three dimensional structure.

Question 29.
Explain briefly about the structure of “Graphite”.
Answer:

  • In graphite, each ‘C’ is surrounded by three other ‘C’ atoms.
  • The ‘C’ atoms are arranged in layers.
  • In the layer structure, the carbon atoms are in trigonal planar environment.
  • Each layer consists of a 2-dimensional hexagonal network.

Question 30.
Diamond is an extremely bad conductor of electricity.” Why?
Answer:
1) In diamond, each carbon atom is covalently bonded with four other carbon atoms.
2) So, the four outermost electrons of a carbon atom are engaged or trapped in the covalent bonds, having no free electrons making it a bad conductor of electricity.

Question 31.
Why is diamond hard but graphite is smooth and slippery?
Answer:
Diamond has sp³ hybridisation with tetrahedral environment. As C – C bonds are very strong any attempt to distort the diamond structure requires large amount of energy. Hence diamond is one of the hardest material.

Whereas graphite has sp² hybridisation with layer structure with trigonal planar environment. The layers tend to slide on one another. So graphite is smooth and slippery.

Question 32.
An organic compound X with a molecular formula C2H6O undergoes oxidation within presence of alkaline KMnO4 to form a compound Y. X on heating in presence of con. H2SO4 at 443 K gives Z. Which on reaction with Br2 and decolorizes it? Identify X, Y, and Z and write the reactions involved.
Answer:
X is ethanol.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 38

Question 33.
Complete the following reactions.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 39
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 40

Question 34.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 41
What are A and B?
Answer:
1) Alkynes undergo addition reaction in the presence of nickel catalyst and hydrogen to form Alkene.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 42

Question 35.
Draw the structure for the following compounds.
a) Propanoic acid
b) Chlorobutane
c) Hexanone
d) Pentanal
Answer:
a) CH3CH2COOH
b) CH3CH2CH2CH2Cl
c) CH3CH2CH2CH2COCH3
d) CH3CH2CH2CH2CHO

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 36.
Give IUPAC names of the following compounds. If more than one compound is possible, name all of them.
i) A chloride derived from butane.
ii) A ketone derived from pentane.
Answer:
i) The following chlorides are possible for butane.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 43
ii) The following ketones are possible for pentane.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 44

Question 37.
a) What are the various possible structural formulae of a compound having molecular formula C3H6?
b) Give IUPAC names of the above possible compounds and represent them in structure.
c) What is the difference between those
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 45

b) The IUPAC names of compounds are propene and cycle propane.
c) The main difference Is that the first compound Is alkene-an unsaturated compound and second is cyclo alkane-a saturated compound.

Question 38.
Draw isomeric forms of C6H14.
Answer:
Isomers of hexane :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 46
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 47

Question 39.
How do you appreciate the role of carbon in everyday life?
Answer:

  • Major components of our daily food have carbohydrates, proteins, fats, etc. which are all made up of carbon compounds.
  • The fibres of cloth are made up of cellulose and other types of materials, which are all carbon compounds.
  • Cement and steel form the core of any of the modern buildings. Carbon bestows steel with hardness, while limestone (CaCO3) a major constituent of cement also contains carbon.

Question 40.
How do you appreciate the role of oxygen in combustion process?
Answer:

  • When the oxygen supply is insufficient, the fuels burn incompletely producing mainly a yellow flame.
  • When the oxygen supply is sufficient, the fuels burn completely producing a blue flame.

Question 41.
How do you appreciate the role of Ethanol as a fuel?
Answer:

  • A material which is burnt to obtain heat is called a fuel. Since ethanol burns with a clear flame giving a lot of heat, it is used as a fuel.
  • Some countries add ethanol to petrol to be used as a fuel in cars. Thus ethanol is used as an additive in petrol.
  • Ethanol alone can also be used as a fuel for cars.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 42.
What are the uses of fullerenes?
Answer:
Fullerenes are under study for potential medical use such as specific antibiotics to target resistant bacteria and even target cancer cells such as melanoma.

Question 43.
Write the HJPAC names of the following compounds.
i) CH3 – CH0 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2OH
ii) CH3 – CH2 – CH = CH- CH2 – \(\mathrm{C} \equiv \mathrm{CH}\)
iii) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CHO
iv) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – COOH
Answer:

  1. nananol
  2. 4- ene – 1 heptyne
  3. pentanal
  4. pentanoic acid

Question 44.
What are the uses of alcohol?
Answer:

  • Alcohols are goods solvent for resin and gums.
  • Ethanol is used in the thermometers because of its low freezing point.
  • One of the products of ethyl alcohol is chloroform, which is used as an aesthetic.
  • 10% ethanol in gasoline is a good motor fuel.
  • It is used in medicines such as tincture iodine, cough syrups and many tonics.

Question 45.
What are the uses of acetic acid?
Answer:

  • 5 to 8% solution of acetic acid in water is called vinegar and is used widely as a preservative in pickles.
  • Used as a laboratory reagent.
  • Used in the production of perfumes, dyes, esters, etc.
  • Used in medicine.

10th Class Chemistry 14th Lesson Carbon and its Compounds 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write IUPAC names for the following carbon compounds.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 48
Answer:
A) 2 – methyle pentane – 3 – ol
B) 3 – chloro, 4 – Methyle hexanoic acid
C) 2 Bromo – Bute – 2 – ene
D) 2, 5 Dimethyle hexane

Question 2.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 49 (AP June 2017)
Observe the given carbon compound and answer the following questions.
a) Give numbering to the carbons in the given compound according to IUPAC rules.
b) Name the functional group present in the given compound.
c) Name the word root for the given carbon compound.
d) Write the IUPAC name of the given compound.
Answer:
a)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 50
b) The given compound contains functional group – OH. It is an alcohol.
c) Word root: The number of carbon atoms present in the molecules is called word root. Here the word root is (C5) – pent.
d) IUPAC name of the given compound is pent 4 – ene 2 – ol.

Question 3.
Alkanes are considered as Paraffins. So, they undergo substitution reactions but not addition reactions. Explain with suitable example. (AP March 2017)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 51

Question 4.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 52
Observe the structure and answer the following.
a) Write the name of principal functional group present in the compound.
b) Identify the parental chain in the compound.
c) What are the substituents in the above compound?
d) Name the above compound as per IUPAC nomenclature. (AP June 2018)
Answer:
a) Ketone
b)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 53
c) Methyl group ; Hydroxy group
d) 7 – hydroxy – S – methyl heptan – 2 – one

Question 5.
In the table given below, fill the information in the empty boxes and give answers to the following questions. (TS June 2015)
a Write the general formula of alkanes from the table.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 54
b) How many a bonds are there in C3H6?
c) What sequential order did you notice in the molecular formulae?
d) There exist single bonds between carbon atoms of alkanes. Do you agree with this statement? Give reasons.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 55
a) The general formula of Alkanes is CnH2n+2
b) The number of o bonds in C2H6 are 7.
c) Two successive alkanes are differed by – CH2 group.
d) Except Methane all other alkanes have single bonds between carbon atmos because it is a saturated hydro carbon.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 6.
Why do we call alkanes as paraffins? Explain the substitution reactions of alkanes. (TS June 2016)
Answer:
a) 1. Alkanes are saturated hydrocarbons with least reactivity.
2. Therefore they are called paraffins.
3. Parum = little and affins = affinity.

b) 1. A reaction in which one atom or a group of atoms in a given compound is replaced by other atom or group of atoms is called a substitution reaction.
2. Alkanes have single bonds and undergo substitution reactions.

3. For example :
Methane (CH4) reacts with chlorine in the presence of sunlight.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 56

Question 7.
Write the types of Allotropes of Carbon. Give any three examples of each. (TS March 2016)
Answer:
The allotropes of carbon are classified into two types. They are
i) Amorphous forms,
ii) Crystalline forms.
Examples :
Amorphous forms :
Coal, coke, wood charcoal, animal charcoal, lamp black, gas carbon, petroleum coke, sugar charcoal, etc.

Crystalline forms :
Diamond, graphite, and buckminsterfullerene.

Question 8.
Write any 4 characteristic features of homologous series of Organic compounds. (TS March 2016)
Answer:
Homologous series :
The series of carbon compounds in which two successive compounds differ by – CH2 unit is called homologous series.

Characteristic features of homologous series :

  1. They have one general formula.
    Ex : Alkane (C4H2n + 2), Alkene (C4H2n), Alkyne (C4H2n-2)
  2. Successive compounds in their series possess a difference of (- CH2) unit.
  3. They possess similar chemical properties due to the same functional group.
  4. They show a regular gradation in their physical properties.

Question 9.
List out the materials required to conduct the experiment to understand the esterification reaction. Explain the procedure of the experiment. How can you identify that an ester is formed in this reaction?(TS March 2017)
Answer:
Required Material :
Test tube, beaker, tripod* burner, water, wire guage, ethanol (absolute alcohol), glacial acetic acid, concentrated sulphuric acid.

Procedure :

  1. Take 1 ml of ethanol and 1 ml of glacial acetic acid along with a few drops of concentrated sulphuric acid in the test tube.
  2. Warm it in a water bath or in a beaker containing water for atleast five (5) minutes.
  3. Pour the warm contents into a beaker containing 20-50 ml of water and observe the odour of the resulting mixture.
    If we smell sweet odour from the beaker, we can confirm that ester is formed.

Question 10.
Explain the Isomerism and Catenation properties of carbon. (TS March 2018)
Answer:
Catenation properties of carbon :
i) Carbon has ability to form longest chains with its own atoms. This special property of carbon is called catenation.
ii) Due to catenation property of carbon it can form largest chain containing millions of carbon atoms, branches and cyclic compounds.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 57

Isomerism of carbon :
The phenomenon of possessing some molecular formula but different properties by the compounds is known as isomerism.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 58

Molecular formula of above two molecules is C4 H10 but they have different structure. These two are isomers.

By there two special properties of carbon it can make number of compounds.

Question 11.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 59
Observe the above table and answer the following questions. (TS March 2019)
1) Write the general formula of Alkanes.
2) Mention the names of unsaturated hydrocarbons.
3) Write the homologous series of Alkynes.
4) Write the formula of Hexyne.
Answer:
1) General formula for Alkanes : CnH2n+2.
2) Unsaturated Hydrocarbons in the list are :
Propene C3H6, Butene C4H6, Pentyne C5H8, Hexyne C6H10.

3) Homologous series of Alkynes is C2H2 (Ethyne), C3H4 (Propyne), C4H6 (Butyne), C5H8 (Pentyne), C6H10 (Hexyne).

4) Formula of Hexyne is C6H10.

Question 12.
Complete the following table based on functional groups of organic compounds, their structural formulas and respective suffixes. (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 60
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 61

Question 13.
Explain the occurrence of carbon.
Answer:
Carbon occurs in nature in free state as well as in combined state.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 62

Question 14.
What is sp hybridisation? Explain.
Answer:

  • Each carbon is only joining to two other atoms rather than four or three.
  • Here the carbon atoms hybridise their outer orbitals before forming bonds, this time they only hybridise two of the orbitals.
  • They use the ‘s’ orbital (2s) and one of the 2p orbitals, but leave the other 2p orbitals unchanged.
  • The new hybrid orbitals formed are called sp-hybrid orbitals, because they are made by an s-orbital and a p-orbital reorganizing themselves.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 15.
Write the characteristics of homologous series of organic compounds.
Answer:
Characteristics of homologous series :

  1. They have one general formula.
    e.g.: Alkanes (CnH2n+2)
  2. Successive compounds in the series possess a difference of – CH2 unit.
  3. They possess similar chemical properties due to same functional group.
    e.g.: C – OH
  4. They show a regular gradation in their physical properties.

Question 16.
What is sp³ hybridisation with diagram? Explain.
Answer:
The excited carbon atom allows its one s-orbital (2s) and three p-orbitals (2px, 2py, 2pz) to intermix and reshuffle into four identical orbitals known as sp³ orbitals. Thus, carbon atom undergoes sp³ hybridization. The four electrons enter the new four identical hybrid orbitals known as sp³ hybrid orbitals, one each as per Hu nd’s rule.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 63

1) Since carbon has four unpaired electrons, it is capable of forming bonds with four other atoms.

2) When carbon reacts with hydrogen, four hydrogen atoms allow their ‘s’ orbitals containing one electron each to overlap with four sp³ orbitals of carbon atom which are oriented at an angle of 109°. 28’.

3) Four orbitals of an atom in the outer shell orient along the four corners of a tetrahedron to have minimum repulsion between their electrons. ‘The nucleus of the atom is at the centre of the tetrahedron.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 64

4) This leads to form four sp³ – s sigma bonds between carbon atom and four hydrogen atoms, All these bonds are of equal energy,

Question 17.
What is sp² hybridisation? Explain.
Answer:
Consider ethene molecule
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 65

  • In the formation of CH2 – CH2 each carbon atom in its excited state undergoes sp² hybridisation by intermixing one s-orbital (2s) and two p-orbitals (say 2px and 2py) and reshuffling to form three sp² orbitals.
  • Mow each carbon atom is left with one ‘p’ orbital (say 2pz) unhybridised,
  • The three sp² orbitals having one electron each get separated around the nucleus of carbon atoms at an angle of 120°.
  • When carbon is ready to form bonds one sp² orbital of one carbon atom overlaps the sp² orbital of the other carbon atom to form sp² – sp² sigma (σ) bond,
  • The remaining two sp² orbitals of each carbon atom get overlapped by ‘s’ orbitals of two hydrogen atoms containing unpaired electrons.
  • The unhybridised pz orbitals on the two carbon atoms overlap laterally as shown in figure to form a π (pi) bond.
  • Hence, there exist a sigma (σ) bond and a pi π (pi) bond between two carbon atoms in ethene molecule. Hence, the molecule ethene (C2H4) is

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 66

Question 18.
The list of some organic compounds is given below.
Ethanol, ethane, methanol, methane, ethyne and ethene.
From the above list name the compound …………..
a) formed by the dehydration of ethanol by cone. H2SO4.
b) which forms methanoic acid on oxidation?
c) which forms chloroform on halogination in the presence of light?
d) which are unsaturated compounds?
e) which have compounds containing alcohol group?
Answer:
a) Dehydration ethanol in the presence of Cone. H2SO4 forms ethene,
b) Methanol on oxidation turns to methanoic acid,
c) Methane in the presence of light forms chloroform,
d) Unsaturated compounds are ethene and ethyne.
e) The compounds containing alcohol group are methanol, ethanol,

Question 19.
Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 67
Answer:

  1. 1 – propyne
  2. 3 – pentanel (or) pentamSml
  3. 2 – methyl propane
  4. 1, 2 dichloro ethane

Question 20.
Give one example of each of the following.
i) Saturated hydrocarbon
ii) Cyclic compounds
iii) Unsaturated hydrocarbon
iv) Functional group
v) Homologous series
Answer:
i) Saturated hydrocarbons are Alkanes, So the examples are methane (CH4), Ethane, (C2H6).
ii) Cyclic compounds are cycle alkanes, eg : Cyclo propane (C3H6), Cycle butane (C4H6).
iii) Unsaturated hydrocarbons are Aikynes, eg : Ethene (C2H4), Propene
iv) The examples for functional groups are ‘ 1. Aldehyde – CHO, 2. Alcohol = OH
v) A series of carbon compounds that differ by – CH2 with similar chemical properties is called homologous series.
eg: 1, Alkane, 2, Alkene

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 21.
Write the differences between saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons.
Answer:

Saturated hydrocarbons Unsaturated hydrocarbons
1) All the four valencies of each carbon atom are satisfied by forming single covalent bonds with carbon and hydrogen atoms, 1) The valencies of at least two carbon atoms are not fully satisfied by the hydrogen atoms.
2) Carbon atoms are joined only by single bonds. 2) Carbon atoms are joined by at least one double bond or by a triple bond.
3) They are less reactive due to non­availability of electrons in the single covalent bond therefore they undergo substitution reactions, 3) They are more reactive because of the presence of electrons in the double or triple bond and therefore undergo addition reactions.

Question 22.
Answer the following.
a) What are the first three members of carboxylic acid series?
b) Name the compounds which can be oxidised directly or in stages to produce ethanoic acid.
c) Write one equation each when acetic acid reacts with a metal, a base, and a carbonate.
d) Name the organic compound formed when acetic acid and ethanol react together.
Answer:
a) The first three members of carboxylic acids are :
i) Methanoic acid – HCOOH
ii) Ethanoic acid – CH3COOH
iii) Propanoic acid – CH3CH2COOH

b) Ethanol in stages oxidises to acetic acid whereas ethanol directly oxidises to ethanoic acid.

c) i) 2 CH3COOH + 2 Na → 2CH3COONa + H2
ii) CH3COOH + NaOH → CH3COONa + H2O
iii) CH3COOH + Na2CO3 → CH3COONa + H2O + CO2

d) When ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid it forms an ester namely ethyl acetate.

Question 23.
What are the rules to be followed to name a carbon compound?
Answer:
Rules to be followed
i) Longest carbon chain is selected,
ii) Chain is numbered in such a way that the branched chain or substituent gets the smallest number,
iii) If the functional group is present, it is given the. lowest number,
iv) Substituents are named in the alphabetical order,
v) The position of substituents are prefixed with hyphen,
vi) Multiple substituents are written with numerical prefixes such as di or tri,

Question 24.
Write suffixes and prefixes for some important characteristic functional group in a tabular form.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 68

Question 25.
Correct the following statements.
1) Alkenes undergo substitution reactions.
2) Alkanes are polar in nature.
3) When sodium piece is added to ethanol oxygen gas liberates.
4) On complete combustion of carbon compound it gives carbon monoxide and water.
Answer:

  1. Alkenes are unsaturated hydrocarbons. So they undergo addition reactions.
  2. Alkanes are covalent compounds. So they are non-polar in nature.
  3. When sodium piece is added to ethanol it releases hydrogen gas.
  4. On complete combustion of carbon compound it forms carbon dioxide and water.

Question 26.
Copy and complete the following table which relates to three homologous series of hydrocarbons.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 69
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 70

Question 27.
Draw the structures of isomers of butane.
Answer:
Isomers of butane are n-butane, iso butane and cyclo butane :
Structures :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 71

Question 28.
Draw the structures of the following.
a) Ethanoic acid
b) Propanal
c) Propene
d) Chloro propene
Answer:
Structures:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 72

Question 29.
Draw the structures of the following compounds
a) 2 – bromo pentane
b) 2 – methyl propane
c) butanal
d) 1 – hexyne
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 73

Question 30.
Write the molecular formula of the first four compounds of the homologous series of aldehydes.
Answer:
Homologous series of aldehydes ate Formaldehyde, Acetaldehyde, Propionaldehyde and Butanaldehyde.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 74
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 75

Question 31.
How many isomers can be drawn for pentane with molecular formula C-H(2? What are they? Draw their structures and mention theii common names.
Answer:
Isomers of pentane are three. These are
1) Pentane
2) Iso pentane
3) Neo pentane.
Structures :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 76

Question 32.
Draw the Allotropes of Carbon. Diamond
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 77

Question 33.
Draw the Graphite.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds

Question 34.
Draw the Buckminsterfullerene (60C).
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 78

Question 35.
Draw the Nanotubes. A.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 79

Question 36.
Draw the structures of Methane :
Answer:
Methane :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 64

Question 37.
Draw the structures of Ethyne :
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 80

Question 38.
Draw structures of the Ethane and electron dot structure of Chlorine.
Answer:
Ethane:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 66
Chlorine:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 81

Question 39.
Draw the electron dot structures of Ethanoic acid arid Ethyne (Acetylene).
Answer:
Ethanoic acid (Acetic acid) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 82
Structure of Ethyne (Acetylene) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 80

Question 40.
Draw the electronic dot structure of ethane molecule.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 83

Question 41.
Write the structures of the following compounds.
a) prop-l-ene
b) 2, 3-dimethyl butane
c) 3-hexene
d) 2-methyl prop-l-ene
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Carbon and its Compounds 84

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions 5th Lesson Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

10th Class Physics 5th Lesson Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Take a bright metal ball and make it black with soot on a candle flame. Immerse it in the water. Mention one observation. (AP June 2015)
Answer:
1) The ball shines.
2) The ball appears to raise up in water.

Question 2.
What is critical angle? (AP March 2015)
Answer:
The angle of incidence at which the light ray propagates from denser to rarer graze along interface is called critical angle of denser medium.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 3.
If refractive index of glass is \(\frac{3}{2}\), then what is speed of light in glass? (AP June 2016)
(OR)
Find the speed of light in a transparent medium, whose refractive index is 3/2.
Answer:
The refractive index of glass or transparent medium = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 1

Question 4.
Write any two questions about the ‘formation of mirages’. (AP June 2017)
Answer:

  1. When does a mirage form?
  2. How does a mirage form?

Question 5.
Optical Fibre Cable (OFC) are oftenly used in tele-communications. What is the working principle behind the OFC? (AP March 2017)
Answer:
Total Internal Reflection.

Question 6.
Among objects made of glass and diamond, which one shines more? Why? (AP June 2015)
Answer:
Diamond shines more because of low conical angle of 24.4°.

Question 7.
Suggest reasons for the phenomenon associated with the following : Twinkling of stars. (TS March 2015)
Answer:
Refraction of light is the reason for the twinkling of stars.

Question 8.
Draw the diagram showing the path of the ray when it travels from denser medium to rarer medium when the incident angle is more than the critical angle. (TS June 2016)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 2

Question 9.
Why does the light ray deviate in refraction? (AP SA-1:2019-20)
Answer:
Light ray always chooses the path of least time to travel. Hence speed of light changes at interface of two media. So, the light ray deviate in refraction.

Question 10.
Name the phenomenon involved in the function of optical fibre. (AP SCERT : 2019-20)
Answer:
Total Internal Reflection.

Question 11.
What is Fermat’s principle?
Answer:
The light ray always travels in a path which needs shortest possible time to cover the distance between the two given points.

Question 12.
What happens when light travels from one medium to another medium?
Answer:
It bends towards or away from normal.

Question 13.
When does speed of light decrease?
Answer:
When it travels from rarer to denser medium.

Question 14.
What do you mean by denser medium?
Answer:
The medium which has more optical density.

Question 15.
What is refraction?
Answer:
The process of changing speed when light travels from one medium to another is called refraction of light.

Question 16.
Which quantity will compare the refractive indices of two media?
Answer:
Relative refractive index.

Question 17.
What is relative refractive index?
Answer:
It is the ratio of refractive index of second medium to refractive index of first medium.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 3

Question 18.
When does a light ray bend away from normal?
Answer:
When a light ray moves from denser to rarer medium it bends away from normal.

Question 19.
When will angle of refraction be equal to 90°?
Answer:
When angle of incidence is equal to critical angle then angle of refraction will be equal to 90°.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 20.
When angle of incidence of light ray is greater than critical angle, what happens?
Answer:
Light ray undergoes total internal reflection.

Question 21.
What happens to refractive index of air with height?
Answer:
Refractive index of air increases with height.

Question 22.
Which has greater refractive index between these?
1) cool air at the top
2) hotter air just above the road
Answer:
Cooler air has greater refractive index due to more density.

Question 23.
What is mirage?
Answer:
The virtual images of distant high objects cause the optical illusion called mirage.

Question 24.
What happens to a light ray when it falls perpendicular to one side of the slab surface?
Answer:
It comes out without any duration.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 25.
What are the conditions for total internal reflection?
Answer:

  1. The rays of light must travel from denser to rarer medium.
  2. The angle of incidence of denser medium must be greater than critical angle.

Question 26.
What is meant by a vertical shift?
Answer:
When a ray emerges out of a glass slab, it is parallel to the incident ray but is displaced laterally relative to incident ray. This shift of emergent ray is called vertical shift.

Question 27.
A ray of light travelling in air enters obliquely into water. Does the light ray bend towards the normal or away from the normal? Why?
Answer:
It bends towards the normal. This is because it travels from an optically rarer to , optically denser medium.

Question 28.
When does Snell’s law fail?
Answer:
Snell’s law fails when light is incident normally on the surface of a refracting medium.

Question 29.
Why does a ray of light bend when it travels into another medium?
Answer:
It bends because its velocity changes when it moves from one medium to the other.

Question 30.
A pencil when dipped in a glass tumbler containing water appears to be bent at the interface of air and water. Explain why.
Answer:

  • When light travels obliquely from one transparent medium to another, the direction of propagation of light changes due to refraction of light.
  • In this case, light travels from denser medium to rarer medium, hence it bends away from the normal and the pencil appears to be bent.

Question 31.
Why does light travel in vacuum?
Answer:
Light travels in vacuum because it does not require medium for its propagation.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 32.
What are the factors on which refractive index depends?
Answer:

  1. Nature of material
  2. Wavelength of light used.

Question 33.
What does the ratio of sine of angle of incidence and sine of angle of refraction give?
Answer:
The ratio of sine of angle of incidence and sine of angle of refraction gives refractive index.

Question 34.
What is the relationship between critical angle and refractive index?
Answer:
The relationship between critical angle and refractive index
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 4

Question 35.
What is the relationship between angle of incidence and shift?
Answer:
As the angle of incidence increases, the shift also increases.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 36.
Why does a coin placed in a water appear to be raised?
Answer:
It is due to refraction of light.

Question 37.
Can you guess what happens when light travels from denser medium to rarer medium?
Answer:
The light ray bends away from normal.

Question 38.
A ray of light falls normally on a face of a glass slab. What are the values of angle of incidence and angle of refraction of this ray?
Answer:
Both angles are zero.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 39.
When does light ray from slab not undergo any deviation?
Answer:
The light ray that incidents perpendicular to one side of the slab surface comes out without any deviation.

Question 40.
What is the factor on which refraction depends?
Answer:
Refraction depends on optical density.

Question 41.
What is absolute refractive index?
Answer:
It is the ratio of speed of light in vacuum to speed of light in medium.
\(\mathrm{n}=\frac{\mathrm{c}}{\mathrm{v}}\)

Question 42.
In water filled vessel, the coin of the bottom can be seen at a height. Give reasons.
Answer:
Rising of coin when water is poured in a cylindrical transparent vessel.

Question 43.
Write one activity in showing the process of ‘total internal refraction’.
Answer:
Due to refraction of light speed of light changes when it travels from one medium to another medium.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 44.
Define “Glass Slab”.
Answer:
A thin glass slab is formed when a medium is isolated from its surroundings by two plane surfaces parallel to each other.

Question 45.
A ray of light is incident normally on a plane glass slab. What will be the angle of refraction and angle of deviation for the ray?
Answer:
The ray is incident normally on a plane glass slab. So there is no deviation of light ray. Therefore the angle of refraction and angle of deviation both have 0° values.

Question 46.
A light ray in passing from water to a medium (a) speeds up, (b) slows down. In each case get one example of the medium.
Answer:
a) Air, because its optical density is less than water,
b) Glass, because its optical density is more than water.

Question 47.
If an angle of refraction is 90°, what is the corresponding angle of incidence called?
Answer:
The angle of incidence is called critical angle.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 48.
If the angle of incidence is more than critical angle, what happens to light ray if the light ray travels from denser to rarer medium?
Answer:
The light ray undergoes total internal reflection.

Question 49.
The refractive index of diamond is 2.42. What is the meaning of this statement in relation to speed of light?
Answer:
It means that light travels 2.42 times faster in vacuum than in diamond.

Question 50.
For the same angle of incidence 45°, the angle of refraction in two transparent media, I and II is 20° and 30° respectively. Out of I and II, which medium is optically denser and why?
Answer:
Medium I is optically dense as angle of refraction is lesser in it, hence light bends towards normal.

Question 51.
For which colour of white light is the refractive index maximum and for which colour of white light is the refractive index minimum?
Answer:
The refractive index is maximum for violet because its wavelength is least.
The refractive index is minimum for red because its wavelength is maximum.

Question 52.
Correct the statement. “If the angle of incidence is greater than the critical angle the light is refracted when it falls on the surface from a denser medium to rarer medium”.
Answer:
If the angle df incidence is greater than the critical angle the light undergoes total internal reflection when it falls on the surface from a denser medium to rarer medium.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 53.
A light ray passes from medium 1 to medium 2. Which of the following quantities of refracted ray will differ from that of the incident ray?
Speed, intensity, frequency, wavelength.
Answer:
Speed, intensity and wavelength will differ from that of incident ray.

Question 54.
The refractive indices of alcohol and turpentine oil with respect to air are 1.36 and 1.47 respectively. Find the refractive index of turpentine oil with respect to alcohol. Which one of these permits the light to travel faster?
Answer:
The refractive index of turpentine oil with respect to alcohol = \(\frac{1.47}{1.36}\) = 1.08.

The refractive index increases when the speed of light decreases. So light travels faster in alcohol as its refractive index is less.

Question 55.
Light enters from air to diamond which has refractive index of 2.42. Calculate the speed of light in diamond, if speed of light in air 3 × 108 ms-1.
Answer:
Absolute refractive index = \(\frac{c}{v}\)
2.42 = \(\frac{3 \times 10^{8}}{\mathrm{v}}\) ⇒ v = 1.24 × 108 ms-1.

Question 56.
A glass block 3.0 cm thick is placed over a stamp. Calculate the height through which image of stamp is raised. Refractive index of glass is 1.54.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 5

Question 57.
The refractive index of water is 4/3. Calculate the critical angle for water – air interface (sin 49 = 3/4).
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 6

10th Class Physics 5th Lesson Reflection of Light by Different Surfaces 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
A ray of light enters from air to a medium X. The speed of light in the medium is 1.5 × 108 m/s and the speed of light in air is 3 × 108 m/s.
Find the refractive index of the medium X. (TS March 2015)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 7

Question 2.
What are the applications of optical fibres?
(OR)
Write two uses of fibre optics in daily life. (TS June 2016)
Answer:
Applications oruses of optical fibres :

  1. Light pipes using optical fibres may be used to see places which are difficult to reach things such as inside of a human body.
  2. The other important application of fibre optics is to transmit communication signals through light pipes.

Question 3.
Focal length of the lens depends on its surrounding medium. What happens, if we use a liquid as surrounding media of refractive index, equal to the refractive index of lens? (TS June 2018)
Answer:

  • When the refractive index of surrounding media is equal to the refractive index of lens, the lens looses its characteristics.
  • Lens do not diverge or converge the light.
  • Light do not get refracted when it passes through that lens.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 4.
Why does the light ray travel slowly in diamond when compared to vacuum? (AP SA-I : 2019-20)
Answer:

  • Refractive index of diamond (2.42) is greater than that of vacuum (1).
  • Speed of light is inversely proportional to refractive index of substances.
  • Hence, light ray travel slowly in diamond when compared to vacuum.

Question 5.
Write about laws of refraction.
(OR)
Write the laws of refraction.
Answer:
Laws of refraction :

  1. The incident ray, the refractive ray and the normal to interface of two transparent media at a point of incidence lie in the same plane.
  2. During refraction light follows Snell’s law, i.e., the ratio of sine of angled of incidence to sine of angle of refraction is constant.
    n1 sin i = n2 sin r (OR) \(\frac{\sin \mathrm{i}}{\sin \mathrm{r}}\) = constant.

Question 6.
What is total internal reflection ? What are the applications of total internal reflection?
Answer:
When the angle of incidence is greater than critical angle, the light ray is reflected into denser medium at interface i.e., light never enters rarer medium. This phenomenon is called total internal reflection.
1) Brilliance of diamonds :
Total internal reflection is the main cause for brilliance of diamonds. The critical angle of diamonds is very low (24.4°). So if a light ray enters a diamond it is very likely to get total internal reflection which makes the diamond shine brilliant.

2) Optical fibres:
Total internal reflection is the basic principle for working of optical fibre.

Question 7.
What are optical fibres? How do they work?
Answer:

  • An optical fibre is very thin fibre made of glass or plastic having radius about a micrometer.
  • A bunch of such thin fibres forms a light pipe.

Working :

  1. Because of the small radius of the fibre, light going into it makes a nearly glancing incidence on the wall.
  2. The angle of incidence is greater than the critical angle and hence total internal reflection takes place.
  3. The light is thus transmitted along the fibre.

Question 8.
How can a patient’s stomach be viewed by using optical fibres?
(OR)
How do you observe patient’s stomach by using a light pipe?
Answer:

  • The patient’s stomach can be viewed by inserting one end of a light pipe into the stomach through the mouth.
  • Light is sent down through one set of fibres in the pipe.
  • This illuminates the inside of the stomach.
  • The light from the inside travels back through another set of fibres in the pipe and the viewer gets the image at the outer end.

Question 9.
State four differences between reflection and total internal reflection.
Answer:

Reflection Total internal reflection
1) Smooth polished surface is required for reflection. 1) No smooth polished surface is required for total internal reflection.
2) It takes place for all angles of incidence. 2) It takes place only, when angle of incidence is greater than critical angle.
3) It takes place when the rays of light travel from rarer to denser medium to an opaque medium. 3) It takes place when rays of light travel from denser to rarer medium.
4) Some amount of light is absorbed by reflecting surface. 4) No light is absorbed by reflecting surface.

Question 10.
The figure shows refraction and emergence of a ray of light incident on a rectangular glass slab. Copy the diagram and mark the lateral displacement of the incident ray. Name the two factors on which the lateral displacement depends.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 8
Answer:
The lateral displacement depends on

  1. The angle of incidence of the incident ray PQ, on the slab and
  2. The thickness of the glass slab.

The perpendicular distance between the emergent forward.

Question 11.
1) What happens to a ray of light when it travels from one equal refractive indices?
2) State the cause of refraction of light.
Answer:
1) No refraction or bending would take place. The light will travel in a straight line.

2) The refraction occurs due to change in speed of light as it enters from one medium to another.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 12.
A coin placed at the bottom of a tank appears to be raised when water is poured into it. Explain.
Answer:

  • It happens due to the phenomenon of refraction of light.
  • When the rays of light from the coin, in the denser medium fall on the interface separating the two media, the rays of light move away from the normal after refraction.
  • The point from which the refracted rays appear to come gives the apparent position of the coin.
  • As the rays appear to come from a point above the coin, therefore, the coin seems to be raised.

Question 13.
Define refractive index. Explain the relationship between the refractive index of the medium and to the speed of light in the medium.
Answer:
The ratio of speed of light in vacuum to the speed of light in that medium is defined as refractive index ‘n’ with respect to the vacuum. It is also called absolute refractive index.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 9
When refractive index of a medium is high, then the speed of light is low and vice-versa.

Question 14.
Explain lateral shift and vertical shift.
Answer:
Lateral shift:
The distance between incident and emergent ray is called lateral shift.

Vertical shift :
The perpendicular distance between object and its image is called vertical shift.

Question 15.
During refraction of light, which of the following quantities does not change.
(1) velocity,
(2) wavelength,
(3) frequency,
(4) amplitude.
Answer:
During refraction of light velocity of light changes and also wavelength and amplitude. Frequency does not change during refraction.

Question 16.
The upper surface of water contained in a beaker and held above the eye level appears silvery. Why?
Answer:
Critical angle for water is 48°. The rays of light entering in water from below, suffer refraction. If these rays strike the water-air surface at an angle which is greater than 48°, they get totally internally reflected. These rays on emerging out of water, appear to come from the upper surface of water, which in turn appear silvery.

Question 17.
Why don’t the planets twinkle?
Answer:

  • The planets are much closer to the earth, and are thus seen as extended sources.
  • We can consider a planet as a collection of a large number of point-sized sources of light.
  • The total variation in the amount of light entering our eye from all the individual point-sized sources will average out to zero, thereby nullifying twinkling effect

Question 18.
Why did an empty test tube placed obliquely in water, appears filled with mercury, when seen from above?
Answer:
When the rays of light travelling through water they strike the water glass interface of test tube at an angle, which is more than critical angle for water, they suffer total internal reflection. When these totally reflected rays reach eye, then to the eye they appear as they come from surface of test tube, which in turn appears filled with mercury.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 19.
Why are the bubbles rising up the fish tank appear silvery?
Answer:
When the rays of light travelling through water they strike the water air interface of the bubble at an angle, which is greater than critical angle for water, they get totally internally reflected. These reflected rays on reaching the eye appear to come from air bubble, which in turn appears silvery.

Question 20.
Why does a crack in a window pane appear silvery?
Answer:
There is always some amount of air present in the crack. When the rays of light travelling through glass, strike the glass, the glass air interface at an angle, greater than critical angle of glass, they are totally internally reflected. When these reflected rays reach eye, then to the eye they appear to come from the crack, which in turn appears silvery.

Question 21.
Explain why a straight stick appears to be bent when dipped in water.
Answer:

  • Suppose two rays originate from the end of the stick in water.
  • As these rays get refracted into the air, they bend away from the normal.
  • When these two refracted rays are produced backwards they seem to meet at a point higher than the end of stick.
  • This point gives the apparent position of the end of the stick. Thus, the stick appears to be bent.

Question 22.
A pond appears to be shallower than it really is when viewed obliquely. Why?
Answer:

  • Suppose two rays originate from the bottom of the pond. As these rays get refracted into the air, they bend away from the normal.
  • When these two refracted rays are produced backwards they seem to meet at a point higher than the bottom of the pond.
  • This point gives the apparent position of the bottom of the pond.
  • Thus, the pond appears to be shallower.
  • This effect is absent if the pond is viewed normally.

Question 23.
Frame some questions to know about the formation of mirages.
Answer:

  1. What are mirages?
  2. What is the principle involved in mirages?
  3. Can mirages be photographed?
  4. Where does the water on the road go?

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 24.
A glass slab is placed over a piece of paper on which VIBGYOR is printed with each letter into corresponding colours.
1) Will the image of all the letters be in the same place?
2) The letter of which colour appears to be raised maximum and which colour minimum? Explain your answer.
Answer:

  1. The image of all letters will not be in the same place.
  2. The letter of violet colour appears to be raised maximum, while the letter of red colour appears to be raised minimum because refractive index of glass is most for the violet light while least for the red light, therefore the apparent depth is least for violet and most for red.

Question 25.
Why does sun appear bigger during the sunset or the sunrise?
Answer:

  1. We already know that the apparent position of sun is higher than actual position in the horizon.
  2. Moreover, due to refraction, the apparent image of sun is closer to eye than the actual position. Since during sunset or sunrise, the rays of light travel through maximum length of atmosphere therefore the refraction is also maximum.
  3. Hence apparent image of sun is very much closer to eye. Thus it appears bigger.

Question 26.
Write the material required in finding out the relation between angle of incidence and angle of refraction.
Answer:
Material required :
A plank, white chart, protractor, scale, small black painted plank, a semi-circular glass disc of thickness nearly 2cm, pencil and laser light.

Question 27.
Write the aim and apparatus experiment in finding the refractive index of the glass slab.
Answer:
Aim :
Finding the refractive index of the glass slab.

Apparatus :
Glass slab, white chart, pin.

Question 28.
Observe the following table and answer the following question.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 10
Questions :
1) Find out from the table the medium having highest optical density and the medium with lowest optical density.
2) You are given kerosene, turpentine oil and water. In which of these does the light travel fast? Use the information given in the table.
3) The refractive index of diamond is 2.42. What is the meaning of this statement?
4) When light travels from water to crown glass, what happens?
5) When light travels from diamond to air, what happens?
Answer:
1) The medium with highest optical density is diamond as its refractive index is maximum, i.e. 2.42.
The medium with lowest optical density is air, as its refractive index is minimum, i.e. 1.0003.

2) The refractive index of medium is given by the expression, n = \(\frac{c}{v}\) or v = \(\frac{c}{n}\)
This expression shows that light travels faster in the medium whose refractive index is minimum. From the table, we can find that water has the minimum value of refractive index. Therefore light travels faster in water.

3) This statement means that light travels 2.42 times faster in vacuum than in diamond.

4) The light bends towards normal.

5) The light bends away from the normal.

Question 29.
A ray of light enters from a medium A into a slab made up of a transparent substance B. Refractive indices of medium A and B are 2.42 and 1.65 respectively. Complete the path of ray of light till it emerges out of slab.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 11
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 12

Question 30.
A glass slab made of material of refractive index n1 is kept in medium of refractive index n2. A light ray is incident on the slab. Complete the path of rays of light emerging from glass slab, if a) n1 > n2 b) n1 = n2 c) n1 < n2.
Answer:
a) n1 > n2
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 13

b) n1 = n2
There is no deviation of light ray
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 14
c) n1 < n2
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 15

Question 31.
How do you appreciate the process of total internal reflection in nature?
Answer:

  1. Total internal reflection is responsible for brilliance of diamond.
  2. Total internal reflection is basic pruxiplo behind working of optical fibres which are used in getting the images ol internal ouaiis and also used in telecommunications. So the role of total internal reflection is thoroughly appreciated.

Question 32.
Write the application of optical fibres in communication.
Answer:

  • Optical fibres are used to transmit communication signals through light pipes.
  • For example, about 2000 telephone signals, approximately mixed with lightwaves, may be simultaneously transmitted through a typical optical fibre.
  • The clarity of the signals transmitted in this way is much better than other conventional methods.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 33.
Write the applications of total internal reflection.
Answer:
Application of total internal reflection :

  1. Brilliance of diamonds,
  2. Optical fibres.

Question 34.
A monochromatic ray of light strikes the surface of transparent medium at an angle of incidence 60° and gets refracted into the medium at an angle of refraction 45°. What is the refractive index of the medium?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 16

Question 35.
A light ray enters a liquid at an angle of incidence 45° and it gets refracted on liquid at angle of refraction 30°. Calculate the refractive index of the liquid.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 17

Question 36.
Refractive index of water is 4/3. Calculate the speed of light in water.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 18

Question 37.
A postage stamp placed under glass appears raised by 8 mm. If refractive index of glass is 1.5, calculate the actual thickness of glass slab.
Answer:
Let real thickness of glass = x.
Vertical shift = 8 mm.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 19

Question 38.
Refractive index of glass is 1.5. Find its critical angle.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 20

Question 39.
What is the advantage of using prism in place of plane mirror in periscope or binocular?
Answer:

  • When total internal reflection occurs from a prism, the entire incident light is reflected back into the denser medium.
  • Whereas in ordinary reflection from a plane mirror, some light is refracted and absorbed. So the reflection is partial.
  • This is the reasons why total reflecting prism is used in place of a plane mirror to deviate the light ray by 90° in a periscope and 180° in a binocular.

10th Class Physics 5th Lesson Reflection of Light by Different Surfaces 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is the angle of deviation produced by the glass slab? Explain with ray diagram. (AP June 2015)
(OR)
Which angle of deviation is produced by glass slab? Write your explanation with a ray diagram.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

  1. Angle of deviation is the angle between incident ray and emergent ray.
  2. The angle of deviation produced by a glass slab is ‘O’, because the incident ray and emergent ray are parallel to each other that can be seen in the figure.

Question 2.
Explain the phenomenon of total internal reflection with two examples. (AP June 2018)
(OR)
What is total internal reflection? Explain with examples. (AP SA-I:2019-20)
Answer:

  • When the angle of incidence is greater than the critical angle, the light ray is reflected into denser medium at interface. This phenomenon is called total internal reflection.
  • Total internal reflection is the main reason for brilliance of diamonds. The critical angle of a diamond is very low. So if a light ray enters a diamond it is very likely to undergo total internal reflection which makes the diamond shine.
  • Total internal reflection is the basic principle behind working of optical fibre. Because of the small radius of the fibre light going into it makes a nearly glancing incidence is greater than the critical angle and hence total internal reflection takes place. The light is thus transmitted along the fibre.

Question 3.
Explain the relation between angle of incidence and angle of refraction with an experiment. (AP March 2018)
Answer:
Aim :
To verify the relation between angle of incidence and angle of refraction.

Material required :
A plank, white chart, protractor, semicircular glass disc, pencil and leser light.

Procedure :

  1. Take a drawing sheet on a cardboard and mark different angles (on both side of MM line)
  2. Place a semi circular glass disc, so that its diameter coincides with the line “MM”.
  3. Send a laser light along a line with makes 15° with NN.
  4. Let it is incident angle.
  5. Measure its corresponding angle of refraction by observing light coming from outside of the glass slab.
  6. Repeat this experiment with various values of angle of incidence, refraction and not in the table.

7.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 21
8. From the above table we observe that \(\frac{\sin \mathrm{i}}{\sin r}\) = constant.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 5AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 6

Question 4.
Give some daily life consequences of refraction of light.
Answer:

  • A star appears twinkling in the sky.
  • The sun is seen a few minutes before it rises above the horizon in the morning and in the evening few minutes longer after it sets.
  • A coin kept in a vessel not visible when seen from just below the edge of the vessel, can be viewed from the same position when water is poured into the vessel.
  • A print appears to be raised when a glass block placed over it.
  • A piece of paper stuck at the bottom of a glass block appears to be raised when seen from above.
  • A tank appears shallow than its actual depth.
  • A person’s legs appear to be short when standing in a tank.
  • An object placed in a denser medium when viewed from a rarer medium appears to be at a lesser depth.
  • An object in a rarer medium, when viewed from a denser medium, appears to be at a greater distance than its real distance.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 5.
What are the factors which influence refractive index of material?
Answer:

  • Nature of medium, i.e. its optical density. Smaller the speed of light in a medium relative to air, higher is the refractive index of the medium.
  • Physical condition such as temperature. With rise in temperature the speed of light in medium increases, so the refractive index of medium decreases.
  • The colour or wavelength of light (refractive index increases with decrease in wavelength, eg : µv > µR).

Question 6.
What is the advantage of total internal reflection over reflection?
Answer:

  • In the process of total internal reflection, 100% energy is reflected back.
  • No other device such as plane mirror, etc. produces 100% reflection due to absorption and refraction of some part of light.
  • Due to this property the phenomenon total internal reflection is of great practical application in the construction of periscope, binocular and certain type of camera.

Question 7.
The diagram below shows a glass block suspended in a liquid. A beam of light of single colour is incident from liquid on one side of block.
1) Draw diagrams to show how light bends when it travels from liquid to glass and then to liquid if (i) the light slows down in glass (ii) the light speeds up in glass.
2) State two conditions under which the light ray moving from liquid to glass passes straight without bending. Will the glass be visible them?
Answer:
1) If light slows down in going from liquid to glass (i.e., µglass > µliquid), it will bend towards the normal at the point of incidence in passing from liquid to glass at the first surface, while it is bent away from normal at the second surface in passing from glass to liquid. In the ray diagram, the light beam suffers lateral shift.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 22

2) If light speeds up in going from liquid to glass (i.e., µglass < µliquid). It will bend away from the normal at the point of incidence on the first surface in passing from liquid to glass, while it bends towards the normal at the second surface in passing from glass to liquid. The light beam suffers lateral shift in direction opposite to that
Note that in both cases, the emergent ray is parallel to the incident ray.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 23

Question 8.
A ray of light is incident on a rectangular glass block PQRS, which is silvered at the surface RS. The ray is partly reflected and partly refracted.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 24
1) Trace the path of reflected and refracted rays.
2) Show at least two rays emerging from the surface PQ after reflection from the surface RS.
3) How many images are formed in the above case? Which image is the brightest?
Answer:
1) In the figure OB is reflected ray and OC is the refracted ray for the incident ray AO.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 25
2) Two rays emerging from surface PQ after reflections for the surface RS are labelled as 1 and 2.

3) Multiple (or infinite) images are formed. The second image formed due to first reflection at C at the silvered surface RS is the brightest. It is seen in the direction of ray 1.

Question 9.
What are the factors which affect critical angle? The critical angle for a given pair of media depends on their refractive index which is affected by the following factors.
Answer:
1. Effect of colour of light:
The refractive index of transparent medium is more for violet light and less for red light, therefore the critical angle for pair of media is less for the violet light and more for the red light. Thus critical angle increases with increase in wavelength of light.

2. Effect of temperature :
On increasing the temperature of medium, its refractive index decreases, so the critical angle for that pair of media increases. Thus critical angle increases with increase in temperature.

Question 10.
The table shows the refractive index of some material media.

Material Medium Refractive Index
Air 1.0003
Ice 1.31
Water 1.33
Kerosene 1.44
Fused quartz 1.46
Turpentine oil 1.47
Crown glass 1.52
Benzene 1.50

Answer the following questions with the help of the above table.
1) Find the speed of light in Benzene.
2) Write the relationship between mass density and optical density of kerosene and water.
3) What are the factors that refractive index depends on?
4) Write the relative refractive index of kerosene with water.
Answer:
1)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 26
Speed of light in benzene = 2 × 108 m/s

2) Optical denser medium may not possess greater mass density. Kerosene with high refractive index is optically denser than water although its mass density is lesser than water.

3) Refractive index depends on
1) nature of material,
2) wavelength of light used.

4) Relative refractive index of kerosene with water = \(\frac{1.44}{1.33}\) = 1.08

Question 11.
Red light of wavelength 6600A travelling in air gets refracted in water. If the speed of light in air is 3 × 108 ms-1 and refractive index of water is 4/3, find the
(i) frequency of light in air,
(ii) the speed of light in water,
(iii) the wavelength of light in water.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 27

Question 12.
Draw the ray diagram which shows the ray takes curved path because of total internal reflection.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 28

Question 13.
Give some daily life consequences of total internal reflection?
Answer:

  • On a hot sunny day, a driver may see a pool of water on the road before him. It is the phenomenon of mirage which is often observed in desert.
  • An empty test tube placed in a beaker with mouth outside the water surface shines like a mirror.
  • A crack in a glass vessel often shines like a mirror.
  • A piece of diamond sparkles when viewed from certain directions.
  • An optical fibre is used to transmit a light signal over a long distance with negligible loss of energy.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 14.
Light travels from air to water, then the refraction index of water is 1.33. Hence find the refractive index when light travels from water to air.
Answer:
Refractive index of water (n21) = 1.33
Refractive index of air (n12) = \(\frac{1}{1.33}\) = 0.75

Question 15.
The refractive index of diamond is 2.42 and the refractive index of glass is 1.5; compare the critical angle between them. (Diamond 24°, glass 42°)
Answer:
Refractive index of diamond (µ1) = 2.42
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 29

Question 16.
A ray of light travels from an optically denser to rarer medium. The critical angle of the two media is ‘C’. What is the maximum possible deviation of the ray?
Answer:
The relation between angle of deviation and angle of incidence, angle of emergence and angle of prism is given by
Angle of deviation = i1 + i2 – A
For maximum deviation, Angle of incidence (i1) = 90°
Angle of emergence (i2) = 90°
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 30
∴ Maximum deviation = i1 + i2 – A = 90 + 90 – 2C = 180 – 2C = n – 2C.

Question 17.
A ray of light strikes a glass slab 5 cm thick making an angle of incidence equal to 30°.
a) Construct the ray diagram showing emergent ray and refracted ray through the glass block. The refractive index of glass is 1.5.
b) Measure the lateral shift of the ray.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 31

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions 13th Principles of Metallurgy

10th Class Chemistry 13th Lesson Principles of Metallurgy 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Which method is suitable to enrich sulphide ores? (AP June 2016)
Answer:
Froth flotation method is suitable to enrich sulphide ores.

Question 2.
We use P.V.C. pipes for water supply instead of metal pipes. Why? (AP March 2017)
Answer:
PVC pipes do not rust. So they are used as water pipes instead of metal.

Question 3.
Arrange the metals Fe, Na, Ag and Zn in increasing order of their chemical reactivity. (TS March 2017)
Answer:
Ag < Fe < Zn < Na
(OR)
Ag, Fe, Zn, Na

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 4.
Write the deferences between Roasting and Calcination. (TS June 2018)
Answer:
1) Burning of ore in the presence of air or oxygen is called “Roasting”.
So in the roasting air is present.

2) Burning of ore in the absence of air or oxygen is called “Calcination.”
So in the calcination air is absent.

Question 5.
What are the preventive methods do you take for rusting iron materials? (TS March 2018)
Answer:

  1. Covering the surface of iron materials with paint or by some chemicals.
  2. Electroplating.

Question 6.
Mention the application of thermite process in daily life. (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:
1) Joining railing of railway tracks,
2) Joining cracked machine parts.

Question 7.
What are the essential condition that iron articles get rust? (TS June 2019)
Answer:
The essential condition that iron articles get rust is presence of water and air both.

Question 8.
What is metallurgy?
Answer:
The process of extraction of metals from their ores is called metallurgy.

Question 9.
What is the Bronze an alloy of?
Answer:
Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 10.
What are ores?
Answer:
The minerals from which the metals are extracted without economical loss are called ores.

Question 11.
What is the percentage of Aluminium oxide in Bauxite?
Answer:
50-70%.

Question 12.
Why is 16th group called chalcogen family?
Answer:
Chaleo means ore and genus means produce. We notice that the ores of many metals are oxides and sulphides. This is why oxygen-sulphur (16th group) group as chalcogen family.

Question 13.
Which metals form oxides, sulphides and carbonates?
Answer:
Moderate reactive metals.

Question 14.
Based on the reactivity arrange the metals.
Answer:
Based on reactivity we can arrange metals in descending order of their reactivity as shown below:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 1

Question 15.
What is gangue?
Answer:
The unwanted material in the ore is called gangue.

Question 16.
What is activity series?
Answer:
Arrangement of the metals in decreasing order of their reactivity is known as activity series.

Question 17.
Why do we add some impurities to ore?
Answer:
We add some suitable impurities to ore in order to decrease its melting point.

Question 18.
What is roasting?
Answer:
Roasting is a pyrochemical process in which ore is heated in the presence of oxygen or air below its melting point.

Question 19.
What is thermite process?
Answer:
The reaction of metal oxides with aluminium is called thermite process.

Question 20.
Write the chemical equations involving thermite reaction.
Answer:
2 Al + Fe2O3 → Al2O3 + 2 Fe + heat
2 Al + Cr2O3 → Al2O3 + 2 Cr + heat

Question 21.
How do you convert cinnabar into mercury?
Answer:
When cinnabar (HgS) is heated in air, it is first converted into (HgO), then reduced to mercury on further heating.

Question 22.
What is distillation of metals?
Answer:
The extracted metal in the molten state is distilled to obtain the pure metal as distillate by distillation of metals. Here the impurities are high boiling point metals.

Question 23.
What is poling?
Answer:
The molten metal is stirred with logs (poles) of greenwood and impurities are removed either as gases or they get oxidized and form slag over surface of the molten metal is called poling.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 24.
What is liquation?
Answer:
A low melting metal can be made to flow on a slope surface to separate it from high melting impurities is called liquation.

Question 25.
What is calcination?
Answer:
Calcination is a pyrochemical process in which the ore is heated in the absence of air.

Question 26.
What is flux?
Answer:
Flux is a substance added to the ore to remove the gangue from it by reacting with ore.

Question 27.
What are the ores of iron?
Answer:
Haematite (Fe2O3), Magnetite (Fe3O4).

Question 28.
What are the ores of zinc?
Answer:
Zinc blende (ZnS), Zincite (ZnO).

Question 29.
What is the formula of gypsum and metal present in gypsum?
Answer:
The formula of gypsum is CaSO4.2H2O. The metal present in gypsum is calcium.

Question 30.
What is a furnace?
Answer:
The furnace is one which is used to carry out pyrochemical process in metallurgy.

Question 31.
Arrange the following chlorides in ascending order of reactivity of respective metals. MgCl2, NaCl, PbCl2, HgCl2.
Answer:
The ascending order is HgCl2, PbCl2, MgCl2, NaCl.

Question 32.
What are the fuel and flux for haematite ore?
Answer:
The coke is used as fuel and limestone (CaCO3) is used as flux for haematite ore.

Question 33.
Why can copper not displace zinc from its compound?
Answer:
Copper is less reactive than zinc. So copper cannot displace zinc from its compound or salt.

Question 34.
How do various metals in activity series react with chlorine on heating?
Answer:

  1. All the metals react with chlorine on heating to form their respective chlorides.
  2. But the reactivity decreases from top to bottom.

Question 35.
How do you know the reactivity of metals with chlorine decreases from top to bottom?
Answer:
We know that the reactivity of metals with chlorine decreases from top to bottom the heat evolved when the metal reacts with one mole of chlorine gas to form chloride.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 36.
Give some examples for corrosion.
Answer:
Examples for corrosion :

  1. The rusting of iron (Iron oxide)
  2. Tarnishing of silver (Silver sulphide)
  3. Development of green coating on copper (Copper carbonate) and bronze.

Question 37.
Why are potassium, sodium, calcium never found in free state?
Answer:
The metals potassium, sodium and calcium are so reactive that is why they never exist in free state.

Question 38.
How do you extract metals at the top of activity series?
Answer:
The metals at the top of activity series are extracted by electrolysis of their fused compounds.

Question 39.
What is meant by enrichment of ore?
Answer:
Some physical methods are useful in removing unwanted rocky material from ore. It is called enrichment of ore.

Question 40.
How do you extract metal from the crude metal?
Answer:
To extract metal from enriched ore it is converted into metallic oxide by reduction reaction. Then this metallic oxide is further reduced to get metal with certain impurities.

Question 41.
What are the impurities you get in the refining of copper?
Answer:
Antimony, selenium, tellurium, silver, gold and platinum.

Question 42.
What is slag?
Answer:
The substance formed due to reaction of gangue and flux,
Eg : CaSiO3, FeSiO3

Question 43.
What is meant by pyrochemical reactions?
Answer:
Pyre means heat. So the chemical reactions involving heat are called pyrochemical reactions.

Question 44.
Can you mention some articles that are made up of metals?
Answer:
Jewellery, conducting wires and utensils.

Question 45.
Why are we mixing small amount of carbon to iron?
Answer:
To make iron hard and strong.

Question 46.
What is the main difference between steel and stainless steel?
Answer:
Steel will rust whereas stainless steel will not rust.

Question 47.
Give some examples for corrosion.
Answer:
The rusting of iron, tarnishing of silver, development of green coating on copper.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 48.
Do metals exist in the same form as that we use in our daily life?
Answer:
No, they exist as ores and minerals and some may exist in the form of metals.

Question 49.
Do you know how metals are obtained?
Answer:
The metals are extracted from their ores.

Question 50.
Have you ever heard the words like ore, mineral and metallurgy?
Answer:
Yes, these words are related to extraction of metal.

Question 51.
Where do we carry out pyrochemical processes in metallurgy?
Answer:
Pyrochemical processes can be carried out inside the furnace.

Question 52.
Which process converts sulphide ore into oxide ore?
Answer:
Roasting is the process which converts sulphide ore into oxide ore.

Question 53.
Is silver mineral or ore? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Silver is neither mineral nor ore. It is a metal.

Question 54.
Give two examples for corrosion.
Answer:
1) Rusting of iron
2) Green coating on copper.

Question 55.
Name the form of carbon used in the blast furnace for the extraction of iron.
Answer:
Carbon is used in the form of coke to reduce iron in blast furnace.

Question 56.
Give name and formulae of sulphide ore of lead and mercury.
Answer:
a) Sulphide ore of lead is Galena. Its formula is PbS.
b) Sulphide ore of mercury is Cinnabar. Its formula is HgS.

Question 57.
What are the various pyrochemical processes used in metallurgy?
Answer:
The various pyrochemical processes used are
a) Smelting,
b) Roasting,
c) Calcination.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 58.
What is the gas released at anode when fused sodium chloride is electrolysed?
Answer:
When sodium chloride is electrolysed, sodium metal is formed at cathode and chlorine gas is formed at anode.
NaCl → Na+ + Cl
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 2

Question 59.
Which pyrochemical process is useful to convert zinc blende into oxide ore?
Answer:
Zinc blende is sulphide ore of zinc. Its formula is ZnS. So it can be converted into oxide ore by heating strongly in excess of air known as roasting.
2 ZnS + 3 O2 → 2 ZnO + 2 SO2

Question 60.
Which pyrochemical process is useful to convert Magnesite into oxide ore?
Answer:
Magnesite is carbonate ore of magnesium. Its formula is MgCO3. So it can be converted into oxide ore by heating in the absence of air.
MgCO3 → MgO + CO2

Question 61.
What is the main impurity present in iron when it is removed from the blast furnace?
Answer:
The main impurity that can be removed is slag because it is formed when gangue in the ore reacts with flux.
CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3

Question 62.
Name two metals normally manufactured by the electrolysis of fused compounds.
Answer:
Metals with high reactivity can be extracted by electrolysis of their fused compounds.
The examples are potassium, sodium and calcium.

Question 63.
What are the examples of corrosion?
Answer:

  1. Rusting of iron.
  2. Tarnishing of silver.
  3. Development of green coating on copper (CuCO3).
  4. Green coating on Bronze.

Question 64.
What is importance of prevention of corrosion?
Answer:

  1. Save the money.
  2. Preventing accidents such as a bridge collapse.
  3. Failure of a key component.

Question 65.
What is meant by galvanisation?
Answer:
Preventing the rust on metals by using layer of zinc. This phenomena is called galvanisation.

Question 66.
Write the example of electroplating in daily life.
Answer:

  1. Rold gold.
  2. Copper coating on cookware.

Question 67.
What is formula and name of iron rust?
Answer:
Iron rust is equal to hydrated ferric oxide.
Formula : Fe2O3 × H2O

Question 68.
What is importance of alloying?
Answer:

  1. Improving the properties of metal.
  2. To avoid the rust.
  3. To increase the hardness.

Question 69.
Which one used as flux extracting of iron from heamatite?
Answer:
Limestone or calcium carbonate (CaCO3).

Question 70.
Marne the two metals which corrode easily?
Answer:
Iron and copper.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 71.
Atmospheric air always contains moisture. Then, how can you protect iron articles from the affect of atmosphere?
Answer:
By painting, oiling and greasing, etc.

Question 72.
Explain the terms gangue and flux.
Answer:
The impurity present in the ore is called gangue. The substance added to the ore to remove gangue from it is called flux.

Question 73.
What are the metals are present in carnallite?
Answer:
Potassium (K) and Magnesium (Mg).

Question 74.
Write the elements are present in high reactivity series.
Answer:
Na, Mg, Al, K, Ca
(11 12 13 19 20)

Question 75.
Write the elements that are in moderate reactivity series.
Answer:
Fe, Cu, Zn, Pb.

Question 76.
Name the two metals which do not corrode easily?
Answer:
Gold and platinum.

Question 77.
Mention some important methods of refining.
a) Distillation
b) Poling
c) Liquation
d) Electrolysis
Answer:
d) Electrolysis

Question 78.
What is the role of furnace in metallurgy?
Answer:
Furnace is the one which is used to carry out pyrochemical process in metallurgy.

Question 79.
What is meant by calcination?
Answer:
It is the process of heating the concentrated ore in the absence of air.

Question 80.
Write the equation of heating of one sulphide ore in the process of roasting.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 3

Question 81.
Mention two methods which produce very pure metals?
Answer:
a) Electrolytic reduction.
b) Smelting.

Question 82.
What are the applications of thermite reaction in daily life?
Answer:
a) To join railings of railway tracks.
b) To join cracked machine parts.

Question 83.
Arrange the metals Ag, Mg, K in reactivity series.
Answer:
K > Mg > Ag.

Question 84.
How do you extract highly reactive metals?
Answer:
Highlyreactive metals can be extracted by electrolysis of their fused compounds.

Question 85.
What is dressing of an ore?
Answer:
The process of removal of impurities from an ore is called dressing of the ore or concentration of the ore.

Question 86.
Write the equation of example of calcination.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 4

Question 87.
Write the some properties of metals.
Answer:
Malleability, Ductility, Sonarity and Electrical conductivity.

Question 88.
Mention the stages involved in extraction of a metal from its ore.
Answer:

  1. Dressing or concentration.
  2. Extraction of crude metal.
  3. Refining or purification of the metal.

Question 89.
How do you extract moderately reactive metals?
Answer:
These metals are generally sulphides and carbonates. They are converted into oxides before reducing them to metals.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 90.
Give an example for reduction of metal oxide with carbon.
Answer:
The oxides are reduced by coke in a furnace which gives the metal and carbon monoxide.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 5

Question 91.
Give an example for reduction of oxide ore with CO.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 6

Question 92.
What is flux?
Answer:
Flux is a substance added to the ore to remove the gangue from it by reacting with ore. If the impurity is acidic substance, basic substance is used as flux and vice – versa.

Question 93.
How do various metals in activity series react with chlorine on heating?
Answer:

  1. All the metals react with chlorine on heating to form their respective chlorides.
  2. But the reactivity decreases from top to bottom.

Question 94.
What are the substances to be added if the gangue is acidic or basic?
Answer:
If the gangue (impurity) is acidic substance like SiO2, basic substance like CaO is used as flux and if the impurity is of basic nature like FeO acidic flux like SiO2 is added to the gangue.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 7

Question 95.
Why will stainless steel not rust?
Answer:
Stainless steel is prepared by mixing iron with nickel and chromium. Nickel and chromium are less reactive with oxygen. So stainless steel will not rust.

Question 96.
Why is sodium metal stored in kerosene?
Answer:
Sodium is highly reactive with both air (oxygen) and water. So it should be stored in kerosene.

Question 97.
Which metal gets covered with protective film of oxide when exposed to air?
Answer:
The metal is aluminium. When aluminium is exposed to air it forms a protective layer of aluminium oxide (Al2O3).

Question 98.
All ores are minerals, but all minerals need not be ores. Why?
Answer:
A mineral from which a metal can be extracted and economical loss is called ore.

Question 99.
Why is carbon not used for reducing aluminium from aluminium oxide?
Answer:
The oxide of Aluminium is very stable and can be reduced by electrolytic process.

Question 100.
Name few metals which occur in native state in nature. Why?
Answer:
Gold, Platinum, Silver are the metals which occur in native state, because of their low chemical reactivity.

Question 101.
Why do we call oxygen – sulphur group is chalcogen family?
Answer:
Chaleo means ore. We know that most of ores of many metals are oxides and sulphides. That’s why oxygen – sulphur group is called chalcogen family.

Question 102.
Aluminium occurs in combined state in nature whereas gold is in free state. Why?
Answer:
Gold has low reactivity and so occurs in free state. Aluminium is electropositive metal and high reactivity. So it is oxide or chloride.

Question 103.
What are the uses of thermite reaction?
Answer:
Thermite reaction is used to join railings of railway tracks or cracked machine parts.

10th Class Chemistry 13th Lesson Principles of Metallurgy 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define mineral. Mention any two ores of ‘magnesium’. (AP June 2017)
Answer:
1) Minerals :
The elements or compounds of the metals which occur in nature in the earth crust are called ‘minerals’.

2) Two ores of magnesium :
Magnesite – MgCO3
Carnalite – KCl MgCl2 6H2O

Question 2.
Potassium, Sodium, Magnesium are high reactive metals and occur as chlorides in nature. Suggest and explain the suitable method for the extraction of the above metals from their ores. (AP March 2017)
Answer:

  • The suitable method to extract these metals from their chlorides is electrolysis of their fused compounds.
  • It is not feasible for method of reduction, electrolysis of their aqueous solutions.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 3.
Predict, what happens in the field of domestic use of metals if alloys were not discovered. (TS June 2016)
Answer:
If alloys were not discovered,

  1. All the vessels/utensils made of single metal like iron, copper, aluminium, etc. may be used for cooking purpose.
  2. We may face problems like rusting of iron, tarnishing of silver and copper, etc.
  3. We may face the problems of corrosion of home appliances.
  4. We may face difficulties in cleaning of the vessels due to rusting and tarnishing.
  5. Cost of the utensils may be risen, because of less availability of the metals like copper.
  6. Using of the plastic ware may be risen for storage due to lack of steel containers.
  7. Brass, steel, bronze, etc. utensils are not available to use.
  8. Making of jewellary is also difficult.

Question 4.
Give an example with the chemical equation for the reduction of ores using more reactive metals. (TS March 2017)
Answer:
The reaction of Iron oxide with aluminium.
Fe2O3 + 2Al → 2Fe + Al2O3 + Heat
(Or)
Reaction of Titanium Chloride with Magnesium.
TiCl4 + 2Mg → Ti + 2MgCl2
(Or)
Reaction of Titanium Chloride with Sodium.
HCl4 + 4Na → Ti + 4NaCl
(Or)
Reaction of Cromium oxide with aluminium.
Cr2O3 + 2Al → 2Cr + Al2O3 + Heat

Question 5.
Write two precautions to prevent corrosion of metals in your daily life. (TS June 2018)
Answer:
Precautions to be taken to prevent corrosion of metals.
i) Painting the metals.
ii) By keeping the metals in the dry places.
iii) Cover the surface by other metals that are inert or non reactive to the atmosphere.
iv) Applying oil/grease to the metals.
v) Making of alloys.

Question 6.

High reactivity Moderate reactivity Low reactivity
K, Na, Ca, Mg, Al Zn, Fe, Pb, Cu Ag, Au

Observe the table and answer the following questions. 4jt*y (June 2019
i) Which of the above metals found even in free state in nature ?
ii) Which of the above metal’s ore are concentrated by using magnetic separation?
Answer:
i) Ag, Au.
ii) Fe.

Question 7.
Silicon is a metalloid. How do you support this?
Answer:
Silicon exhibits following properties, so I conclude that it is a metalloid.

  1. It is metallic lustre in nature.
  2. It exists in several metallic and non-metallic compounds.
  3. It has brittle nature.
  4. All metalloids usually occur in combined states both metals and non-metals.

Question 8.
Explain the reaction of various metals in activity with cold water.
Answer:
1) From potassium to magnesium displace hydrogen from cold water with decreasing reactivity. Potassium reacts with cold water violently but reaction of Magnesium is very slow. The reactivity order is given below.
Mg < Ca < Na < K

2) From aluminium to gold do not displace hydrogen from cold water.

Question 9.
How do various metals in activity series react with steam?
Answer:

  • The metals from potassium to iron displace H2 (Hydrogen gas) from steam with decreasing reactivity. That means the reaction of potassium with steam is voilent but the reaction of iron is very slow.
  • The metals from lead to gold do not displace hydrogen from steam.

Question 10.
How do various metals in activity series react with dilute strong acids?
Answer:
1) The metals from potassium to lead displace hydrogen from dilute strong acids with decreasing reactivity.
a) The reaction of potassium is explosive.
b) The reaction of magnesium is vigorous.
c) The reaction of iron is steady.
d) The reaction of lead is slow.

2) The metals from copper to gold do not displace H2 from strong dilute acids.

Question 11.
What are the preventive techniques used in corrosion of metals?
Answer:
Prevention of corrosion of metals :

  • Covering the surface of metal with paint or by some chemicals like bisphenol which prevent the surface of metallic object to come in contact with atmosphere.
  • Covering the surface of metal by other metals like tin or zinc that are inert or react themselves with atmosphere to save the metal.
  • An electrochemical method in which a sacrificial electrode of another metal like magnesium and zinc, etc. corrodes itself to save the metal.

Question 12.
What are the chemical reactions that take place inside blast furnace?
Answer:
The chemical reactions that take place inside the blast furnace.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 8

Question 13.
What are the various types of furnaces? Explain.
Various types of furnaces :
1) Blast furnace:
Blast furnace has both fire box and hearth combined in big chamber which accommodates both ore and fuel.

2) Reverberatory furnace :
It has both fire box and hearth separated, but the vapours (flame) obtained due to burning of the fuel touch the ore in the hearth and heat it.

3) Retort furnace :
In this furnace there is no direct contact between the hearth or fire box and even the flames do not touch the ore.

Question 14.
Why is alloying preferred for metals? Explain with examples.
Answer:

  • Alloying is a method of improving properties of a metal. We can get desired properties by this method.
  • For example, iron is the most widely used metal. But it is never used in its pure state.
  • This is because pure iron is very soft and stretches easily when hot.
  • But, if it is mixed with a small amount of carbon, it becomes hard and strong.
  • When iron is mixed with nickel and chromium we get stainless steel which will not rust.

Question 15.
What is 22 carat gold? Why is it preferred for making jewellery?
Answer:

  • Pure gold, known as 24 carat gold is very soft.
  • So it is not suitable for making jewellery.
  • It is alloyed with either silver or copper to make it hard.
  • So they use 22 carat gold in which pure gold is alloyed with 2 parts of either silver or copper for making gold jewellery.

Question 16.
Write about electrolysis of NaCl.
Answer:
1) Fused NaCl is electrolysed with steel cathode and graphite anode.

2) The metal sodium (Na) will be deposited at cathode and chlorine gas liberates at the anode.
At Cathode : 2 Na+ + 2e → 2 Na
At Anode : 2 Cl → Cl2 + 2e

Question 17.
Identify the metal present in the following ores.
i) Epsom Salt
ii) Horn Silver
iii) Cinnabar
iv) Galena
Answer:
i) Magnesium
ii) Silver
iii) Mercury
iv) Lead

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 18.
What is meant by extraction of metals? Write the main stages of extraction of metals from its Ore.
Answer:
Separation of metals from ores is called extraction of metals. Extraction of metals involves mainly three stages.

  1. Concentration or dressing
  2. Extraction of crude metal
  3. Refining or purification of the metal.

Question 19.
Write differences between roasting and calcination.
Answer:

Roasting Calcination
1. Ore is heated in the presence of oxygen or air. 1 Ore is heated in the absence of air.
2. Sulphide ore is converted into oxide ore. 2. Carbonate ore is converted into oxide ore.

Question 20.
What are the differences between minerals and ores?
Answer:

Minerals Ores
1) Minerals contain a low percentage of metal. 1) Ores contain a large percent of metal.
2) Metals cannot be extracted from minerals. 2) Ores can be used for the extraction of metals.
3) All minerals cannot be called ores. 3) All ores are minerals.

Question 21.
What are the different types of reduction?
Answer:
The different types of reduction are
a) Chemical reduction,
b)Auto reduction,
c) Electrolytic reduction.

Question 22.
How do potassium and sodium react with oxygen?
Answer:
a) Potassium and sodium form oxides of type M2O in limited supply of oxygen.
4 K + O2 → 2 K2O
4 Na + O2 → 2 Na2O

b) In excess of oxygen they form peroxides of type M2O2.
2 Na + O2 → Na2O2
2 K + O2 → K2O2

Question 23.
How does reactivity of chlorine vary in the reactivity series?
Answer:

  1. All metals react with chlorine on heating to form their respective chlorides but with decreasing reactivity in the reactivity series.
  2. This is understood from the heat evolved when metal reacts with one mole of chlorine gas to form chloride.

Question 24.
Name two ores of calcium and give their formulae.
Answer:
The ores of calcium are

  1. Gypsum (CaSO4 • 2H2O)
  2. Limestone (CaCO3)

Question 25.
Which method is useful to separate sand from iron? Explain.
Answer:

  • Sand can be separated from iron by using magnetic separation method.
  • This can be done by using electromagnet. Iron being a magnetic material is attracted by electromagnet whereas sand is not attracted by electromagnet.
  • So these materials are separated.

Question 26.
Which metals do not displace hydrogen from dilute strong acids?
Answer:

  • Copper, mercury, silver, platinum, gold do not displace hydrogen from dilute strong acids like HCl, H2SO4, etc.
  • The reactivity of these metals are less than hydrogen. So, they are unable to displace hydrogen from dilute acids.

Question 27.
Which metals are not found in free state? Why?
Answer:

  • The metals like potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium and aluminium are never found in free state in nature.
  • The reason is that these metals have high reactivity. So, they exist as compounds.

Question 28.
Why do silver and gold exist even in free state?
Answer:

  • Silver and gold are least reactivity metals. So, they are also called noble metals.
  • Due to least reactivity they are unable to react with other elements.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 29.
How do moderately reactive metals occur in nature?
Answer:

  • The metals like zinc, iron, lead are moderately reactive.
  • They are found in the earth’s crust mainly as oxides, sulphides and carbonates.

Question 30.
Mention the most important metals and non-metals from the following products.
a) Annapurna salt
b) Liquid used in thermometer
c) Lead of the pencil
d) Chlorophyll
e) Filament in electric bulb
f) Enamel layer on teeth
Answer:
a) Annapurna salt : Iodine, chlorine – Non-metals
b) Liquid used in thermometer : Mercury – Metal
c) Lead of the pencil : Graphite – Non-metal
d) Chlorophyll : Magnesium – Metal
e) Filament in electric bulb : Tungsten – Metal
f) Enamel layer on teeth : Calcium phosphate – Non-metal

Question 31.
What is a furnace? Explain various parts of furnace.
Answer:
Furnace :
Furnace is the one which is used to cany out pyrochemical processes in metallurgy.

Furnace has mainly three parts :
1) Hearth :
Hearth is the place inside the furnace where the ore is kept for heating.

2) Chimney:
Chimney is the outlet through which flue (waste) gases go out of the furnace.

3) Fire box :
Fire box is the part of the furnace where the fuel is kept for burning.

10th Class Chemistry 13th Lesson Principles of Metallurgy 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is a furnace? Draw Reverberatory furnace and label it parts. (AP March 2018)
Answer:
1) Furnace :
Furnace is the one which is used to carry out pyrochemical processes in metallurgy.
2) Diagram of Reverberatory furnace.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 9

Question 2.
What are the various techniques used in purification of the crude metals? Explain.
(OR)
State the methods used for the purification of crude metals. Explain in which context these methods are used. (TS June 2015)
Answer:
1) The process of obtaining the pure metal from the impure metal is called refining of the metal.
2) Some of the processes of refining are
i) Distillation
ii) Poling
iii) Liquation
iv) Electrolytic refining.

3) The process that has to be adopted for purification of a given metal depends on the nature of the metal and its impurities.

Various methods adopted in purification of metals :
1) Distillation :
This method is very useful for purification of low boiling metals like zinc and mercury containing high boiling metals as impurities. The extracted metal in the molten state is distilled to obtain the pure metal as distillate.

2) Poling :
The molten metal is stirred with logs (poles) of greenwood. The impurities are removed either as gases or they get oxidized and form slag (Scum) over the surface of molten metal.

3) Liquation :
Low melting metal like tin can be made to flow on a slopey surface to separate it from high melting impurities.

4) Electrolytic refining :

  1. In this method, the impure metal is made to act as anode.
  2. A strip of the same metal in pure form is used as cathode.
  3. They are put in a suitable electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of the same metal.
  4. The required metal gets deposited on the cathode in the pure form.
  5. The metal constituting impurity, goes as the anode mud.

The reactions are :
At anode : M → Mn+ + ne
At cathode : Mn+ + ne → M. ; (M = pure metal, n = 1, 2, 3, …….)

Question 3.
Four metals A, B, C and D are in turn added to the following solutions one by one. The observations made are tabulated below. (TS March 2015)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 10
Answer the following based on the given information.
i) Which is the most reactive metal? Why?
ii) What would be observed, if ‘B’ is added to a solution of Copper (II) sulphate and why?
iii) Arrange the metals A, B, C and D in order of increasing reactivity.
iv) Which one among A, B, C and D metals can be used to make containers that can be used to store any of the above solutions safely?
Answer:
i) Metal ‘B’ is more reactive.
– Metal ‘B’ is replacing iron from iron sulphate.
– Metal ‘A’ is replacing copper from copper sulphate.
– Metal ‘C’ is replacing silver from silver nitrate.

ii) Metal B displaces Cu from CuS04 solution. Because metal B is more reactive than Cu.

iii) D < C < A < B.

iv) The container made up of metal D can be used to store any solution mentioned above.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 4.
Write the physical methods used for the concentration of the ore. Explain the method used for concentration of the sulphide ore. (TS June 2017)
Answer:
Physical methods used for the concentration of the ore is,
i) Hand Picking
ii) Washing
iii) Froth floatation
iv) Magnetic Separation.

Concentration of sulphide ore :

  • Sulphide ore is concentrated by using froth floatation Method.
  • The ore with impurities is tinely powdered and kept in water taken in a flotation cell.
  • Air under pressure is blown to produce froth in water.
  • Froth so produced, taken the ore particles to the surface whereas impurities settle at the buttom.
  • Froth is separated and washed to get ore particles.

Question 5.
Draw a neat diagram of froth floatation process for the concentration of sulphide ore why we add pine oil to the mixture in this process? (AP SCERT 7201 9-20)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy
Froth floatation process for the concentration of sulphide ores

  1.  The mineral particles in the ore are preferentially wetted by the oil and float on the top of the froath.
  2. The gangue particles are wetted by water and settle down.
  3. Thus, the minerals can be separated from the gangue by adding pine oil.

Question 6.
Describe the reaction of various metals in activity series with oxygen.
Answer:

  • The metals which are at the bottom of activity series have very low reactivity and do not burn or oxidase even on surface.
    Eg : Ag, Pt, Au.
  • The metals like Pb, Cu and Hg do not burn but only form a surface layer of oxide, i.e., PbO, CuO, HgO.
  • The metals like Al, Zn, Fe react with oxygen to form respective oxides.
  • The metals like Ca and Mg burn with decreasing vigorousity to form oxides.
  • The metals like K, Na burn vigorously to form Na2O, K2O in limited supply of oxygen but form peroxides in excess of oxygen.

Question 7.
How do you reduce purified ore to the metal of the top of activity series? Explain.
Answer:
The reduction of ore to particular metal mainly depends on the position of metal in the activity series.

Extraction of metals at the top of activity series :

  1. Simple chemical reduction methods like heating C, CO, etc. to reduce the ores of the metals are not possible with metals like K, Na, Ca, Mg and Al.
  2. The temperature required for the reduction is too high and more expensive.
  3. The only method available is to extract these metals by electrolysis of their fused compounds.

Question 8.
How do you extract metals in the middle of activity series?
Answer:
Extraction of metals in the middle of the activity series :
The ores of these metals are generally present as sulphides or carbonates. Therefore prior to reduction of ores of these metals, they must be converted into metal oxides.

The metal oxides are then reduced to the corresponding metals by using the following methods :
1) Reduction of metal oxides with carbon :
The oxides are reduced by coke in closed furnace which gives the metal and carbon monoxide (CO).
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 11

2) Reduction of oxide ores with CO :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 12

3) Auto (Self) reduction of sulphide ores:
In the extraction of copper from its sulphide ore, the ore is subjected to partial roasting in air to give its oxide.
2 Cu2S + 3O2 → 2 Cu2O + 2SO2

When the supply of air is stopped and temperature is raised, it results in the reaction of rest of the sulphide ore with oxide to form metal and S02. ‘
2 Cu2O + Cu2S → 6 Cu + SO2

4) Reduction of ores (compounds) by more reactive metals :
When highly reactive metals such as sodium, calcium, aluminium, etc. are used as reducing agents, they displace metals of low reactivity from the compound.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 13

Question 9.
How do you extract metals at the bottom of the activity series?
Answer:
1) Metals at the bottom of the activity series are often found in free state.

2) The oxides of these metals can be reduced to metals by heat alone and sometimes by displacement from their aqueous solutions.

3) When cinnabar (HgS) is heated in air, it is converted into HgO, then reduced to mercury on further heating.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 14

4) Displacement from aqueous solution :
When Ag2S is dissolved in KCN solution, it forms dicyanoargentate ions. When these ions are treated with Zn dust powder then Ag is precipitated.
Eg : Ag2S + 4 CN → 2 [Ag(CN)2] + S2-
2 [Ag(CN)2](aq) + Zn(s) → [Zn(CN)4]2-(aq) + 2 Ag(s)

Question 10.
Explain the process involved in corrosion.
Answer:
1) Corrosion is an electrochemical phenomenon.
2) In corrosion, a metal is oxidised by loss of electrons generally to oxygen and results in the formation of oxides.
3) During corrosion at a particular spot on the surface of an object made of iron, oxidation takes place and that spot behaves as anode.
Anode : 2 Fe(s) → 2 Fe2+ + 4e
4) Electrons released at this anodic spot move through the metal and go to another spot and reduce oxygen at that spot in the presence of H+.

5) This spot behaves as cathode.
Cathode : O2(g) + 4 H+(aq) + 4e → 2H2O(l)
Net reaction : 2 Fe(s) + O2(g) + 4 H+(aq) → 2 Fe2+(aq) + 2 H2O(l)

6) The ferrous ions are further oxidised by atmospheric oxygen to ferric ions which come out as rust in the form of hydrated ferric oxide (Fe2O3 . XH2O) and with further production of hydrogen ions.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 11.
Explain electrolytic refining with an example.
Answer:

  • The impure metal is taken as anode and pure metal is taken as cathode.
  • They are put in a suitable electrolytic bath containing soluble salts of same metal.
  • The required metal gets deposited on the cathode in the pure form.
  • The metal constituting the impurity goes as the anode mud.

Electrode reactions :
At Anode : M → Mn+ + ne
At Cathode : Mn+ + ne → M (M pure metal); where n = 1, 2, 3,………….

Examples :

  1. In order to refine copper, impure copper is taken as anode and pure copper strips are taken as cathode.
  2. The electrolyte is an acidified solution of copper sulphate.
  3. As a result of electrolysis copper in pure form is transferred from anode to cathode.
    At Anode : Cu → Cu2+ + 2e
    At Cathode : Cu2+ + 2e → Cu
  4. The soluble impurities go into the solution, whereas insoluble impurities from the blister copper deposited at the bottom of anode as anode mud.

Question 12.
What is activity series? Give two examples each of them.
i) Low reactivity metals
ii) Moderate reactivity metals
iii) High reactivity metals
Answer:
Arranging metals in descending order of their reactivity is called activity series,
e.g.:
i) Low reactivity : Ag (Silver), Au (Gold)
ii) Moderate reactivity : Zn (Zinc), Fe (Iron)
iii) High reactivity : K (Potassium), Na (sodium)

Question 13.
Write the balanced chemical equations, extraction of iron from haematite in the Blast furnace.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 15

Question 14.
How do you prevent corrosion of various metals?
Answer:
Prevention of corrosion :The corrosion can be prev ented by the following methods.
1) Barrier protection :
In this method the metal surface is not allowed to come in contact with moisture, oxygen and carbon dioxide. This can be achieved by the following.
a) By coating iron with oils, paints, coal tar, grease, pitch, etc.
b) By blowing steam over red hot iron to form protective coating of Fe3O4.
c) By alloying iron with Ni, Cr, Si, etc.

2) Sacrificial protection:
Sacrificial protection means covering the iron surface with a layer of metal which is more electropositive than iron thus prevents iron from losing electrons. It is done by following methods.
a) By galvanisation (by dipping iron in a bath of molten zinc).
b) By tinning (by dipping iron in molten tin).
c) By the coating of copper.
d) Decorative coating : By using Zn, Mg and A/ powders mixed with paints.

3) Electrical protection:
In this method, the iron object to be protected from corrosion is connected to more active metal eg. magnesium, zinc or aluminium directly or through a wire. The iron object acts as cathode and the protective metal acts as anode. The anode is gradually used up to the oxidation of metal to its ions due to loss of electrons. Hydrogen ions collect at cathode and prevent rust formation.

4) Using anti-rust solution:
On applying alkyl phosphates and alkyl chromates to the iron objects corrosion can be prevented.

Question 15.
What are the salient features of the activity series?
Answer:
Salient features:

  1. Any metal which is placed higher up in the series can displace any metal below it in order to from the salt solution of the later metal.
  2. The larger the difference in the position of metals in the series, the more rapidly does the displacement take place.
  3. Metals which are placed above hydrogen in the series have the ability to reduce ions from dilute sulphuric acid to liberate hydrogen gas.
  4. Oxides of metals K, Na, Ca and Mg cannot be reduced by H2, CO or C.
  5. Oxides and nitrates of less reactive metals Hg, Ag and Au decompose to give metals on being strongly heated.
  6. Metals below copper such as mercury, silver, platinum and gold do not rust easily.
  7. Hydrogen though a non-metal, has been included in the series.
    It occupies the position based on its formation of positive ions.

Question 16.
How do you extract metals based on activity series?
Answer:

  • Highly active metals like potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium and aluminium are obtained by the electrolysis of their fused halides or oxides, that is, by electrolytic reduction because their oxides cannot be reduced by common reducing agents like carbon, carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
  • Zinc is obtained only by heating its oxide with carbon.
  • Iron, lead and copper are obtained by reduction of their oxides with carbon, carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
  • Copper is obtained by reducing black copper oxide with carbon or by air reduction.
  • Mercury and silver are obtained by heating their respective oxides to temperature above 300°C when they lose oxygen and are reduced to free metals.
  • However, less active mercury can also be obtained by merely heating its sulphide in air.
  • Silver and Gold are obtained by displacement from solutions containing their ions by more electropositive metal zinc.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 17.
X is an element in the form of a powder. X burns in oxygen and the product is soluble in water. The solution is tested with litmus.
Write down the answers for the following questions from the above information and give reasons.
i) If X is a metal, then which colour will litmus turn ?
ii) If X is a non-metal, then which colour will litmus turn ?
iii) If X is a reactive metal, what gas will be released with dilute sulphuric acid ?
Answer:
i) If X is a metal, then the litmus turns into blue because metal reacts with oxygen and forms metallic oxide and aqueous solution of metallic oxide ore basic in nature.

ii) Mf X is a non-metal, then the litmus turns into red because non-metal reacts with oxygen and forms non-metallic oxide and aqueous solution of non-metallic oxide ore acidic in nature.

iii) If X is a reactive metal, then it releases hydrogen gas from sulphuric acid because more reactive metal displaces hydrogen from acid.

Question 18.
Complete the missing statements and give reasons.
i) Metals are ……………………….., while non-metals are poor conductors of heat.
ii) Metals are malleable, while non-metals are ……………………….. .
iii) Metals form positive ions, while non-metals form ……………………….. .
iv) Non-metals form acidic oxides, while metals form ……………………….. .
Answer:
i) Good conductors.
Reason :
Metals containing free electrons are very good conductors of electricity whereas non-metals are bad conductors of electricity because they do not have free electrons.

ii) Non-malleable.
Reason :
Metals are hard. So, they can be beaten into sheets whereas non-metals are soft, so they are non-malleable.

iii) Negative ions.
Reason :
Metals are electropositive in nature. They easily lose electrons to form positive ions, whereas non-metals are electronegative in nature. So, they gain electrons to form negative ions.

iv) Basic oxides.
Reason :
Non-metallic oxide solutions turn blue litmus into red. They are acidic in nature. So, they are called acidic oxides whereas metallic oxide solutions turn red litmus into blue. They are basic in nature. So, they are called basic oxides.

Question 19.
Answer the following questions.
a) i) Name two naturally occurring compounds of zinc other than carbonate and give their formulae.
ii) Give equations for the extraction of zinc from zinc carbonate.
b) Write equations for the action of zinc on the following.
i) dil. H2SO4
ii) Copper (II) sulphate solution.
Answer:
a) i) The ores of zinc other than carbonate ore are zinc blende (ZnS) and Zincite (ZnO).
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 16

b) i) Zn + dil. H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H2
Zr(s) + CuSO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + Cu(s)

Question 20.
i) The ore zinc blende is an important source of the metal zinc. What is the name of zinc compound in zinc blende?
ii) What is the compound obtained by roasting zinc blende?
iii) What is the type of chemical reaction carried out after roasting in order to obtain zinc?
iv) What is the name of the alloy formed between zinc and copper?
Answer:
i) The zinc compound in zinc blende is ZnS (zinc sulphide).
ii) By roasting zinc blende it converts into zinc oxide.
2 ZnS + 3O2 → 2 ZnO + 2 SO2
iii) The chemical reaction carried out to convert zinc oxide to zinc metal is reduction in the presence of coke.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 17

iv) The alloy of copper and zinc is bronze.

Question 21.
The basic material used for the production of iron in the blast furnace are limestone, coke and air in addition to iron ore.
a) Name one iron ore and write its formula.
b) Hot air is blown at the base of furnace where it reacts with coke. Give the chemical equations for the reactions that take place.
c) Higher up in the furnace the iron ore is reduced to iron by one of the gases produced in the furnace. Give the chemical equation for the reaction by which the gas is produced and give a balanced equation to show how the ore is reduced to iron.
d) Which compound produced from limestone takes part in forming the slag?
Answer:
a) The iron ore is Haematite (Fe2O3).
b) Coke bums partially to produce carbon monoxide gas.
2 C(s) +O2(g) → 2 C0(g)

c) Iron oxide reacts with carbon monoxide gas and reduces to iron.
Fe2O3 + 3 CO → 2 Fe + 3 CO2

d) Calcium carbonate (limestone) undergoes calcination to produce calcium oxide which takes part in the reaction to form slag.
CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2
CaC(s) + SiO2(s) → CaSiO3(l)

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy

Question 22.
What information do you get from metal activity series given below.
K > Na > Ca > Mg > Al > Zn > Fe > Pb > [H] > Cu > Ag > Pt > Au
Answer:

  • Metals below hydrogen [H] cannot displace hydrogen from acids and above hydrogen can displace hydrogen from acids.
  • Metals which are higher in the series, can displace metals below it from the salt solution.
  • The higher the position, the more active is the metal.
  • Hydrogen has electropositive character, so it is placed among the metals.

Question 23.
The results of reactions of metals A, B, C, D, E with different solutions are given in the table below. Observe the table and write answers.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 18
1) Which is the highly reactive metal? Why?
2) Which is the least reactive metal? Why?
3) Which metals form brown layer?
4) Arrange the metals A, B, C, D, E in the order of their reactivity?
5) Among these identify the silver, copper, iron, zinc and aluminium.
Answer:

  1. Metal ‘E’ is more reactive among all the metals given because it displaces all the elements from the compounds given in the table,
  2. Metal ‘C’ is the least reactive metal because it does not displace any other metal from the compounds given in the table.
  3. Metals B and E will form brown layer.
  4. The ascending order is as follows C < A < D < B < E.
  5. C is silver, A is copper, D is iron, B is zinc and E is aluminium.

Question 24.
Draw the diagram of blast furnace and label its parts.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Principles of Metallurgy 19

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions 8th Lesson Heredity

10th Class Biology 8th Lesson Heredity Textbook Questions and Answers

Improve your learning

Question 1.
What are variations? How do they help organisms?
Answer:

  1. Differences in characters within very closely related groups of organisms are referred to as variations.
  2. Variations develop during reproduction in organisms.
  3. Variations are passed from parent to offspring through heredity.
  4. Beneficial variations are selected by the nature in evolution.
  5. Variations increase the survival chance of the organisms.
  6. These variations help the organisms to adapt to their environments.
  7. For example, green colour in the beetles is a variation that gave a survival advantage to the beetles as they cannot be seen by the crows.
  8. Some variations do not help organisms to survive. For example, colour variation occurs in red beetles and some blue beetles are produced instead of red beetles as they are eaten by crows easily.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 2.
One student (researcher) wants to cross pure tall plant (TT) with pure dwarf (tt) plant, what would be the Fj and F2 generations? Explain.
Answer:

  1. Pure tall plant has both the factors of the same type ‘TT’.
  2. Pure dwarf plant has both the factors of the same type ‘tt’.
  3. When a pure tall plant (TT) is crossed with pure dwarf plant (tt), all the offsprings in Fj generation are tall (Tt).
  4. So all the plants are heterozygous tall, as ‘T’ is the dominating factor.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 1
  5. On self pollination of these F1 generation plants the new breed can have any combination of T and t like TT, Tt, Tt or tt.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 2
  6. So in F2 generation 75% of plants are tall and 25% of plants are dwarf. Thus the phenotype ratio is 3 : 1.
  7. Among 75% of tall plants 25% are pure tall (TT) or homozygous tall, remaining 50% are heterozygous tall (Tt, tT).
  8. The remaining 25% dwarf plants are pure or homozygous dwarf (tt).
  9. So the genotype ratio is 1 : 2 : 1.

Question 3.
One experimenter cut the tails of parent rats, what could be the traits in offsprings? Do the daughter rats contain tails or not? Explain your argument.
Answer:

  1. If the tails of parent rats were cut, their offsprings will have normal tails.
  2. Daughter rats do not contain tails because the bodily changes are not inherited.
  3. So the change would not be passed to their offsprings.
  4. This was proved experimentally by Augustus Weisemann and rejected the theory ‘inheritance of acquired characters’ proposed by Lamarck.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 4.
In a mango garden a farmer saw one mango tree with full of mango fruits but with a lot of pests. He also saw another mango tree without pests but with few mangoes. But the farmer wants the mango tree with full of mango fruits and pests free. Is it possible to create new mango tree which the farmer wants? Can you explain how it is possible?
Answer:

  1. Yes, it is possible to create new mango tree which one the former wants with full of mango fruits and pests free.
  2. The former can cross two plants one with full of mangoes and pests and another plant with less mango fruits and without pests,
  3. In F1 generation he may get plants with full of mango fruits and without pests. Such plants are called hybrid plants.
  4. The F1 generation plants can be self pollinated and desired plants can be selected from the mixed population of F2 generation.
  5. The plant with desirable characters can be vegetatively propagated to get required number of plants.

Question 5.
ExplaIn monohybrid experiment with an example. Which law of inheritance can we understand? Explain.
Answer:

  1. We can understand the law of inheritance with an example of monohybrid cross between pure yellow pea seeds with pure green pea seeds.
  2. A pure breed (parental) yellow will have both the factors which denote them by ‘YY’ and pure breed (parental) green seed will have both the factors denote them by ‘yy’.
  3. During reproduction one factor (genes) from each parent is taken to form a new pair in the progeny (off spring).
  4. In F1 generation all pea plants are Yellow.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 3
  5. F1 generation pea plants are self pollinated.
  6. In F2 generation 75% of the plants produced were Yellow seeds and the remaining 25% produced were green seed. It can be represented as
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 4
    In F2 generation the produced plants are YY, Yy; yY or yy.
    From the above example of monohybrid cross we can understand the following laws of inheritance.

1) When pure breed Yellow (YY) and green (yy) seeds were crossed, only Yellow seeds were expressed phenotypically in the F1 generation. It indicates that Yellow seed character is dominent over green seed characters.
This is “LAW OF DOMINANCE”.

2) When F1 plants are self pollinated each parent passes randomly selected allele (Y or y) of one of these factor to offsprings. This is segregation of alleles or genes during production of gametes.
This is “LAW OF SEGREGATION”.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 6.
What is the law of independent assortment? Explain with an example.
Answer:

  1. In the inheritance of more than one pair of characters (traits), the factors for each pair of characters assorts independently of the other pairs. This is known as “Law of independent assortment”.
  2. If pea plants with two different pairs of characteristics (eg. : Round / yellow and green wrinkled) are breed with each other, the F1 progeny plants would have all round and yellow seeds.
  3. This implies that round and yellow seeds are dominant characters over green and wrinkled seeds.
  4. In F2 progeny there would be some plants with round and yellow seeds and some with green and wrinkled seeds.
  5. However, there would be some plants with mixed characters – yellow and wrinkled seeds and green and round seeds.
  6. This depicts that round/wrinkled trait and yellow / green trait are inherited independent of each other (law of independent assortment).
    The following punnet square explains this.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 5
  7. The different combination of characters resulted from dihybrid cross.
    a) RRYY, RRYy, RrYy, RrYY, RRYy, RrYy, RrYy, RrYY, RrYy are having round and yellow seeds.
    b) RRyy, Rryy, Rryy have round and green seeds.
    c) rrYy, rrYy, rrYY have wrinkled and yellow seeds.
    d) rryy have wrinkled and green seeds.
  8. From the result, it can be concluded that the factors for each character or trait remains separate and maintain its identity in the gametes. This is known as “Law of independent assortment”.

Question 7.
How does sex determination take place in human?
(OR)
Explain sex determination in humans with the help of flow chart.
Answer:

  1. Each human cell contains 23 pairs (46) of chromosomes.
  2. Out of 23 pairs, 22 pairs of chromosomes are called autosomes.
  3. Remaining one pair is called allosomes or sex chromosomes.
  4. There are two types of sex chromosomes – one is ‘X’ and the other is ‘Y’.
  5. These two chromosomes determine the sex of an individual.
  6. Females have two ‘X’ chromosomes in their cells (XX).
  7. Males have one ‘X’ and one ‘Y’ chromosomes in their cells (XY).
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 6
  8. All the gametes produced by women (ovum) will be with only X chromosomes.
  9. The gametes produced by man (sperm) will be of two types, one with X chromosomes and other with Y chromosomes.
  10. If the sperm carries X chromosome and fertilizes with the ovum, the resultant baby will have XX condition. So the baby will be a girl.
  11. If the sperm carries Y chromosome and fertilises with the ovum, the resultant baby will have XY condition. So the baby will be a boy.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 8.
Explain Darwin’s theory of ‘Natural selection’ with an example.
(OR)
What do you understand by the term Natural selection? Write Darwin’s theory of evolution.
Answer:

  1. Darwin proposed the theory of Natural selection.
  2. Nature only selects or decides which organism should survive or perish in nature.
  3. The organism with useful traits will survive and the organisms having harmful traits are going to perished or eliminated from its environment.
  4. For example, a group of twelve red beetles live in a bush of green leaves.
  5. They will grow their population by sexual reproduction.
  6. So they generate variations in their population. Let us assume crows eat the red beetles more the population of red beetles slowly reduced.
  7. Crows eat these red beetles and their population slowly reduces.
  8. During this time a colour variation arises by the sexual reproduction.
  9. So that there appears one beetle that is green in colour instead of red.
  10. Moreover this green colour beetle passes its colour to its offsprings; so that all its progeny are green.
  11. Crows cannot see the green coloured beetles on green leaves of the bushes and therefore crows cannot eat them.
  12. The crows can see the red beetles and eat them as a result, there are more and more green beetles than red ones which decrease in their number.
  13. The variation of green colour beetle gave a survival advantage to green beetles’ than red beetles. They were naturally selected.

Question 9.
What are variations? Explain with a suitable example.
Answer:

  1. Differences in characters within very closely related groups of organisms are referred to as variations.
  2. Often a new character in a group may lead to variations that are inherited.
  3. If we observe parents and offsprings, there will be some similar features in the offspring of the parents.
  4. At the same time we find differences between parents and offspring in their features.
  5. These differences are an example of variations.
  6. Variations are quite apparent among closely related groups of organisms.
  7. If we take roses as an another example, we observe number of varieties in them.
  8. But we can still find some characters similar to all plants.
  9. Thus rose plants have similar physical features, at the same time they have differences in characters like flower colour, number of petals, leaf size, stem, spines, etc.
  10. These differences in features are variations.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 10.
What variations generally have you observed in the species of cow?
Answer:
In the species of cow the following contrasting variations can be observed:

  1. White coloured – spotted
  2. Longhorns – short horns
  3. Height – dwarf
  4. Long-tail – short tail
  5. Elongated face – stunted face
  6. More milk giving – less milk giving, etc.

Question 11.
What are the characters that Mendel selected for his experiments on pea plants
(OR)
Write the seven pairs of contrasting characters in pea plant identified by Mendel and mention their traits.
Answer:
Mendel selected the following characters on pea plants for his experiment. They are:

Character Description
1. Colour of the flower 1. Purple or white.
2. Position of the flower 2. Axial or terminal in position
3. Colour of the seed 3. Either yellow or green.
4. Shape of the seed 4. Either round or wrinkled.
5. Shape of the pod 5. Inflated and constricted
6. Colour of the pod 6. Yellow or green.
7. Length of the stem 7. Tall and dwarf.

Question 12.
In what way Mendel used the word ‘Traits’? Explain with an example.
Answer:

  1. Trait is a separate variant of an organism.
  2. Mendel hypothesized that characters were carried as traits.
  3. An organism always carried a pair of factors for a character.
  4. He also hypothesized that distinguishing traits of the same character were present in the population of an organism.
  5. He assumed that the traits shown by the pea plants must be in the seeds that produce them.
  6. The seeds must have obtained these traits from the parent plants.
  7. The factors which are responsible for the character or trait of an organism, are now named as “genes”.
  8. By all these we can assume that Mendel used the word ‘traits’ for indicating the variant of an organism expressed by a pair of factors or genes.
  9. For example, height is a character of pea plant while the tallness is a trait expressed by a pair of factors either TT or Tt and dwarfness is another trait expressed by a pair of factors tt.

Question 13.
What are the differences that Mendel observed between parent and F2 generation?
Answer:
Mendel identified the following differences between parent and F2 generation.

Parent F2 Generation
1. They are pure breeds. 1. They consist of mixed population.
2. They consist of homozygous alleles. 2. They consist of homozygous alleles in some plants and heterozygous alleles in some other plants.
3. They have some fixed characteristic features. 3. New combination of characters will appear.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 14.
Male is responsible for sex determination of baby – do you agree? If so write your answer with a flow chart.
Answer:

  1. Yes, I agree with the statement that male is responsible for sex determination of baby.
  2. There are two types of sex chromosomes in human beings, one is ‘X’ and other is ‘Y’.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 7
  3. Females have two ‘X’ chromosomes in their cells (XX) whereas males have one ‘X’ and one ‘Y’ chromosomes in their cells (XY).
  4. All the gametes produced by woman (ovum) will be with only X chromosomes.
  5. The gametes produced by man (sperm) will be of two types one with X chromosomes and other Y chromosomes.
  6. If the sperm carrying X chromosome fertilizes the ovum, the resultant baby will have XX condition. So the baby will be a girl.
  7. If the sperm carrying Y chromosome fertilizes the ovum, the resultant baby will have XY condition. So the baby will be a boy.
  8. So the gamete produced by the male is the deciding factor for sex determination of the baby.

Question 15.
Write a brief note on analogous organs.
(OR)
What are analogous organs?
Answer:

  1. The organs which are structurally different but functionally similar are known as ‘Analogous organs’.
  2. Wings of birds and bats is the example for analogous organs.
  3. The wings of bats are skin folds stretched mainly between elongated fingers.
  4. But the wings of birds are a feathery covering all along the arm.
  5. The designs of the two wings, their structure and components are different.
  6. They look similar because they have common use for flying, but their origins are not common.
  7. This makes the ‘analogous’ characteristics.
  8. This type of evolution is called convergent evolution.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 16.
How do scientists utilise information about fossils?
(OR)
“Fossils are valuable material that nature had preserved to know about ancient organisms.” Write the information you have collected about fossils.
Answer:

  1. Fossils are evidence of ancient life forms or ancient habitats which have been preserved by natural processes.
  2. The scientific study of fossils is called ‘Palaeontology’.
  3. Scientists utilise information about fossils to understand the evolutionary history of life.
  4. This information is also useful to study ecology and environmental history, such as ancient climates.
  5. This also helps to find out how old that certain layer of earth is.
  6. This information is also utilized as indicators of possible fossil fuel deposits which are of great interest to humanity.
  7. Thus scientists utilize the information on fossils to learn more about the earth’s past.

Question 17.
Mendel selected a pea plant for his experiments. Mention the reasons for the selection as these plants.
(OR)
Why did Mendel select the pea plant for his experiment? (OR)
Which characters in the pea plant are selected by Mendel, for his experiments?
What are the reasons for selecting pea plant by Mendel to conduct his experiments?
Answer:
Mendel chose the pea plant (Pisum sativam) for his breeding experiments for the following reasons.

  1. It is sexually reproducing.
  2. Flowers are bisexual.
  3. Predominantly self-pollinated.
  4. Predominantly self-fertilization.
  5. Well developed characters.
  6. Early hybridization.
  7. It is an annual plant.
  8. These plants have short maturity and can produce large number of seeds in a single generation.
  9. Pea plants have short life cycle.
  10. These plants can easy to grow either on the ground or in pots.

Question 18.
If the theory of inheritance of acquired characters proposed by Lamarck was true, how will the world be?
Answer:
If the theory of inheritance of acquired characters proposed by Lamarck was correct,

  1. All the organisms which lost some of their body parts should give birth to the offsprings without the lost parts.
  2. Rat which lost their tail should give birth to tail less rats.
  3. A handicapped who lost their legs in an accident should give birth to babies v without legs.
  4. A body builder’s children should be body builders.
  5. But all these are not happening because bodily changes won’t be passed to its offspring.

Question 19.
Collect information on the inherited traits in your family members and write a note on it.
Answer:

  1. My grandfather and father- had curling hair. I too have curling hair. So it’s an inherited trait in family.
  2. My mother and I both have long noses which appear similar. It’s another inherited trait.
  3. Eyes of my grandmother, my brother and mine are similar. It’s another inherited trait.
  4. Ear lobes of my father, brother and mine are similar. This is another inherited trait.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 20.
With the help of given information write your comment on evidences of evolution.

Mammals have fore limbs as do birds, reptiles and amphibians. The basic structure of the limbs is similar, though it has been modified to perform different functions.

Answer:

  1. The given information gives the evidences of evolution.
  2. Mammals. birds, reptiles and amphibians all these have forelimbs which have similar basic structure.
  3. But they are modified to perform different functions.
  4. This indicates that all the vertebrates have evolved from a common ancestor. These organs are called homologous organs. This type of evolution is called divergent evolution.
  5. In case of bat (mammal) and bird the designs of the two wings, their structure and components are different.
  6. They look similar because they have common use for flying, but their origins are not common.
  7. These organs which are structurally different but functionally similar are known as ‘Analogous organs’. This type of evolution is called “convergent evolution”.
  8. There are remarkable similarities in the embryos of above mentioned animals even in their limb formation. These are called embryological evidences.

Question 21.
Collect information about carbon dating method. Discuss with your physical science teacher.
(OR)
Write about the carbon dating method from the information collected by you.
Answer:

  1. Carbon dating is the method used to calculate the age of rocks, minerals or fossils.
  2. The breakdown of radioactive isotopes of certain elements such as carbon, uranium and potassium takes place at a known rate. So the age of rock or mineral containing isotopes can be calculated.
  3. Archaeologists use the exponential, radioactive decay of carbon 14 to estimate the death dates of organic material.
  4. The earth’s atmosphere contains various isotopes of carbon, roughly in constant proportions.
  5. These include the main stable isotope 12C and an unstable istope 14C.
  6. Through photosynthesis, plants absorb both forms from carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
  7. When an organism dies, it contains the standard ratio of 14C to 12C.
  8. But as the 14C decays with no possibility of replenishment, the proportion of carbon 14 decreases at a known constant rate.
  9. The time taken for it to reduce by half is known as the half-life of 14C, which is 5730.
  10. The measurement of the remaining proportion of 14C in organic matter thus an estimation of its age.
  11. As the half life of carbon – 14 is 5,700 years, it is useful for dating objects up (o about 60,000 years old.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 22.
Draw a checker board, show the law of independent assortment with a flowchart and explain the ratio.
Answer:

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 8

  1. The phenotypic ratio is 9 : 3 : 3 : 1. i.e., 9 round and yellow seeds 3 round and green seeds, 3 wrinkled and green seeds and 1 wrinkled and green seed.
  2. RRYY, RRYy, RrYy, RrYy, RRYy, RrYy, RrYy, RrYY and RrYy are round and yellow seeds.
  3. RRyy, Rryy, Rryy are round and green.
  4. rrYY, rrYy, rrYy are wrinkled and yellow.
  5. rryy are wrinkled and green.

From the above result, it can be concluded that factors for each character or trait remains separate and maintains its identity in the gametes. Thus in the inheritance of more than one pair of characters, the factors for each pair of characters assort independently of the other pairs. This is known as “Law of independent assortment”.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 23.
Explain the process to understand the monohybrid cross of Mendel experiment with a checker board.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 9

Question 24.
Prepare a chart showing the evolution of man through ages.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 10

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 25.
Nature selects only desirable characters. Prepare a cartoon.
Answer:
Nature selects only desirable characters
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 11

Question 26.
What is your understanding about survival of the fittest? Give some situations or examples that you observe in your surroundings.
Answer:

  1. Nature favours only useful variations.
  2. Each species tends to produce a large number of offspring.
  3. They compete with each other for food, space, mating and other species.
  4. In this struggle for existence only the fittest can survive.
  5. When cat tries to catch some rats, the rats which can run fast and hide in its hole can survive and which is slow can become prey for the cat.
  6. When we spray some insecticide on insects, most of them will die but few which can withstand that chemical will escape.
  7. When a pest attacks our garden plants, most of them may die but Which can withstand the pest can survive.
  8. When the dog tries to catch chickens, the chickens which will run fast and escape can survive but the slower ones will become food for the dog.

Question 27.
Write a monologue on the evolution of a human to perform a stage show on the theatre day in your school.
Answer:

  1. Hai, I am a human being. I am going to recall what had happened to me so far, how I had evolved, simply my journey from my origin to till now.
  2. Nearly 1.6 – 2.5 million years ago, during the gelasian pleistocene period, I used to wander in the forest. It is belived that, I evolved from apes.
  3. Between 1-1.8 million years ago, I gradually evolved into Homo erectus. I lived in this stage throughout most of the pleistocene. I used more diverse and sophisticated stone tools than my predecessors and it is belived that I travelled over oceans using rafts.
  4. Around 1,00,000 – 40,000 thousand years ago I evolved into Homo sapiens neanderthalensis. I was stronger than present in those days. I made advanced tools. I had language to communicate.
  5. Around 40 thousand years ago, I reached the present form of human being, the modern humans known as Homo sapiens. I learnt cultivation, construction of houses, cooking, etc. I had invented various things that help me to live comfortably.
  6. But my journey did not stop. It is still continuing. Let us see what may happen? Where can I reach? What changes may come in me? Hope for the best.
    Thank you.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Fill in the blanks.

  1. The process of acquiring change is called ———–.
  2. Mendel’s experiment explains about ———–.
  3. The four characters observed in the experiments on law of independent assortment are ———–.
  4. If we cross pollinate red flower plant with white flower we will get percent of ———– recessive trait plants.
  5. TT or YY, Tt or Yy are responsible for a ———– character.
  6. Female baby having 23 pairs of autosomes at the age of 18 years, has ———– pair autosomes and ———– of sex chromosomes.
  7. The population grows in ———– progression whereas food sources grow in ———– progression.
  8. A goat which walks properly can’t live for a long time. According to Darwin, this represents ———–.
  9. Forelimb of whale is for swimming whereas in horse it is used for ———–.
  10. The study of fossils is called ———–.

Answer:

  1. evolution
  2. heredity
  3. Round, wrinkled, yellow, green
  4. 100
  5. dominant
  6. 22, one pair
  7. geometrical, arithmetic
  8. survival of the fittest
  9. running
  10. palaeontology

Choose the correct answer.

  1. Which of the following is not a variation in rose plant?  [ ]
    A) Coloured petals
    B) Spines
    C) Tendrils
    D) Leaf margin
    Answer: C
  2. According to Mendel, alleles are  [ ]
    A) Pair of genes , Responsible for character
    B) gene
    C) Production of Gametes
    D) Recessive factors
    Answer: B
  3. Natural selection means  [ ]
    A) Nature selects desirable characters
    B) Nature rejects undesirable characters
    C) Nature reacts with an organism
    D) A, B
    Answer: A
  4. Palaeontologists deal with  [ ]
    A) Fossilised Embryological evidences
    B) Fossil evidences
    C) Fossilised Vestigial organ evidences
    D) All
    Answer: D

10th Class Biology 8th Lesson Heredity InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 166

Question 1.
How does evolution take place?
Answer:

  1. Evolution takes place through the accumulation of new characters or variations in a species of organisms.
  2. Accumulation of variations occurs only when new characters are passed on from one generation to other and much more new characters are added to the pre-existing once.
  3. So this happens oVer a kirig period of time, sometimes several generations may pass.
  4. Hence it happens in a slow and steady manner.
  5. It is not just about change but producing something new and different.
  6. It is about the formation of new species and their adaptation to their environments.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 168

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 2.
Is variation all about apparent differences? Or is it about some subtle differences as well that we most often overlook?
Answer:

  1. Variations are not always apparent differences.
  2. Sometimes these may be subtle differences that we most often overlook.
  3. When these subtle differences accumulate together they may become apparent.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 171

Question 3.
How do parent plants pass on their traits to the seeds?
Answer:

  1. Every character or trait is controlled by a pair of factors called genes.
  2. At the time of sexual reproduction, one factor or each trait will pass to the gametes.
  3. By the fussion of male and female gametes zygote will form in which factors from both male and female parents get paired again.
  4. This zygote will develop into seed in the later stages.
  5. Thus parent plants pass on their traits to the seeds.

Question 4.
Will the seeds from tall plants always produce new tall plants?
Answer:

  1. No. Tall plants may or may not produce tall plants again.
  2. This is because tallness is a dominant character in most of the plants, especially in peas.
  3. So tall plant may be homozygous tall (TT) or heterozygous tall (Tt).
  4. If the parental plant is homozygous tall (pure breed), then they always produce new tall plants.
  5. If the parental plant is a heterozygous tall plant, then they produce the tall and dwarf plants in the ratio of 3 : 1.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 175

Question 5.
What should be the percentage of each type of plants in F2 generation produced in dihybrid cross between pea plants with yellow, smooth seeds and green wrinkled seeds?
Answer:

  1. In F2 generation of dihybrid cross between pea plants with yellow, smooth seeds and green wrinkled seeds, new plants will produce with the following combination.
    i) Round and yellow
    ii) Round and green and
    iii) Wrinkled and green iv) Wrinkled and yellow
  2. They will produce in the ratio of 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 respectively.
  3. So 56 (56.25%) of plants should be with round and yellow seeds. 19 (18.75%) of plants should be with wrinkled and yellow seeds. 19 (18.75 %) of plants should be with round and green seeds and 6% (6. 25%) of plants should be with wrinkled and green seeds.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 178

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 6.
What will happen if the sperm containing X chromosomes fertilizes the ovum?
Answer:

  1. If the sperm containing X chromosomes fertilizes the ovum which has X chromosome, the baby will have XX condition.
  2. So the baby will be a girl.

Question 7.
Who decides the sex of the baby – mother or father?
Answer:
Father decides the sex of the baby.

Question 8.
Is the sex also a character or trait? Does It follow Mendels’ law of dominance?
Answer:

  1. Yes, sex is also a character or a trait.
  2. It has two contrasting characters male and female.
  3. Male character is represented by a pair of allosomes ‘XY‘ (heterozygous).
  4. In this, we can consider Y as dominant and X as recessive.
  5. In this, recessive character is expressed only when it is homozygous recessive, i.e. female.
  6. Homozygous dominant is not existing as reproduction occurs between male (heterozygous dominent XY) and female (homozygous recessive XX) only.
  7. As X is not exhibiting its nature when Y is present along with it. it follows Mendel’s law of dominance.

Question 9.
Were all your traits similar to that of your parents?
Answer:

  1. No, all my traits are not similar to my parents.
  2. There are certain traits which differ from my parents.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 185

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 10.
How does the evolution of organisms have taken place?
Answer:

  1. Variations which are beneficial are selected by nature and passed from parents to offspring through heredity.
  2. The same process happens with every new generation until the variation becomes common feature.
  3. As the environment changes, the organism within environment adopts and changes to the new living conditions.
  4. Over a long period of time, each species of organisms can acuumulate so many changes that it becomes a new species.
  5. Thus evolution of organisms took place from common pre-existing ancestors.

Question 11.
Are birds and bats more closely related to each other than to squirrels or lizards?
Answer:

  1. No, bats are mammals whereas birds belong to aves.
  2. Squirrels are mammals and lizards belong to reptiles.
  3. So bats and birds are not closely related to each other as they belong to two different groups.
  4. Both bats and birds have wings.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 186

Question 12.
Do embryological evidences indicate that frogs have evolved from ancestors of fish?
Answer:
Yes the embryological evidences indicate that frogs have evolved from ancestors of fish.

Question 13.
Does the life history of every individual exhibit the structural features of their ancestors?
Answer:

  1. Yes. The life history of every individual exhibit the structural features of its ancestors.
  2. The resemblance is so close at an early stage.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 189

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 14.
Think why did ancient human beings travelled from one place to other and how did they travelled?
Answer:

  1. Ancient human beings travelled from one place to other in search of better living conditions such as availability of food, water shelter and other facilities.
  2. They did not travel in a single line.
  3. They went forwards and backwards with groups, sometimes separating from each other.
  4. This travel is responsible for the formation of races.

10th Class Biology Textbook Page No. 183

Question 15.
In a forest there are two types of deer, in which one type of deer can run very fast. Whereas second type of deer can not run as fast as the first one. Lions, Tigers hunt deer for their food. Imagine which type of deer are going to survive in the forest and which type of deer population is going to be eliminated? And why?
Answer:

  1. Deer that can run fast can survive in the forest. Because they can escape easily from lions and tigers, when compared to second type.
  2. Deer that run slowly are going to be eliminated. Because they can be caught easily by its predators. So the survival chance will decrease.

10th Class Biology 8th Lesson Heredity Activities

Activity – 1

Think of your own family, what similarities do you share with your father and mother? Draw a table to represent the similarities of some characters like colour of eye (cornea), colour of hair, shape of nose, shape of face, type of earlobe (attached or free), inner thumb markings, etc. Write your characters in one column and that of your parents in the other columns.
Table – 1

Characters In me In my Mother/Father In my Brother/Sister In my grandma/grandpa

Answer:

S.No. Characters In me In my Mother/Father In my Brother/Sister In my grandma/grandpa
1. Colour of eye Black Black Black Black
2. Colour of hair Black Black Black Black
3. Shape of nose Long Long Short Short
4. Shape of face Oval Round Oval Oval
5. Type of earlobe Free Free Free Free
6. Type of hair Curling Curling Straight Straight
7. Inner thumb marking Conical Round Round Conical
8. Skin colour Fair Fair Fair Fair

1. Is there any character in you similar to that of your mother as well as your grandma?
Answer:
There are four characters in me similar to my mother as well as my grandma. They are

  1. Colour of eye
  2. Colour of hair
  3. Type of earlobe and
  4. Skin colour.

2. Is there any character in you similar only to that of your grandma?
Answer:
Two characters are similar in me and in my grandma. They are

  1. Shape of face and
  2. Inner thumb marking.

3. How do you think these characters may have been inherited by you from grandma?
Answer:
These characters are hereditary from parent to child.

4. Is there any character that is not present in grandma but present in your mother and you?
Answer:
Two characters are not present in grandma which are only present in me and my mother. They are

  1. Shape of nose
  2. Type of hair

5. Think where from your mother got that character?
Answer:
This character is the result of inherited traits transmitted from parent to progeny.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Activity – 2
Observe some of your friends and note their characters in the following table. Fill in yours as well.
Table – 2

Name of your friend Colour of skin Earlobes Free / Attached Marking on inner side of thumb Length of forehead Colour of eyes (Cornea) Any other features

Answer:

Name of your friend Colour of skin Earlobes Free / Attached Marking on inner side of thumb Length of forehead Colour of eyes (Cornea) Any other features
Ravi Black Free Round Broad Blue Straight hair, long nose, and face, etc.
Ganesh Black Attached Conical Narrow Black Straight hair, short nose, oval face, etc.
Vi jay Fair Free Conical Broad Black Curling hair, short nose, round face, etc.
Karthik Fair Free Round Broad Black Straight hair, long nose, round face, etc.

1. Compare your characters to that of any one of your friend. How many characters did you find were similar among you and your friend?
Answer:
Only few characters such as black hair and black eye were similar among me and my friend.

2. Do you share more similar characters with your parents or with your friends?
Answer:
I share more similar characters with my parents than my friends.

3. Do you think that your differences from parents are same as differences from friends? Why / Why not?
Answer:
My differences from parents are not same as differences from friend. This is because the differences from parents are subtle as there is more genetic relation with parents but the differences from friends are apparent.

Activity – 3

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Observe seeds in a pea or bean pod. You may observe several parts to arrive at a generalisation.

1. Can you find two similar seeds there?
Answer:
No, all the seeds are not similar. They had certain variations.

2. What makes them vary? even though they are in the same pod. (Hint: You know that seeds are formed from ovules).
Answer:

  1. They vary from one another because they are produced from different ovules.
  2. Ovules of a plant are female gametes.
  3. These gametes carry different factors (genes) for different characters randomly.

3. Why variations are important? How are variations useful for an organism or a population?
Answer:

  1. Variations perhaps help a certain group of organisms in a community when conditions would otherwise be unfavourable for other groups.
  2. Desirable variations can be selected by nature.
  3. Desirable variations increase the chance of survival of an organism.
  4. Accumulation of variations after a long period leads to formation of new species.

Activity – 4

Let us do the following activity to understand the Mendelian principles of Heredity. Materials required :
a) 3 cm length and 1cm breadth chart pieces – 4
b) 2 cm length and 1cm breadth chart pieces – 4
c) Red buttons – 4
d) White buttons – 4
e) Chart, scale, sketch pen, pencil, 2 bags.

Method: Prepare a chart with 2×2 boxes along with number and symbol as shown in the figure.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 12

Game 1: Monohybrid cross (starting with hybrid parents)
To start with take 1, 2 or 3, 4 . In case you start 1, 2 pick all the 16 long and short pieces and prepare such pairs in each of which you have a long and short piece.

Take 4 pairs each of long and short strips and put them in two separate bags. Now each bag contains 8 strips (4 long and 4 short).One bag say ‘A’ represents male and the bag ‘B’ represents female. Now randomly pick one strip each from bag A and B and put them together in the 1 on the chart. Keep picking out the strips and arrange them in the same manner till your bags are empty. Same time your boxes in the chart are filled with pairs of strips. You might have got the following combinations, two long strips, one long and one short strip, two short strips.

1. What is the number of long strip pairs?
Answer:
There are four long strip pairs.

2. What is the number of one long and one short pairs?
Answer:
There are eight, one long and one short strip pairs.

3. What is the number of short strips pairs?
Answer:
There are four short strip pairs.

4. What is the percentage of each type? Also find their ratios.
Answer:
The percentage of long strip pairs, one long and one short strip pairs and short strip pairs are 25%, 50% and 25% respectively and the ratio is 1 : 2 : 1.

5. What can you conclude from this game?
Answer:
From this game I have concluded that:

  1. Every individual possesses a pair of alleles, for any particular trait.
  2. Each parent passes a randomly selected copy (allele) of these to an offspring.
  3. The offspring then receives its own pair of alleles for that trait one each from both parents.
  4. If the long strip is considered as dominant 75% exhibit dominant and 25% exhibit recessive character. Thus the phenotype ratio is 3 : 1 in monohybrid cross.
  5. The genotype ratio is 1 : 2 : 1.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Activity – 5

Observe the below diagram showing variation in beetle population and its impact.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 13Let us consider a group of twelve beetles. They live in bushes on green leaves. Their population will grow by sexual reproduction. So they were able to generate variations in population. Let us assume crows eat these red beetles. If the crows eat more Red beetles, their population is slowly reduced. Let us discuss the above three different situations in detail.
Answer:
Situation-1: In this situation, a colour variation arises during reproduction. So that there appears one beetle that is green in colour instead of red.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 14Moreover, this green coloured beetle passes its colour to Its offspring (Progeny). So that all its progeny are green. Crows cannot see the green coloured beetles on green leaves of the bushes and therefore crows cannot eat them. But crows can see the red beetles and eat them. As a result there are more and more green beetles than red ones which decrease in their number.

The variation of colour in beetle ‘green’ gave a survival advantage to’green beetles’ than red beetles. In other words it was naturally selected. We can see that the ‘natural selection’ was exerted by the crows. The more crows there are, the more red beetles would be eaten and the more number of green beetles in the population would be. Thus the natural selection is directing evolution in the beetle population. It results in adaptation in the beetle population to fit in their environment better.

Let us think of another situation.
Situation-2: In this situation a colour variation occurs again in its progeny during reproduction, but now it results in ‘blue’ colour beetles instead of ‘red’colour beetle. This blue colour beetled can pass its colour to its progeny. So that all its progeny are blue.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 15Crows can see blue coloured beetles on the green leaves of the bushes and the red ones as well. And therefore crows can eat both red and blue coloured beetles. In this case there is no survival advantage for blue coloured beetles as we have seen in case of green coloured beetles.

What happens initially in the population, there are a few blue beetles,but most are red. Imagine at this point an elephant comes by and stamps on the bushes where the beetles live. This kills most of the beetles. By chance the few beetles survived are mostly blue. Again the beetle population slowly increases. But in the beetle population most of them are in blue colour.

Thus sometimes accidents may also result in changes in certain characters of the population. Characters as we know are governed by genes. Thus there is change in the frequency of genes in small populations. This is known as “Genetic drift’, which provides diversity in the population.

Let us think of another situation :
Situation-3: In this case beetles population is increasing, but suddenly bushes were affected by a plant disease in which leaf material were destroyed or in which leaves are affected by this beetles got less food material.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 16So beetles are poorly nourished. So the weight of beetles decrease but no changes take place in their genetic material (DNA). After a few years the plant disease are eliminated. Bushes are healthy with plenty of leaves.

What do you think will be condition of the beetles?
Answer:
The weight of beetles will increase once again as they get plenty of food material again.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity

Activity – 6

Let us observe different stages of development of vertebrate embryos. Try to find out similarities and differences and discuss with your friends.
(OR)
What do you infer about the embroyological evidences of various organisms?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Solutions Chapter 8 Heredity 17

  1. There are remarkable similarities in the embryos of different animals from fish to man.
  2. The resemblance is so close at an early stage.
  3. Gradually the similarities are decreased when they become babies.
  4. The embryological evidences give us an idea that all the organisms have evolved from a common ancestors.

 

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 6th Lesson Reproduction

10th Class Biology 6th Lesson Reproduction 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What questions you ask the doctor, who visited your school on World AIDS day?
Answer:

  1. How does AIDS disease occurs?
  2. How does the AIDS transmit?
  3. What are the symptoms of AIDS?
  4. What are the precautions to be taken to prevent AIDS?

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 2.
What is colostrum?
Answer:
The first secretion from the Mammary glands, after giving birth, rich in antibodies.
During the end of pregnancy, a watery yellowish lymph like fluid accumulates in mammary glands. It is known as colostrum.

Question 3.
Name the types of asexual reproduction in the following organisms:
a) Paramoecium b) Yeast
Answer:
a) Paramoecium : Paramoecium reproduces by splitting into two. (Transverse binary fission)
b) Yeast: Yeast reproduces by Budding.

Question 4.
What are the advantages of grafting method in plants.
Answer:

  1. Grafting is used to obtain a plant with desirable characters.
  2. It can be used to produce varieties in seedless fruits.

Question 5.
What measures can be taken to avoid sexually transmitted diseases?
Answer:

  1. Avoid sex with unknown or multiple partners.
  2. Sex with life partners only.
  3. Follow ethical and healthy life practices because contraceptives always cannot prevent STD’s.
  4. In case of any doubt, consult a qualified doctor for early detection if diagonised with disease take complete treatment.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 6.
What is parthenogenesis?
Answer:
The process of developing zygote from female gametes without fertilization is known as parthenogenesis.

Question 7.
In flowering plants, I am formed as the result of double fertilization. The cotyledons digest and absorb me. Who am I?
Answer:
Endosperm.

Question 8.
In what way does mitotic division help the living organism?
Answer:

  1. growth
  2. cell repair
  3. healing wounds.

Question 9.
Give any two suggestions to create awareness to stop female foeticide.
Answer:

  1. Preparing relevant slogans
  2. Organising rallies
  3. Awareness campaign by using electronic and print media

Question 10.
Write two precautions you take, while observing Rhizopus in the laboratory.
Answer:

  1. Don’t touch the experimental bread with hand.
  2. If you touch the bread, thoroughly wash your hands.
  3. Leave the bread in the open air for about an hour.
  4. Avoid opening of the plastic bag as much as you can.
  5. Sprinkle water over bread.
  6. Place the bag in a dark and warm place.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 11.
Mention two materials you have used to observe Rhizopus on bread mould.
Answer:
Bread mould sample, plain glass slide, cover slip, water, disposable gloves.

Question 12.
What type of reproduction occurs in paramoecium during favourable conditions?
Answer:
During favourable conditions paramoecium reproduce asexually by fission.

Question 13.
What type of reproduction occurs in paramoecium during unfavourable conditions?
Answer:
During unfavourable conditions paramoecium reproduce sexually by conjugation.

Question 14.
Which bacteria is responsible for formation of curd from milk?
Answer:
Lactobacillus bacteria is responsible for formation of curd from milk.

Question 15.
What is asexual reproduction?
Answer:
The reproduction in which a single parent is involved, without formation of gametes is known as asexual reproduction.

Question 16.
What is fission?
Answer:
Splitting of organisms into two or more offsprings in a symmetrical manner is known as fission. Ex: Paramoecium and bacteria.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 17.
How budding occurs in yeast?
Answer:

  1. A bud develops as an outgrowth due to repeated cell division at specific site.
  2. These buds develop when fully mature, detach from the parent body and become new independent individuals.

Question 18.
Which animals reproduce through fragmentation?
Answer:
Fragmentation is a common mode of reproduction in Algae, Fungi and many land plants.

Question 19.
What is Regeneration?
Answer:

  1. Many fully differentiated organisms have the ability to give rise to new individual organism from their body parts.
  2. If the individual is some how cut or broken up into many pieces, many of these pieces grow into separate individuals. Ex: Hydra and planaria.

Question 20.
In which plant, small plants grow at the edge of leaves?
Answer:
In Bryophyllum, small plants grow at the edge of leaves.

Question 21.
By means of which plants propagate vegetatively through stem?
Answer:
Plants propagate vegetatively through stem by means of stolons, bulbs, corms, tuber etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 22.
Through which the Vallisneria, Strawberry propagate vegetatively?
Answer:
Vallisneria, Strawberry propagate vegetatively through stolons.

Question 23.
Which plants produce the new plants through roots?
Answer:
New plants are produced from the roots of Dahlia, radish, carrot etc.

Question 24.
What are the artificial propagation methods in plants?
Answer:
Cutting, Layering and Grafting are the artificial propagation methods in plants.

Question 25.
Which method is used to obtain a plant with desirable characters?
Answer:
Grafting is used to obtain a plant with desirable characters.

Question 26.
Which method will you adopt to get two desirable characters from two different plants in a single plant?
Answer:
I will adopt grafting method to get two desirable characters from two different plants in a single plant.

Question 27.
Which fungus is commonly called as bread mould?
Answer:
Rhizopus is commonly called bread mould.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 28.
How bread mould appears when you observe it under microspore?
Answer:
The common bread mould consists of fine thread like projections called hyphae and thin knob like structures called Sporangia.

Question 29.
In which plants leaf is known as Sporophyll? Why?
Answer:
In fern plants leaf is known as Sporophyll. Because on the lower surface of the leaf sporangia are present.

Question 30.
What is fertilisation?
Answer:
Union of male and female gametes is known as fertilisation.

Question 31.
What is external fertilisation?
Answer:
If the fertilisation occurs outside the body of the organism then it is known as external fertilisation. Eg : Frog and fish.

Question 32.
What is internal fertilisation?
Answer:
If the fertilisation occurs inside the body of the female organism then it is known as internal fertilisation. Eg : Terrestrial animals (Reptiles, Aves, Mammals).

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 33.
What are the parts present in male reproductive system of man?
Answer:
A pair of testis, Accessory glands and System of ducts.

Question 34.
The male reproductive organ testis produces?
Answer:
Testis produces male reproductive cells or spermatozoa.

Question 35.
Sperms are temporarily stored in which part of duct system?
Answer:
Sperms are temporarily stored in epididymis of duct system.

Question 36.
What are the accessory glands present in male reproductive system?
Answer:
The accessory glands present in male reproductive system are one prostrate gland . and two cow cowper glands.

Question 37.
The fluid secreted by accessory glands is
Answer:
The fluid secreted by the accessory glands is semen.

Question 38.
What is the function of semen?
Answer:
Semen provide nutrients for sperm to keep alive and helps as a medium for the movement of sperms.

Question 39.
Which hormone regulates the development of the male reproductive organs?
Answer:
The hormone testosterone regulates the development of the male reproductive organs.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 40.
How are the secondary sexual characters are controlled in males?
Answer:
Secondary sexual characters in males are controlled by the male sex hormone testosterone.

Question 41.
Men produce sperm from the age of about?
Answer:
Men produce sperm from the age of about 13 or 14 years and can go on doing so most their lives.

Question 42.
Which are capable of changing the sex of the organism in which they grow like wasp?
Answer:
Some bacteria and other micro-organisms have been found capable of changing the sex of the organism of wasp in which they live.

Question 43.
The female gamete ovum is produced by
Answer:
The female gamete ovum is produced by graffian follicles of Ovary.

Question 44.
What is ovulation?
Answer:
The release of ovum from graffian follicle is known as ovulation.

Question 45.
Fertilisation of ovum occurs in which part of female reproductive system?
Answer:
Fertilisation of ovum occurs in fallopian tube or oviduct of female reproductive system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 46.
What is placenta?
Answer:
Placenta is the nourishment tissue formed by the outer membrane of the embryo called chorion and the part of the uterine tissue.

Question 47.
When do placenta is formed during the development of embryo?
Answer:
Placenta is formed at around 12 weeks of pregnancy or during the embryonic development.

Question 48.
What keeps embryo moist and protects it from minor mechanical injury?
Answer:
The embryo develop in amniotic fluid filled cavity which keeps it moist and protects it from minor mechanical injury.

Question 49.
Which membrane forms umbilical cord?
Answer:
Allantois membrane which originates from the digestive canal of the embryo forms the major part of tube like structure called umbilical cord.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 50.
What is foetus?
Answer:
From the third month of pregnancy the embryo is called foetus.

Question 51.
What is gestation period?
Answer:
Total time required for the development of embryo and foetus is called gestation period.

Question 52.
What is the gestation period in human beings?
Answer:
The gestation period in human beings is 9 months or 280 days.

Question 53.
Collect the information about gestation periods in different animals.
Answer:
Gestation period in different animals:

Animal Gestation period
Cat and dog 63 days
Horse 330 days
Cow 280 days
Rat and mouse 20-22 days

Question 54.
What is after birth?
Answer:
The muscular contractions of the uterus continue until they push out the tissues of the placenta, which are commonly called the ‘after birth’.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 55.
What are labour pains?
Answer:
The rhythmic contraction and relaxation of muscle layers of the uterus is known as labour pains.

Question 56.
What is colostrum?
Answer:
Colostrum: During the end of pregnancy a watery yellowish lymph like fluid accumulates in the mammary glands. It is known as colostrum.

Question 57.
What is the importance of feeding colostrum to new born baby?
Answer:
It is very important to feed colostrum to the new born baby because it helps in developing the immune system of the child.

Question 58.
What is the need of sexual reproduction?
Answer:
Sexual reproduction help organisms to develop characters that would be help them to adapt better to their surroundings.

Question 59.
In which mountain regions can Sal trees grow?
Answer:
Sal trees grow in the Himalayan mountains.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 60.
What are the different parts of a flower?
Answer:
Sepals, petals, stamens and carpels are the different parts of a flower.

Question 61.
What are stamens and carpels?
Answer:
The reproductive parts of a flower which possess the sex cells or germ cells are called stamens and carpels.

Question 62.
What are unisexual flowers? Give examples.
Answer:
Flowers having either stamens or carpels are called unisexual flowers.
Eg: Bottlegourd, papaya.

Question 63.
What are Bisexual flowers? Give some examples.
Answer:
Flowers having both the stamen and carpel are called bisexual flowers. Eg: Datura.

Question 64.
What are the three parts of carpel or gynoecium?
Answer:
The three parts of carpel or gynoecium are ovary, style and stigma.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 65.
What is self pollination?
Answer:
Plants having flowers. Where reproductive cells of stamen of the flower fertilise the female reproductive cells of the carpel of the same flower is called self pollination.
Eg: Plants of pea family.

Question 66.
How cross fertilisation occurs?
Answer:
If the male cells of flower of a plant fertilise the female cells of flowers on the same or different plants of the same species, the type of pollination is called cross pollination.

Question 67.
What did Darwin showed regarding fertilization of plants?
Answer:
Darwin in 1876 showed that plants when isolated had the greatest tendency to self fertilize while when surrounded by varieties of the same flower, they readily cross fertilize.

Question 68.
Which cells are composed the embryosac of ovule?
Answer:
The embryosac of ovule composed of gametophyte cells.

Question 69.
How many cells and nuclei does an embryosac consisting in majority of flowering plants?
Answer:
The majority of flowering plants have an embryosac consisting of seven cells and eight nuclei.

Question 70.
What is double fertilisation?
Answer:
Double fertilisation: Union of one male nucleus with an egg and the second male nucleus with the fusion nucleus is called double fertilisation.

Question 71.
What is germination?
Answer:
The seed produced after fertilisation contains the future plant or embryo that develops into a seedling under appropriate conditions. This process is called germination.

Question 72.
Who gave the phrase “omnis cellula de cellula”? What does it mean?
Answer:
The ‘phrase omnis cellula de cellula’ means cells arise from pre-existing cells. It was given by Rudolph Virchow who discovered cell division.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 73.
Who stated that the animals can reproduce through binary fission of cells?
Answer:
In 1852 Robert Remak of Germany stated that animals can reproduce through binary fission of cells.

Question 74.
Who discovered the process of mitosis?
Answer:
Mitosis was discovered by Walther Flemming in 1879.

Question 75.
What is the most important discovery of Walther Flemming regarding chromosomes?
Answer:
Walther Flemming’s most important discovery was chromosomes appear double in nature.

Question 76.
Who proposed that chromosomes carried a different set of heritable elements?
Answer:
Wilhelm Roux proposed that chromosomes carried a different set of heritable elements.

Question 77.
What are the hypothesis made by August Weiseman on chromosomes?
Answer:

  1. In successive generations, individuals of the same species have the same number of chromosomes.
  2. In successive cell division the number of chromosomes always remain constant.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 78.
Who confirmed the scheme of mitotic division?
Answer:
The scheme of mitotic division was confirmed in 1904 by Theodor Boveri.

Question 79.
Who discovered the structure of DNA?
Answer:
The structure of (DNA) deoxy ribonucleic acid was discovered in 1953 by James Watson and Francis Crick.

Question 80.
The cells in which organ do not divide?
Answer:
Cells present in organs such as heart and brain of an individual never divide.

Question 81.
What is time required for completion of mitosis?
Answer:
The process of mitosis is completed in 40 to 60 minutes.

Question 82.
What is interphase?
Answer:
The period between two cell divisions is called interphase.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 83.
Into how many phases the interphase can be divided?
Answer:
Interphase can be divided into three phases. They are G1 phase, S phase and G2 phase.

Question 84.
What is G1 phase of interphase?
Answer:
G1 phase is the linking period between the completion of mitosis and the begining of DNA replication (Gap 1 phase).

Question 85.
What is S phase of interphase?
Answer:
S phase is the period of DNA synthesis leading to duplication of chromosomes.

Question 86.
What is G2 phase of interphase?
Answer:
G2 phase is the time between the end of DNA replication and the beginning of mitosis (Gap 2 phase).

Question 87.
Who conducted some experiments using the cell fusion technique on phases of interphase?
Answer:
Potu Narasimha Rao and Johnson conducted some experiments using the cell fusion technique to understand the functional relationship between the phases of interphase.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 88.
What is cytokinesis?
Answer:
Division of cytoplasm is called cytokinesis.

Question 89.
What are the different stages present in mitosis?
Answer:
Prophase, Metaphase, Anaphase and Telophase are the different stages present in mitosis.

Question 90.
In which phase of the mitosis chromosomes split lengthwise to form chromatids?
Answer:
In prophase of the mitosis chromosomes split lengthwise to form chromatids.

Question 91.
During which phase of mitosis chromatids are pulled towards poles?
Answer:
During anaphase of mitosis chromatids are pulled towards poles.

Question 92.
How many haploid daughter cells are formed after meiosis?
Answer:
Four haploid daughter cells are formed after meiosis.

Question 93.
What are the diseases that can be sexually transmitted?
Answer:
Sexually transmitted diseases include bacterial infections such as Gonorrhoea and Syphilis and Viral infections such as AIDS.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 94.
In what way the sexually transmitted diseases spread from person to person?
Answer:
Sexually transmitted diseases spread by unsafe sexual contacts, using infected devices, infected blood transfusion, from an infected mother to child.

Question 95.
Which state has the highest number of HIV patients in the country?
Answer:
Andhra Pradesh and Telangana has the highest number of HIV patients in the country.

Question 96.
Which factors are contributing to the spread of HIV in Andhra Pradesh?
Answer:
Illiteracy, poor health, unemployment, migration, non-traditional sex practise, unethical contacts and trafficking are some of the factors contributing to the spread of HIV in Andhra Pradesh.

Question 97.
Expand “ASHA”.
Answer:
Accredited Social Health Activist.

Question 98.
What is Red ribbon express?
Answer:
Red Ribbon express is an AIDS/HIV awareness campaign train by the Indian Railways. The motto of the Red ribbon express is “Embarking on the Journey of Life”.

Question 99.
What is contraception?
Answer:
The prevention of pregnancy in women by preventing fertilisation is called contraception.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 100.
Which device not only prevents fertilisation but also transmitting some sexually transmitted diseases?
Answer:
Condoms and diaphragm (cap) prevents fertilisation and also useful to not transmitting some sexually transmitted diseases like gonorrhoea, syphilis, AIDS.

Question 101.
What are spermicides?
Answer:
Spermicides are the pills used for killing sperms.

Question 102.
What are the surgical methods to birth control in males and females?
Answer:
Vasectomy for males and Tubectomy for female are the surgical birth control methods in human beings.

Question 103.
What is Vasectomy?
Answer:
In males, a small portion of vas deferens is removed by surgical operation ami both ends are tied properly. This method is called vasectomy.

Question 104.
What is Tubectomy?
Answer:
In females, a small portion of oviducts (fallopian tube) is removed by surgical operation and the cut ends are tied. This prevents the ovum from entering into the oviducts. This method is called Tubectomy.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 105.
What is the marriage age for girls in India?
Answer:
The marriage age for girls in India is 18 years.

Question 106.
What is foeticide?
Answer:
Foeticide is the act of destruction or aborting a foetus because it is female.

10th Class Biology 6th Lesson Reproduction 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What are the questions you asked the doctor who visited your school to know “the ways of transmission of HIV”?
Answer:
I shall ask the following questions to the doctor.

  1. What are the ways of transmission of HIV?
  2. How can we prevent the spread of HIV?
  3. What precautions should we take while doing transfusion of blood:
  4. How does HIV transmit from mother to baby?
  5. Why should we use disposable syrenges?

Question 2.
The chromosomal number is reduced to half in the daughter cells produced by meiosis. What happens if the number is not reduced to half in daughter cells?
(OR)
In Meiosis, the chromosome number in the daughter cells are reduced to half that of their parent cells. Guess, what would happen, if the reduction of chromosome number is not done.
Answer:

  1. If the reduction of chromosomes number is not done, the chromosomal number is doubled in the offsprings.
  2. The change in chromosomal number leads to development of abnormal characters in the individual.
  3. The offspring differs from parental generation.
  4. Abnormal characters will be formed in new generation, which are not useful for the existence of individual.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 3.
What questions do you ask a doctor to know about different birth control methods?
Answer:

  1. What is family planning?
  2. What is meant by contraception?
  3. How many types of contraceptive methods are there?
  4. What are the contraceptive devices used for female?
  5. What are the contraceptive devices used for male?
  6. What is tubectomy?
  7. What is vasectomy?
  8. What are surgical methods of birth controls?

Question 4.
Apparao and Ramulamma are a newly married illiterate couple. They don’t want children for few years. Suggest some birth control methods for them.
(OR)
Mention any four birth control methods.
Answer:
a) condoms
b) diaphragm (Cap)
c) pills
d) copper – T
e) loop

Question 5.
Why is it important for gametes to have half the number of chromosomes?
Answer:

  1. If gametes have 2 sets of chromosomes, the number of chromosomes will be 4 sets in zygote after fertilization because of this the chromosomal number will be doubled in each generation. This results in abnormalities in off-spring.
  2. Hence, to maintain a constant number of chromosomes, garnets should have half set of chromosomes.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 6.
Identify the flower parts a, b, c, d and write their main function.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 1Answer:
a) Ovary: Female reproductive organ in flower. It produces female gametes called ovules.
b) Style: Ovary has a pipe like structure called style. It allows the pollen tube to enter the ovary for fertilization.
c) Stamen: These are male parts called androecium. It has two parts. They are filament and Anther.
d) Anther : Produces male gametes called pollen grain.

Question 7.
Draw and label the diagram of human sperm cell.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 2

Question 8.
How can we get the desired useful triats with the help of two selected triats by using grafting method?
Answer:

  1. Two plants are joined together in such a way that two stems join and grow as a single plant.
  2. One which is attached to soil is called stock and the cut stem of another plant without roots is called scion.
  3. Both stock and scion are tied with the help of a twine thread and covered by a polythene cover.
  4. Grafting is used to obtain a plant with desirable characters.
  5. This technique is very useful in propagating improved varieties of plants with various flowers and fruits. Ex: Mango, citrus, apple, rose.

Question 9.
Draw the labelled diagram of Embryo-sac A.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 3

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 10.
Observe the diagram and answer the following questions.
i) Which phases take same time duration?
Answer:
G1 phase and S phase.
ii) In which phase, DMA synthesis takes place?
Answer:
S Phase.

Question 11.
Write the process involved in seedless fruit development with two suitable examples.
Answer:
In some plants ovary directly develops into fruit without the process of fertilization, this phenomenon is called as parthenocarypy.
Ex: Grapes, water melon.

Question 12.
What precautions will you take to keep away from diseases like AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases?
Answer:

  1. Avoid sex with unknown partners or multiple partners.
  2. Use condom every time.
  3. Use disposable syringes and needles.
  4. Transfusion of safe blood to the patients.
  5. HIV mother can have child with doctor’s advice only.

Question 13.
Observe the diagram and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 4i) Name male and female reproductive parts of the above figure.
Answer:
Male reproductive parts – anther / pollen grain / stamen
Female reproductive parts – ovary / ovule / style / stigma.

ii) Write the names of (1) and (2) in the diagram.
Answer:

  1. Sepal or calyx
  2. Petal or corolla

Question 14.
When does Parthenogenesis occur? Write names of two animals in which parthenogenesis takes place.
Answer:
a) Parthenogenesis is a process of reproduction where there is a shift from sexual to asexual mode of reproduction.
b) In this process generally the female garnets develops into zygote without fertilization.
c) This strange kind of reproduction occur in bees, ants and wasps.
d) The parthenocarpic zygote develop into male (Monoploid) while the fertilized one developed into female (Diploid)

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 15.
Draw the figure of metaphase in mitosis, and write about it.
Answer:

  1. Chromosomes move to spindle equator, centromeres attached to spindle fibres.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 5
  2. Centromeres split, separating the chromatids.

Question 16.
Prepare 4 questions on meiosis, to conduct a Quiz programme.
Answer:

  1. Where does meiosis occur in?
  2. How many daughter cells are produced at the end of meiosis?
  3. In which phase of meiosis karyokinesis takes place?
  4. Name the scientist who discovered meiosis for the first time.

Question 17.
Write slogans on ‘Child marriages – a social evil’.
Answer:

  1. Child marriage, a loosing game.
  2. She is a child herself, why burden her with another child?
  3. My childhood, my right.
  4. A child should call ‘mother’ but a child should not be called mother.
  5. Good marriages take place slowly. Go slow with children’s marriage.
  6. Say no to child marriage.

Question 18.
Write 5 slogans on the prevention of HIV/AIDS.
Answer:

  1. Open your eyes before AIDS closes them.
  2. Hate the disease but not the diseased.
  3. Spread the knowledge not the virus.
  4. Wear protection to prevent infection.
  5. AIDS brings pain! Girls please obstain.

Question 19.
What is fission? Give examples.
Answer:

  1. Fission is a method of asexual reproduction in which a single-celled organism splits into two or more offsprings.
  2. This splitting usually occurs in a symmetrical manner.
  3. When an organism is split into two offsprings it is called binary fission.
  4. When an organism is split into more offsprings, it is called multiple fission.
  5. This is often the only mode of reproduction for single celled organisms.
    Ex : Paramoecium and bacteria.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 20.
Write a short notes on fragmentation.
Answer:

  1. Fragmentation is a reproductive method in multicellular organisms with relatively simple body organisation.
  2. Some can grow from a separate piece of parent organism. This can be from any part of the body.
  3. This happens only in the simplest such as some flat-worms, moulds, lichens, spirogyra, etc.
  4. Fragmentation is a common mode of reproduction in algae, fungi and many land plants.

Question 21.
What do you know about parthenogenesis? Explain with examples.
Answer:

  1. Parthenogenesis is an asexual reproduction in which unfertilized eggs develop into offsprings.
  2. In this process generally egg develops into new individual without meiosis and fertilization. So the offsprings are diploid.
  3. In some species of animals reproduction occurs only through parthenogenesis. There are no males known in these species. Ex: Rotifers.
  4. In another type of parthenogenesis meiosis does occur and the egg can develop whether fertilized or not.
  5. The monoploid offsprings develop into males and diploid into females.
    Ex: Bees, Ants and Wasps.
  6. Nowadays we are able to develop seed less fruits like watermelon, grapes, pomegranate etc.

Question 22.
Describe the vegetative propagation through the stem with examples.
Answer:

  1. Production of new plants from the vegetative parts such as stem, root, leaves of the existing plant is called vegetative propagation.
  2. Aerial weak stems like runners and stolons, when they touch the ground, give off adventitious roots.
  3. When the connection with the parent plant is broken, the portion with the newly struck roots develops into an independent plant.
  4. Some examples for propagation by stem are from stolons, bulbs, corms and tubers as follows.
    a) Stolons – Vallisneria, Strawberry
    b) Bulbs – Alliumcepa or onion
    c) Corms – Colacasia
    d) Tuber – Potato

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 23.
Write short note on artificial propagation method cutting.
Answer:

  1. Cutting is an artificial method of vegetative propagation in which new plants are developed from the cut portion of existing plant.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 6
  2. Some plants grow individually when a piece of the parent plant having bud is cut from the existing plant.
  3. The lower part of this cutting is buried in moist soil.
  4. After few days the cut parts having buds grow as an individual plant.
    Ex: Rose, Hibiscus.

Question 24.
What is layering? Explain briefly about it.
Answer:

  1. Stems that form roots while still attached to the parent plants are called layers. Propagating the plants in this method is layering.
  2. A branch of the plant with at least one node is bent towards the ground and a part of it is covered with moist soil leaving the tip of the branch exposed above the ground.
  3. After sometime, new roots develop from the part of the branch hurried in the soil.
  4. The branch is then cut off from the parent plant, later it develops roots and grows to become a new plant. Ex: Nerium.

Question 25.
Write a short note on Grafting.
Answer:

  1. Grafting is a method of artificial vegetative propagation in which two plants are joined together in such a way that two stems join and grow as a single plant.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 7
  2. One which is attached to soil is called stock and the cut stem of another plant without roots is called scion.
  3. Both stock and scion are tied with help of a twine thread and covered by a polythene cover.
  4. After few days both will unite by forming new tissue and grow as a single one.
  5. Grafting is used to obtain a plant with desirable characters.
  6. Plants in which grafting is done more in mango, apple, citrus, plants.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 26.
What are the advantages of grafting?
Answer:

  1. Grafting enables us to combine the most desirable characteristics of the two plants (scion and stock) in its flower and fruits.
  2. By grafting method, a very young scion can be made to flower and produce fruits quite fast when it is grafted to the stock.
  3. Grafting can be used to produce varieties of seedless fruits.

Question 27.
How is tissue culture more beneficial than other traditional methods for the artificial propagation of plants? (OR)
What is tissue culture? What are its uses?
Answer:

  1. The traditional methods for the artificial propagation of plants are being replaced by the modern methods of artificial propagation of plants involving tissue culture, as it is more beneficial than the traditional methods.
  2. In tissue culture, a few plant cells or plant tissue are placed in a growth medium with plant hormones in it and it grows into new plants.
  3. Thousands of plants can be grown in very short interval of time.
  4. There will be no climatic impact on the propagation, so multiplication can be done throughout the year.
  5. It is possible to obtain plants that are free from pathogens.

Question 28.
How does the Rhizopus propagate?
Answer:

  1. Rhizopus propagates by means of spores.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 8
  2. The Rhizopus parent plant produces hundreds of microscopic reproductive units called spores.
  3. When the spore case of the plant bursts, the spores spread into air.
  4. These air borne spores fall on food or soil, under favourable conditions like damp and warm conditions, they germinate and produce new plants.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 29.
Write a short note on spore formation. (OR)
How spores are produced in sporangia of fungi?
Answer:

  1. Spore formation is a method of asexual reproduction which occurs through microscopic reproductive units called spores.
  2. Most of the fungi like rhizopus, mucor etc., bacteria and non-flowering plants such as ferns and mosses reproduce by the method of spore formation.
  3. In fungi like rhizopus spores are produced in some specialised structures called sporangia which bursts and spreads the spores into air. These spores when fall on food or soil under favourable conditions germinate and produce new plants.
  4. In non-flowering plants like fern, the leaves called sporophyll bears clusters of sporangia on their lower side. These sporangia produce the spores which produce the new plant when it falls on ground under favourable conditions.

Question 30.
How is external fertilisation different from internal fertilisation? (OR)
What are the differences between external and internal fertilisation?
Answer:

  1. Fertilisation that takes place outside the body of mother is called external fertilisation. This is most common in animals like fishes and amphibians. As the chance of fertilisation is controlled by nature it becomes necessary to give rise to vast number of eggs and sperms by these animals.
  2. Fertilisation that takes place inside the body of mother is called internal fertilisation. This is common in most of the land animals. As the chance of fertilisation is not controlled by the nature, these animals generally produce less number of eggs.

Question 31.
Write a short note on ovulation. (OR)
What is ovulation? How it occurs?
Answer:

  1. Release of the egg or ovum is called ovulation.
  2. The ova develop in tiny cellular structures in ovary called follicles, which at first look like cellular bubbles.
  3. As a follicle grows, it develops a cavity filled with fluid.
  4. Each follicle contains a single ovum.
  5. When an ovum is mature, the follicle ruptures at the surface of the ovary and the tiny ovum is flushed out.
  6. This release of ovum is called ovulation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 32.
How does the uterus get adapted to receive the embryo?
Answer:

  1. The uterus at the time of fertilization is beautifully adapted to receive the developing embryo, providing it with food and disposing of its wastes.
  2. A few days prior to this time, the uterus was small, its tissues were thin, and its supply of blood vessels was poor.
  3. When the fertilized egg or zygote is about to enter the uterus become much larger, its inner wall becomes thick, soft and moist with fluid, its blood supply is greatly increased and waiting for an embryonic occupant.

Question 33.
What is colostrum? What is its importance?
Answer:

  1. During the end of pregnancy, a watery lymph like fluid accumulates in the mammary glands.
  2. This is called colostrum.
  3. For the first few days after the baby is born, the mammary glands secrete only colostrum.
  4. It is very important to feed the new born baby with colostrum because it helps in developing the immune system of the child.

Question 34.
What is the importance of mitosis in human beings?
Answer:

  1. Mitosis is the cell division that transforms a human fertilized egg into a baby in nine months and into an adult in the next 20 years.
  2. The bone marrow cells actively divide by mitosis to produce red blood cells.
  3. Mitosis helps in replacing the worn out cells in the skin.
  4. Mitotic divisions in the cells surrounding the wound helps in cease the wound and healing.

Question 35.
Collect the information about the significance of the experiments done by Dr Potu Narasimha Rao and Johnson.
Answer:

  1. Nearly 4 decades back Dr.P.N. Rao and Johnson did some elegant experiments using the cell fusion technique to understand the functional relationship between the phases of cell cycle.
  2. These experiments have, for the first time provided evidence that the progression of cells through the cell cycle is sequential and unidirectional and are controlled by a series of chemical signals that can diffuse freely between nucleus and cytoplasm.
  3. These experiments revealed for the first time the structure of interphase chromosomes that are not ordinarily visible under the microscope.
  4. These experiments are considered to be a ‘milestone’ in the cell cycle studies.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 36.
Ramu said that it is very essential to create more awareness in Andhra Pradesh on the risk of HIV infection and AIDS. Do you support him? If so, how can you support his statement?
Answer:
Yes, what Ramu said is right. I support his statement with the following reasons.

  1. Andhra Pradesh has the highest number of HIV patients in the country.
  2. According to official statistics, the state had 5 lakh of the 24 lakh HIV positive patients
    in the country during 2011-12.
  3. While one in every 300 adults is suffering from HIV elsewhere, in Andhra Pradesh one in every 100 adults is a HIV patient, that is almost one per cent.
  4. The prevalence of HIV is 1.07 per cent among males and 0.73 among females in the state, which again is higher than in other states.

Question 37.
Briefly explain about the contraception and contraceptive methods.
Answer:
The prevention of pregnancy in the woman by preventing fertilisation is called contraception. Any device or chemical which prevents pregnancy in a woman is called a contraceptive. Contraceptive methods are of various types and used by any of the partners as preferable. Some of the contraceptive methods are:

  1. Use of physical devices such as condoms and diaphragm (cap).
  2. Use of hormonal pills which stop the ovaries from releasing ovum into oviduct.
    These pills can be induced either orally or inserting into female reproductive organ vagina.
  3. Use of spermicides that kills the sperms.
  4. Use of intra-uterine device called copper – T, loop, etc.
  5. Use of surgical methods such as vasectomy for male and tubectomy for female.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 38.
Classify the given organisms basing on the type of reproduction.
Man, Flatworm, Mould, Dog, Bacteria, Frog, Fern, Datura, Hen, Yeast.
Answer:

Sexually reproducing organisms Asexually reproducing organisms
Man Flat worm
Dog Mould
Frog Bacteria
Datura Fern
Hen Yeast

Question 39.
What will happen if the amnion is ruptured before the foetus is developed completely?
Answer:

  1. Amnion is the embryonic membrane that grows around the embryo itself.
  2. The cavity within the amnion is filled with a fluid called amniotic fluid, which keeps the growing embryo moist and protects it from minor mechanical injury.
  3. If the amnion ruptures by accident before the foetus developed completely, the amniotic fluid is released out through vagina.
  4. As there is no protective fluid around the foetus, it starts getting damaged.
  5. So if possible delivery must done immediately by surgerical method, otherwise abortion must be done.
  6. If baby dies inside the uterus which leads to infections in uterus causing problems
    to mother that leads to death.

Question 40.
How will you appreciate the contribution of August Weiseman to the cell biology?
Answer:

  1. Science is not advanced only by the collection of data. Someone must think about and interpret the data. August Weiseman belongs to this category who think and interpret the data.
  2. Even though his poor eyesight not allowed him to use a microscope to study cells, he made great contribution to the cell biology making use of his thinking capacity and interpretation skills.
  3. He hypothesised that
    a) In successive generations, individuals of the same species have the same number of chromosomes.
    b) In successive cell division, the number of chromosomes remains constant.
  4. His hypothesis proved right in case of mitosis.
  5. We should take such a great person who overcame his defect with his will as our role model.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 41.
How will you appreciate the contribution of Dr. P.N. Rao to the ceil biology?
Answer:

  1. Dr. Potu Narasimha Rao, a renowned scholar and eminent cytologist came from a poor family in Muppalla village of Guntur district.
  2. He did his research work on the cytogenetics of tobacco plant and cancer cells in culture medium.
  3. He conducted research in cell kinematics and triggering factor of cell division i.e., mitosis.
  4. He observed the interphase and its three phases.
  5. To understand the functional relationship between these phases he did elegant experiments on cell fusion technique along with his research associate Dr.Johnson.
  6. His researches revealed that the cell cycle is sequential, unidirectional and controlled by a series of chemical signals.
  7. His experiments are considered to be a milestone in the cell cycle.
  8. He is an exemplary person who proved that poverty is not a barrier to the talent and wisdom.

Question 42.
Write briefly about natural vegetative propagation in plants.
Answer:

  1. In natural vegetative propagation new plants are produced from stem, root, leaves of old plants without the help of any reproductive organs.
  2. In bryophyllum small plants grow at the edge of leaves.
  3. Aerial weak stems like runners stolons, when they touch the ground give it adventitious roots.
  4. When the connection with the parent plant is broken the stem portion with the adventitious roots develops into an independent plant.
  5. Some examples for propagation by stem are from stolons, bulbs, corms, tuber etc.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 9
  6. Stolons – Vallisneria, strawberry.
    Bulbs – Onion (Alliumcepa)
    Corms – Colacasia
    Tuber – Potato

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 43.
What are sexually transmitted diseases and mention the ways to prevent them?
Answer:

  1. A disease which can be transmitted through sexual contact is called sexually transmitted disease or STD.
  2. These include bacterial infections such as gonorrhoea, syphilis, Herpis and viral infections such as herpes and AIDS.
  3. Lack of hygiene is usually a major factor in providing conditions for spread of STDs.
  4. But unprotected sex with multiple and unknown partners is the highest reason for the spread of STDs.
  5. Some of the ways to prevent STD are as follows.
    a) Being faithful to one’s life partner.
    b) Avoid sexual contact with unknown person.
    c) Using condom during sexual intercourse.
    d) Maintaining personal hygiene.

Question 44.
Why more complex organisms cannot give rise to new individual through regeneration ?
Answer:

  1. Many organisms have the ability to give rise to new individual organisms from their body parts.
  2. Regeneration happens through mitosis and a particular type of tissue can give rise to its own kind only.
  3. In complex organisms, different tissues and organs have altogether different structures.
  4. Regenerating a different kind of tissue from another kind is not possible.
  5. Hence complex organisms are not able to give rise to new individuals through regeneration.

Question 45.
How an organism will be benefited if it reproduces through spores?
Answer:

  1. Reproduction through spores gives several advantages to an organism like they are produced in very large numbers and it helps in propagation of species.
  2. Spores can remain dormant till favourable conditions become available.
  3. Spores help an organism to overcome unfavourable conditions.
  4. Spores can be spread through water, air or animals and thus is good for the spread of an organism to more places.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 46.
What is the role of the placenta in embryo development?
Answer:

  1. Placenta is a tissue formed by the cells from the embryo and the mother.
  2. It is formed around 12 weeks of pregnancy and becomes an important structure for nourishment of the embryo.
  3. Placenta is a disc which is embedded in the uterine wall. It contains villi on the embryo’s side of the tissue.
  4. On the other side mother’s blood spaces are present.
  5. This provides a large surface area for diffusion of glucose, oxygen and other nutrients from the mother of the embryo.

Question 47.
Why do we practise vegetative propagation for growing some types of plants?
(OR)
Why vegetative propagation is adopted over other types of propagation?
Answer:
Vegetative propagation is practised in some plants because

  1. It is the only method of reproduction in seed less plants.
  2. We get more number of matured plants in a very short time.
  3. Thousands of plants can be grown in very short time.
  4. This method can help the breeder in preserving the characters he need.
  5. It is very easy and economical method for the multiplication of ornamental plants.

Question 48.
What is Mitosis? Which type of cells it occurs in organisms? Write about the different stages of it.
Answer:

  1. Mitosis is a method of cell division, in which the nucleus divides into two daughter nuclei.
  2. Each containing the same number of chromosomes as the parent nucleus.
  3. Mitosis takes place in all body cells which retains same number of chromosomes.
  4. Different stages of mitosis:
    1. Prophase
    2. Metaphase
    3. Anaphase
    4. Telophase

10th Class Biology 6th Lesson Reproduction 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 1.
Explain the changes involved in the formation of seed from Ovule.
(OR)
Pollen grain reached the stigma of a flower. Explain the changes that occurs up to the formation of seeds in a sequence.
Answer:
Process of double fertilization:

  1. At the time of fertilization there will be a total of 7 cells arranged in three groups in a mature embryo sac.
  2. They are one egg (female garnet) two synergids, one central cell (secondary or polar nucleus) and three antipodals.
  3. While all the cells are in haploid (n) condition only the polar nucleus is diploid (2n). This is due to the fusion of two nuclei.
  4. The synergids are also known as helper cells.
  5. Fertilization is the process of fusion of male and female gametes. For the fusion pollen grains have to reach the surface of the stigma. This is called pollination.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 10
  6. Pollen grain received by the stigma, germinate and give rise to pollen tubes. The pollen tube has two male nuclei.
  7. Usually the pollen tube enters the ovule through microphyle and discharges the two male gametes into the embryo sac.
  8. One male nucleus (garnet) approaches the egg and fuses with it to form diploid (2n) zygote this is called first fertilization.
  9. The other male nucleus reaches the secondary nucleus (2n) (polar nucleus) and fuses with it to form endosperm nucleus which will be triploid. This is second fertilization. Thus double fertilization occurs in embryosac.
    Changes after double fertilization:
  10. After double fertilization, the ovule increases in size rapidly as a result of formation of endosperm tissue by mitosis and the development of new embryo.
  11. The embryo consists of cotyledons an epicotyl and a hypocotyl. The cotyledons become greatly enlarged because of stored food for the seedling.
  12. The zygote divides several times to form an embryo within the ovule. The ovule develops a tough coat and is converted into a seed. The ovary grows to form a fruit.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 2.
Observe the given diagram and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 12i) What are the four main parts of a flower?
Answer:
Calyx, Corolla, Androecium and Gynoecium are the main parts of a flower.

ii) Which parts of the flower produces gametes?
Answer:
Androecium and gynoecium produces gametes.

iii) Which parts of the flower help in pollination?
Answer:
Petals or corolla help flower in pollination.

iv) Which part protect the flower during its bud stage?
Answer:
Sepals or calyx protect flower in bud stage.

v) Which part of the flower will turn into a fruit in the future?
Answer:
Ovary of the flower will change into fruit.

Question 3.
Organisms reproduce asexually in many ways. Some of the organisms are given below. Fill the below table based on the collected information about the organism and mode of asexual reproduction in it.
a) Onion b) Spirogyra c) Strawberry d) Ginger e) Honey-bee f) Paramoecium g) Planaria h) Yeast

Name of the organism Mode of Asexual reproduction

Answer:

Name of the organism Mode of Asexual reproduction
a) Onion Bulb
b) Spirogyra Fragmentation
c) Strawberry Stolons
d) Ginger Rhizome
e) Honey – bee Parthenogenesis
f) Paramoecium Binary fission
g) Planaria Regeneration
h) Yeast Budding

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 4.
i) Draw a neat labelled diagram of L.S. of flower.
ii) What are the sexual parts in the flower ?
Answer:
i)
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 11ii) A. Androecium or Stamen
B. Gynoecium or Pistil

Question 5.
Read carefully and answer the following questions.

According to Weismann prediction, every organism undergoes two kinds of cell divisions. In Mitosis, there is no change in chromosomal number (2n) and in Meiosis, chromosomal number is reduced to half (n).

i) What does ‘n’ and ‘2n’ indicate?
Answer:
‘n’ indicates haploid state. ‘2n’ indicates diploid state.

ii) In which cells, Meiosis takes place?
Answer:
Meiosis occurs in sex cells during the formation of gametes.

iii) What happens, if chromosomal number is not reduced in Meiosis?
Answer:
The chromosomal number not constant in successive generations.

iv) Which type of cell division occurs in the skin cells?
Answer:
Mitosis

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 6.
Observe the diagram and answer the following.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 13
i) Which part produce the female gamete?
Answer:
Ovary

ii) Where does the fertilization takes place in female reproductive system?
Answer:
Fallopian tube

iii) Where does the embryo develops until it is ready to born?
Answer:
Uterus

iv) In some cases doctor’s cut and tie the cut ends of the fallopian tubes. What is the name of surgery?
Answer:
Tubectomy

Question 7.
Briefly explain the stages of cell cycle.
Answer:
The process of cell division is called “mitosis”. The period between two cell divisions is called “Interphase”.
This is actually the period when the genetic material makes it’s copy so that it is equally distributed to the daughter cells during mitosis. Interphase can be devided into three phases.
G1 Phase: This is the linking period between the completion of mitosis and the beginning of DNA replication (GAP-1 Phase). The cell size increase during this period.
S Phase: This is the period of DNA synthesis (Synthesis phase) leading duplication of chromosomes.
G2 Phase: This is the time between the end of DNA replication and the beginning of mitosis. Cell organells devide and prepare chromosome for mitosis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 8.
i) Draw a labelled diagram of the human male reproductive system.
ii) What is the function of testosterone?
Answer:
i) Male reproductive system:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 14ii) The function of testosterone hormone is maintaining of secondary sexual chracters in males.

Question 9.
Describe the life cycle of a flowering plant with a help of neat labelled diagrams. (OR) Draw the life cycle of a flowering plant.
Answer:

  1. Adult plant produces flowers:
    When the plant matures and is ready to reproduce, it develops flowers. Flowers are special structures involved in sexual reproduction, which includes pollination and fertilisation.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 15
  2. Pollination: The transfer of pollen grains from the anther of a stamen to the stigma of a carpel is called pollination.
  3. Fertilisation:
    i) After pollen grains falls on the stigma fertilization occurs when the male gamete present in pollen grains joins with the female gametes present in the ovule.
    ii) In the ovary the male nucleus of pollen combines with the nucleus of female gamete or egg present to form zygote.
  4. Formation of fruit and seed: After fertilisation, a combined cell i.e. zygote grows into an embryo within a seed formed by the ovule.
  5. Each seed contains a tiny plant called an embryo which has root, stem and leaf parts ready to grow into a new plant when conditions are favourable.
  6. Another part of the flower (the ovary) grows to form fruit, which protects the seeds and helps them spread away from the parent plant to continue the cycle.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 10.
Analyze the following information and answer the following questions.

S.No. Name of the plant Method of propagation
1. Mango Grafting
2. Rose, Hibiscus Cutting
3. Jasmine Layering
4. Bryophyllum Small plants grow on edges of leaves
5. Colacasia Cor ms
6. Onions Bulbs

i) What do you call the given reproduction methods?
Answer:
Given reproduction methods are called ‘vegetative propagation’.

ii) What is the major difference between sexual reproduction and vegetative reproduction in plants?
Answer:
In sexual reproduction gametes form zygote. Plant parts like root, stem and leaf are used in vegetative reproduction. It is one of asexual method.

iii) Potato plants do not produce seeds. How can you propagate this plant?
Answer:
Potato plants propagates through the ‘eyes’.

iv) What are the advantages of propagating plants with the above given methods?
Answer:
In vegetative propagation

  1. More plants are produced in less time
  2. Characters are not changed.
  3. It would be possible to develop new varieties with useful characters.

Question 11.
Explain the methods of artificial propagation in various plants.
Answer:
Artificial propagation:

  1. Cutting: Some plants can grow individually when a piece of the parent plant having bud is cut off from the existing plant. The lower part of this cutting is buried in moist soil.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 16
    After few days the cut parts having buds grow as an individual plant after developing roots. E.g. Rose, Hibiscus.
  2. Layering: A branch of the plant with atleast one node is bent towards the ground and part of it is covered with moist soil. After a few days new roots develop from the part of the branch buried in the soil. The branch is then cut off from the parent plant.
    E.g: Nerium, Jasmine
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 17
  3. Grafting: Two plants are joined together in such a way that two stems join and grow as a single plant. This technique is very useful in propagating improved varieties of various flowers and fruits. Grafting is used to obtain a plant with desirable character. E.g: Mango, citrus, apple, rose.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 18

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 12.
Observe the following figures and find the stages of cell division and explain.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 19Answer:
In the mitotic cell division, the division of nucleus (karyokinesis) followed by the division of cytoplasm (cytokinesis). Finally brings about the formation of two daughter cells. There are four stages in mitosis division.
They are

  1. Prophase
  2. Metaphase
  3. Anaphase
  4. Telophase
1) Prophase 1) Chromosomes condense and get coiled. They become visible even in light microscope. Nucleoli become smaller.
2) Chromosomes split lengthwise to form chromatids, connected by centromeres.
3) Nuclear membrane disappears.
4) Centrosome, containing rod-like centrioles, divide and form ends of spindle
2) Metaphase 1) Centrosomes move to spindle equator, spindle fibres attached to centromeres.
3) Anaphase 1) Centromeres split, separating the chromatids.
2) Spindle fibres attached to centromeres contract, pulling chromatids towards poles.
4) Telophase 1) Chromatids elongate, replication at this stage to become chromosomes and become invisible.
2) Nuclear membrane form round daughter nuclei.
3) Cell membranes pinches into form daughter cells (animals) or new cell wall material becomes laid down across spindle equator (plants)
4) Nucleus divides into two and division of cytoplasm starts.
Two cells are form.

Question 13.
Mention the stages of Mitosis with the help of diagrams. Explain the changes that takes place in Prophase.
Answer:
Mitosis is a method of cell division, in which the nucleus divides into two daughter nuclei each containing the same number of chromosomes as the parent nucleus. Mitosis takes place in all body cells which retains same number of chromosomes.
Different stages of mitosis:
1) Prophase 2) Metaphase 3) Anaphase 4) Telophase
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 20

1) Prophase

  1. In this phase chromosomes condense and get coiled.
  2. They become visible even in light microscope.
  3. Nucleoli becomes smaller.
  4. Chromosome split lengthwise to form chromatids, connected by centromeres.
  5. Nuclear membrane breaks down.
  6. Centrosome containing rod like centrioles, divide and form ends of spindle.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 14.
Describe the process of double fertilization in plants. Explain the uses of endosperm that is formed.
Answer:
Double fertilization:

  1. In flowering plant germinated pollen grain forms pollen tube.
  2. The end of the pollen tube ruptures and two male garnets are released in the Embryosac.
  3. Out of two male garnets one male garnet fuses with female garnet which is called fertilization.
  4. Another male garnet fuses with the secondary nucleus and forms endosperm.
  5. So in flowering plant fertilization occures twice hence it is called double fertilization.

Uses of Endosperm:

  1. Cotyledons develops by utilizing endosperm.
  2. The Cotyledons utilizes the stored food in the endosperm.
  3. Some of the plants utilizes the endosperm completely and changes in to seed.
  4. Because of the stored food the size of the cotyledons increases.

Question 15.
Explain any two natural and two artificial vegetative propagation methods to produce more number of plants in less time period with examples.
Answer:
Natural propagation:
i) Leaves – Small plant grow at the edge of the leaves. Ex: Bryophyllum
ii) Stems:
a) Stolon – Ex: Jasmine, strawberry b) Bulbs – Ex: Onion
c) Corns – Ex: Colocasia d) Rhizome – Ex: Ginger e) Tuber – Ex: Potato
iii) Root – Ex: Roots of murayya, guava
Artificial propagation:
Cutting: Some plants can grow individual when a piece of parent plant having bud is cut off from the existing plants. Ex: Rose, Hibiscus.
Layering: A branch of the plant with at least one node is bent towards the ground and a part of it is covered with moist soil leaving the tip of the branch exposed above the ground. Ex: Nerium, Jasmine.
Grafting: Two plants are joint together in such a way that stems join and grow as a single plant one which is attached to soil is called stock and stem of another plant without roots is called scion. Both stock and scion are tied with a twine thread and cover by a polythene cover. Ex: Mango, citrus, apple, rose.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 16.
Read the following table and answer the following questions.

SI. No. Structure Location
1. Tricuspid valve Right auriculo-ventricular aperture
2. Guard cells Epidermis of leaves
3. Glomerulus Nephron
4. Alveoli Lungs
5. Acrosome Above the head of a sperm.

i) Name the structure concerned to the heart.
Answer:
Tricuspid valve

ii) What is the function of acrosome?
Answer:
It helps the sperm in penetrating into ovum.

iii) Name the structures which are helpful for gaseous exchange.
Answer:
Alveoli and guard cells

iv) Name the part performing Excretion.
Answer:
Glomerulus

Question 17.
a) Draw a neat and labelled diagram of Human female reproductive system.
b) What happens when the Fallopian tubes are closed?
Answer:
a) Female reproductive system
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 21b) If fallopian tubes are closed the sperm can not reach the ova, fertilization will not happen and zygote will not form.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 18.
Observe the following table.

Reproduction system Organisms
Fission Paramoecium, Bacteria
Budding Yeast, Hydra
Fragmentation Flatworms, Spirogyra
Rhizome Ginger, Turmeric
Cutting Rose, Hibiscus
Grafting Citrus, Apple

On the basis of information given in the table write- the answers to the following questions.
i) Write the names of two organisms that show Asexual reproduction.
Answer:
Yeast, Hydra, Bacteria, Paramoecium (any two you may write)

ii) Write two artificial vegetative propagation methods mentioned in the table.
Answer:
Cutting, Grafting

iii) Write the names of two plants, which undergo natural vegetative propagation mentioned in the table.
Answer:
Ginger, Turmeric

iv) In fission, how many organisms can we get from one organism?
Answer:
Two

Question 19.
Among the following organisms can we see asexual reproduction? Write about the method of asexual reproduction in any of the two organisms.
Answer:
а) Paramoecium b) Yeast c) Spirogyra d) Amoeba e) Planaria
Yes, we can see asexual reproduction in all the following organisms.

Method of asexual reproduction – Organism
Binary fission                                – Paramoecium, amoeba
Budding                                        – Yeast
Fragmentation                              – Spirogyra
Regeneration                                – Planaria

1) Binary fission in Paramoecium: A single cell divides into two equal daughter cells. First the cytoplasm divides into two parts followed by nuclear division.
2) Asexual reproduction in Yeast: Budding is the common method of asexual reproduction in yeast. In this method, yeast cell wall at a particular region becomes soft and bulges into an outgrowth called bud. Cytoplasm enters into this bulge and then nucleus divides mitotically into two nuclei, one moves into the bud. Finally bud is detached from the parent cell and grows into an independent yeast cell.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 20.
See the adjacent picture. Which type of pollination will occur in this ? Why do you think so?
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 12Answer:

  1. Self-pollination occurs if stamens and carpels matures at the same time.
  2. If they mature at different times, cross pollination occurs.
  3. Cross pollination occurs in this plant.
  4. For cross pollination the pollen grains are carried from other plants belonging to the same species.
  5. The mechanism of dispersal of pollen grains from one plant to other plant is facilitated mostly by wind and insects.
  6. Cross pollination is believed to be advantageous for the plant.
  7. The seeds produced by the flower will contain another source of genetic material
  8. Which may contain genes which are advantageous to the survival of the seedlings.

Question 21.
What are the consequences if meiosis do not happen in the body cells of the organism?
Answer:

  1. Each organism has a fixed number of chromosomes.
  2. This number has to be maintained in its offspring.
  3. Any sudden change in the number of chromosomes will be harmful to the offspring. Assume parent has 10 chromosomes.
  4. In the absence of meiosis during sexual reproduction gametes will also have the same number of chromosomes as parent i.e., 10 chromosomes.
  5. Union of female and male gametes occur forming zygote during sexual reproduction. The number of chromosomes doubled in zygote will have 10+10 chromosomes.
  6. In the next generation, the offspring will have forty chromosomes. If this continues cells in the offsprings will have thousands of chromosomes within few generation.
  7. This results in formation of abnormalities in each generation. Hence by way of meiotic division, the chromosome number is maintained constant from generation to generation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 22.
Describe different artificial vegetative methods to produce large scale production of plants.
Answer:

  1. Different artificial vegetative propagation methods are cutting, layering, grafting and tissue culture methods.
  2. Cutting: Some plants grow individually when a piece of parent plant having bud is cut from the existing plant. After burying in the soil the cut parts having buds grow as an individual plant after developing roots. E.g. Rose.
  3. Layering: A branch of the plant with at least one node is bent towards the ground and part of it is covered with moist soil. After sometime, new roots develop from the part of the branch hurried in the soil. The branch is then cut off from the parent plant. E.g: Nerium.
  4. Grafting: Two plants are joined together in such a way that two stems join and grow as a single plant. This technique is very useful in propagating improved vari¬eties of various flower and fruits. Grafting is used to obtain a plant with desirable character. E.g: Mango, citrus, apple, rose.
  5. Tissue culture: In this method, few plant cells or plant tissues are placed in a growth medium with plant hormones in it and it grows into new plants. Thousands of plants can be grown in very short interval of time.

Question 23.
i) Labelled parts of A, B, C, D above drawn Human female reproductive system.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 22
ii) In which part fertilization takes place?
iii) Which part is in connection with implantation?
iv) What is ovulation?
Answer:
i) A: Fallopian tube
B: Ovary
C: Uterus
D: Vagina
ii) Fertilization takes place in fallopian tube.
iii) Uterus
iv) Release of ovum from graffian follicle of ovary is known as ovulation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 24.
Write some programmes conducted by you to bring awareness in the people about health and hygeine and family planning?
Answer:

  1. Organising Health camps on World Health day to people of the village.
  2. Conducting immunisation programs for every three months.
  3. Supplying tablets on the deworming day.
  4. Organising seminars by expert doctors on individual health and cleanliness programs.
  5. Propagating small family norms conducting camps for family planning operations.
  6. Educating the masses through pamplets on the needs of taking balanced diet.
  7. Need of using toilets and washing hands and legs before and after meals.
  8. Educating the people by conducting adult education centres. This is basically required for enlightening the people on health aspects.

Question 25.
Government made an act on determining sex through ultrasound scanning and telling it as crime. What do you do to tell this to others?
Answer:

  1. I will educate people knowing the sex of foetus inside mother’s womb is a severe crime as per the act made by government.
  2. The purpose of ultrasound tests are to know the growing condition of the foetus and also to see whether it is suffering with severe ailments.
  3. By knowing the sex of the foetus, if it is female people are ready for aborting it.
  4. This leads to reduction in male female ratio in the country.
  5. Children either male or female are equal to parents.
  6. We should see proper development of girl child after her birth.

Question 26.
Write about the embryonic membranes that nourish, protect and support to the embryo?
Answer:

  1. The growing embryo form two membranes – Chorion and Amnion.
  2. Chorion establishes connection with the walls of the uterus and helps in the supply of nutrients to the embryo and in the removal of wastes from the embryo.
  3. Amnion forms a sac like structure around the embryo and amniotic fluid is present between layers of Amnion.
  4. Amnion and Amniotic fluid give protection to the embryo against mechanical shocks.
  5. Placenta is a tissue formed around 12 weeks of pregnancy by the cells from the embryo and mother.
  6. Embryo receives all the required nutrients and oxygen for its metabolism from the mother through the blood vessels present in the placenta.
  7. Another membrane called allantois, which originates from the digestive canal of the embryo forms the major part of a tube like structure called umbilical cord.
  8. Umbilical cord contains very important blood vessels that connect the embryo with the placenta.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 27.
Write brief history of cell division.
Answer:

  1. In 1852 a German scientist, Robert Remak published his observations on cell division and stated that the binary fission of cells was the means of reproduction of animal cells.
  2. This view was widely publicized by Rudolf Virchow who gave the phrase “Omnis cellulade cellula” means all cells arising from pre existing cells.
  3. In 1879 Walther Flemming reported that there were string like structures in the nucleus which split longitudinally during cell division. He named the process as mitosis means fine threads as the dividing structures resembled threads.
  4. Wilhelm Roux proposed that each chromosome carried a different set of heritable elements and suggested that the longitudinal splitting observed by Flemming ensured the equal division of these elements.
  5. Combined with the rediscovery of Gregor Mendel’s 1866 paper on heritable elements in peas, these results highlighted the central role of the chromosomes in carrying heritable material or genetic material.
  6. The scheme of mitotic division was confirmed in 1904 by Theodor Boveri.
  7. The chemical nature of the genetic material was determined in a series of experiments over the next fifty years.
  8. The structure of DNA – the constituent of the genetic material was determined in 1953 by James Watson and Francis Crick.

Question 28.
Explain briefly about child birth. (OR) How child birth occurs after gestation period?
Answer:

  1. Total time required for the embryonic and foetal development is about 9 months or 280 days.
  2. After this time, foetus is expelled from the uterus by the mother. This is child birth.
  3. Child birth is a complicated process and involves the participation of child and mother.
  4. The foetal hormones produced inside, stimulate the contraction of the muscles present in the walls of uterus.
  5. These contractions called labour pains help in the expulsion of the foetus from the uterus.
  6. During this process the amnion ruptures, placenta is separated from the walls of J the uterus.
  7. At child birth the head usually comes out first.
  8. The foetus is still attached to the mother’s uterus through the umbilical cord, which is later separated by the doctors.

Question 29.
Draw the life history of flowering plant in the form of block diagram.
Answer:
Life history of a flowering plant:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 23

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 30.
In a flower self fertilization takes place. Write the process, the flower organs which involve in self fertilization.
Answer:

  1. Fusion of male and female gametes produced by the same individual is called self fertilization.
  2. Self ferlization occurs in bisexual flowering plants.
  3. The flower organs which involve in self fertilization are stamens (androecium) and carpels (Gynoecium).
  4. Majority of flowering plants have an embryo sac consisting of seven cells and eight nuclei.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 24
  5. The pollen grains produced by anther of stamen are transferred to the stigma of the same flower by wind or insects.
  6. The stigma of the carpel secretes a sticky substance which promotes the growth of pollen grains.
  7. Under favourable conditions pollen grains germinate on the stigma and give rise to pollen tubes.
    Only one pollen tube finally reaches the embryo sac.
  8. This pollen tube will have two male nuclei, which migrate to the tip of the pollen tube at the time of fertilization. Usually the pollen tube enters the ovule through micropyle and discharges the two male gametes into its embryo-sac.
  9. One male nucleus (gamete) approaches the egg and fuses with it to form a diploid zygote. This is first fertilization.
  10. The other male nucleus reaches the secondary nucleus (2n) and fuses with it to form the endosperm nucleus which will be triploid. This is second fertilization in the embryo sac.
  11. Thus double fertilization occurs in embryo sac which is unique in flowering plants.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 31.
Describe the structure of flower with a neatly labelled diagram.
Answer:

  1. A typical flower consists of an outer whorl of green sepals (calyx) which protects the parts with in.
  2. The second whorl has petals (corolla) which are usually brightly coloured. They sometimes emit fragrance also.
  3. Petals are soft and are useful to attract insects to facilitate cross pollination.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 11
  4. The third whorl of the flower consists of stamens (Androecium) which are the male reproductive organs.
  5. Each stamen is made up of a filament and an anther.
  6. Each anther usually has two anther lobes. The anther produces pollen grains (microspores).
  7. The inner most fourth whorl is gynoecium or pistil. It consists of ovary, style and stigma.
  8. Ovary occupies central portion on the thalamus. A swollen ovary is present on the thalamus.
  9. Inside the ovary future seeds, known as ovules are present.
  10. Ovary has a pipe like extension called style. The tip of the style ends in stigma. The stigma receive the pollen grains.

Question 32.
Write a brief note on male reproductive system of human beings.
Answer:

  1. The male reproductive system of human beings consists of a pair of testis, accessory glands and a system of ducts.
  2. Testis are male reproductive organs and produces spermotozoa or sperms and also secretes male sex hormone Testosterone.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 14
  3. Inside each testis several lobules are present. Each lobule has several tubules called seminiferous tubules.
  4. Germinal epithelial cells in the seminiferous tubules undergo meiotic division to produce sperms.
  5. The accessory glands include one prostrate gland and two cowper glands. Secretion of these glands produce semen.
  6. The duct system consists of vasa efferentia.
    They collect spermatozoa from seminiferous tubules.
  7. Vasefferentia continue as epididymis where sperms are stored temporarily.
  8. From epididymis sperms moved into tubule called vas deference and then into urethra.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 33.
Describe the female reproductive system in human beings.
Answer:

  1. A pair of ovaries, oviducts, uterus and vagina are the parts present in female reproductive system.
  2. Ovaries are present just below the Kidneys in the abdominal cavity.
  3. Each ovary has several sac like structures called ovarian follicles or Graffian follicles.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 21
  4. Every time only one follicle matures and release one ovum into the body cavity.
  5. Ovaries secrete two female sex hormones called oestrogen and progesterone which control the development of female reproductive organs, ovulation and menstruation.
  6. Just above the ovaries are the tubes called oviducts or fallopian tubes where fertilisation takes place.
  7. The two oviducts connect to a bag like organ called uterus at their other ends.
  8. The uterus is connected through a narrow opening called cervix to another tube called vagina which opens to the outside of the body.
  9. Vagina is a tubular structure and is also called birth canal because it is through this passage that the baby is born after the completion of development inside the uterus of the mother.

Question 34.
Describe briefly about the reduction division or meiosis.
(OR)
Why meiosis is also known as reduction division? Comment on it.
Answer:

  1. Meiosis occurs only during the formation of gametes in sexual reproduction.
  2. During meiosis only one set of chromosomes are passed on to the daughter cells. Hence daughter cells have half the number of chromosomes of the mother cells.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 25
  3. In meiosis karyokinesis and cytokinesis occur two times.
  4. During first phase of meiosis the parent cell divides twice, though the chromosomes divide only once.
  5. The second phase meiosis is similar to normal mitosis, but chromosomes do not duplicate more over the chromosome number distributed equally to each cells.
  6. Thus the four daughter cells have just half the number of chromosomes of the parent cells.
  7. These are haploid (containing only one set of chromosomes).
  8. Thus meiotic division is also called reduction division.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

Question 35.
Describe the developmental stages of human embryo after fertilization with the help of neatly labelled diagrams.
Answer:

  1. During fertilization, chromosomes of the ovum and the chromosomes of the sperm make up into pairs and the resulting cell is called zygote.
  2. Fertilization takes place in the oviduct or fallopian tube.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 26
  3. The zygote which is diploid travels down the fallopian tube. As it moves it undergoes several mitotic divisions forming the embryonic stage called blastocyst.
  4. Blastocyst moves towards the wall of the uterus and finally gets attached and embedded in the wall of the uterus. This is called implantation.
  5. The growing embryo forms two membranes Chorion and Amnion.
  6. Chorion establishes connection with the walls of the uterus and helps in the supply of nutrients to the embryo and removal of wastes from the embryo.
  7. Amnion forms a sac like structure around the embryo. The space between the amnion and embryo is filled with a fluid called amniotic fluid.
  8. Amnion and amniotic fluid give protection to the embryo against minor mechanical injury.
  9. Placenta is a tissue formed by the cells from the embryo and the mother. It is formed around 12 weeks of pregnancy.
  10. Placenta nourishes the growing embryo.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction 27
  11. A tough cord called umbilical cord is also formed by the embryo which is connected to the walls of the uterus through the placenta.
  12. From 3 months of pregnancy, the embryo is called foetus.
  13. Pregnancy lasts on an average 9 months or 280 days. This period is called gestation period.
  14. After this time foetus is expelled from the uterus by the mother – this is child birth.
  15. This process is complicated and involves the participation of foetus and mother.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Reproduction

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions 1st Lesson Heat

10th Class Physics 1st Lesson Heat 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is humidity? (AP March 2015)
Answer:
Humidity :
The amount of water vapour present in air is called humidity.

Question 2.
Define latent heat of Fusion. (AP Morch 2016)
Answer:
Latent heat of Fusion :
At constant temperature, the heat energy required to convert one gram of solid completely into liquid is called latent heat of Fusion.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 3.
While drinking water, Rama spilled some water on the floor. After some time, the water disappeared from the floor. What happened to the water? (TS June 2015)
Answer:

  • The water disappeared due to evaporation because we know that as the surface area increases rate of evaporation also increases.
  • So water molecules escape from the floor to air.

Question 4.
Give an example to explain that evaporation is a cooling process. (TS March 2016)
Answer:
The examples to explain that evaporation is a cooling process are

  1. Drying of wet clothes
  2. When the floor is washed with water, the water on the floor disappears.
  3. Sweating, etc.

Question 5.
Let heat is not lost by any other process between two objects in thermal contact, “Net heat lost (by hot body) = Net heat gain (by cold body).” above statement indicates a principle. Write the name of that principle. (AP March 2019)
Answer:
Principle of method of mixtures.

Question 6.
Convert 25°C into Kelvin scale. (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:
25°C = (273 + 25) K = 298 K

Question 7.
Given a beaker with water, a thermometer and a stand, draw the arrangement of an experiment to measure boiling point of water. (AP SA-1:2019-20)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 1

Question 8.
Define heat.
Answer:
Heat: Heat is a form of energy which is transferred from one body to the other body due to the difference in their temperature.

Question 9.
What is meant by thermal equilibrium?
Answer:
Thermal Equilibrium :
Two bodies are at the same temperature then they are said to be in thermal equilibrium.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 10.
Define dew.
Answer:
Dew :
The water droplets condensed on surface are known as dew.

Question 11.
What is boiling?
Answer:
Boiling is a process in which the substance changes from liquid to gas.

Question 12.
What is melting?
Answer:
Melting :
The process in which the substance changes from solid to liquid state is called melting.

Question 13.
What are the different energies possessed by system (body or material)?
Answer:

  1. Linear kinetic energy
  2. Rotational kinetic energy
  3. Vibrational energy
  4. Potential energy and Internal energy (I.E).

Question 14.
Why does samosa seem to be cool but hot when we eat?
Answer:
Because the curry inside samosa contains ingredients with higher specific heats.

Question 15.
On which factors does rate of evaporation depend?
Answer:

  1. Surface area
  2. temperature
  3. the amount of vapour already present in the surrounding air.

Question 16.
What is the value of latent heat of vapourization of water?
Answer:
Latent heat of vapourization of water = 540 cal/gm. (or) 2.26 × 106 J/kg

Question 17.
What is the value of latent heat of fusion of ice?
Answer:
Latent heat of fusion of ice is 80 cal/gm. (or) 3.26 × 105 J/kg

Question 18.
Give some liquids which solidify (convert into solid) in winter season.
Answer:
Coconut oil, ghee are some liquids which solidify in winter season.

Question 19.
What is freezing?
Answer:
Freezing :
The process in which the substance changes from liquid to solid state by losing some energy from it is called freezing.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 20.
Which will have lower temperature when we take out a wooden piece and a metal piece from a fridge?
Answer:
The metal piece will have lower temperature as compared to the wooden piece when they are taken out of the fridge.

Question 21.
When do you say there is thermal equilibrium between two bodies?
Answer:
It is said that there is thermal equilibrium between two bodies when there is no transfer of heat energy between them.
(OR)
When temperature between two bodies is same it is said that there is thermal. equilibrium between them.

Question 22.
What is absolute temperature?
Answer:
Temperature measured in Kelvin scale is called absolute temperature.

Question 23.
What is latent heat of vapourisation?
Answer:
At constant temperature the heat energy required to change one gram of liquid into gaseous state.

Question 24.
What is boiling point?
Answer:
The temperature at which the substance changes from liquid to gaseous state at the fixed temperature is called boiling point.

Question 25.
What is melting point?
Answer:
Melting point :
The temperature at which the substance changes from solid to liquid state at constant temperature is called melting point.

Question 26.
How is aquatic animal able to live at poles?
Answer:
The ice has less density compared to water. So it forms a layer on the top of water which prevents the solidification of water.

Question 27.
What are the phases of water present at 0° C?
Answer:
Two phases namely, ice and water.

Question 28.
What happens if external pressure of liquid increases?
Answer:
The boiling point of the liquid will increase.

Question 29.
Does ice melt below 0° C?
Answer:
Yes, if the external pressure increases it melts at low temperature.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 30.
What happens when two objects of same temperature are in contact with each other?
Answer:
Heat does not flow between two objectives.

Question 31.
What is the principle involved in pressure cooker?
Answer:
Boiling point of liquid increases with external pressure.

Question 32.
What happens to kinetic energy of particles if we increase the temperature?
Answer:
Kinetic energy of particles increases with increase of temperature.

Question 33.
Why does transfer of heat energy take place between systems?
Answer:
When heat energy gives to the system, internal energy increases. Similarly, internal energy decreases when heat energy flows out of the system.

Question 34.
What is internal energy?
Answer:
Internal energy :
It is the energy possessed by the system by virtue of its molecular motion and molecular configuration. It is a stored energy. It depends on the temperature of the system.

Question 35.
What is transit energy?
Answer:
Transit energy:
Energy possessed by a system which can cross its boundary is called transit energy. Heat and work are transit energies.

Question 36.
Where does air get? vapour from?
Answer:
The vapour may come from evaporation of water from the surfaces of rivers, lakes, ponds, and from the drying of wet clothes, sweat, and so on.

Question 37.
Why do pigs toil in the mud during hot summer days?
Answer:
They do not have sweat glands for evaporation process. So pigs toil in the mud.

Question 38.
Why is it easy to cook food in a pressure cooker?
Answer:
We know as the atmospheric pressure increases the boiling point of water increases. So we can increase the boiling point of water to 120°C in a pressure cooker. So it is \ easy to cook in a pressure cooker.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 39.
Why is water used as coolant?
Answer:
Water has the highest specific heat. So it takes lot of time to become hot. So it is used as coolant.

Question 40.
How is fog formed?
Answer:
The water molecules present in vapour condense on the dust particles in air and form small droplets of water which form a thick mist called fog.

Question 41.
Equal amounts of water is kept in a cup and in a disc. Which will evaporate faster? Why?
Answer:
The water present disc evaporates faster because of greater surface area.

Question 42.
Explain why dogs pant during hot summer days using the concept of evaporation.
Answer:
Dog does not have pores on its body. The only place where a dog can sweat is on its foot pads and the rest of the body is covered in a fur coat. So it cannot sweat; that’s why dogs pant to keep cool themselves.

Question 43.
Same amount of heat is supplied to two liquids A and B. The liquid A shows a greater rise in temperature. What can you say about the specific heat of A?
Answer:
The specific heat of A is less than that of B because rise in temperature is inversely proportional to temperature.

Question 44.
What is the specific heat of-water at boiling point?
Answer:

  1. Generally, the specific heat of water is 1. (or) 4.187 KJ / Kg K
  2. Specific heat of water at 100° C = 4.219 KJ / KgK

Question 45.
What is the equation of heat energy when change the state?
Answer:
Q = mL
Where m = mass of body, L = latent heat.

Question 46.
Convert 212°F into Kelvin scale.
Answer:
212°F= 100°C. So 100 + 273 = 373 K.

Question 47.
Convert 310 K into centigrade system.
Answer:
310-273 = 37°C.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 48.
Are the processes of evaporation and boiling the same?
Answer:
No. Evaporation takes place at any temperature, while boiling occurs at a definite temperature called the boiling point.

Question 49.
Define latent heat of vaporization?
Answer:
The heat energy required to change one unit mass of liquid to gas at constant temperature is called latent heat of vaporization.
\(L=\frac{Q}{m}\)
The value of latent heat of vapourization of water is 540 cal/gm.

Question 50.
What is meant by internal energy?
Answer:
Combination of linear kinetic energy, rotational kinetic energy, vibrational energy, and potential energy of molecules is known as internal energy of the system.

Question 51.
Write the formula for resultant temperatures of a mixture, when V1 ml of water at T1°C is mixed with V2 ml of water at T2° C.
Answer:
Resultant temperature \(T=\frac{V_{1} T_{1}+V_{2} T_{2}}{V_{1}+V_{2}}\)

Question 52.
Write the equation of heat energy when change the temperature.
Q = mS∆T
m == mass, S = specific heat, AT = change in temperature

Question 53.
The figure shows change in state of ice from – 5°C to 110°C with temperature. What are the melting and vaporization curves?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 2
Answer:
BC = melting
DE = vaporization curve.

Question 54.
Write principle of method of mixtures.
Answer:
When two or more bodies are brought into thermal contact, then heat lost by hot body is equal to heat gain by cold body. Until they attain thermal equilibrium.

Question 55.
Evaporation is a cooling process. Why?
Answer:
During evaporation process, the energy of the molecules inside the liquid decreases and they slow down.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 56.
Which factors are influence the rate of evaporation of a liquid?
Answer:
Rate of evaporation of a liquid depends on surface area, temperature, pressure, and amount of vapour present in surrounding air.

Question 57.
What is meant by fog?
Answer:
The droplets keep floating in the air and form a thick mist which restricts visibility. This thick mist is called fog.

Question 58.
Why do we sweat while doing a work?
Answer:
When we work our body produces heat. As a result, the temperature of the skin becomes higher and the water in the sweat glands starts evaporating. This evaporation cools the body.

Question 59.
A samosa appears to be cool when touched outside but it is hot when we eat it. Why?
Answer:
A samosa appears to be cool outside but it is hot when we eat it because the curry inside the samosa contain ingredients with higher specific heats. Hence they remain hot for a long time.

Question 60.
Equal amounts of water are kept in a cup and in a dish. Which will evaporates faster? Why?
Answer:
Dish evaporates faster, because dish has large surface area. Evaporation of liquids depends on surface area.

Question 61.
Why water is used as coolant in the cooling system of automobile engines?
Answer:
Due to high specific heat, water absorbs large amount of heat and temperature does not rise quickly. So water used as coolant in cooling system of automobile engines.

Question 62.
Why do pigs toil around in the mud?
Answer:
Pigs do not have sweat glands. Water in the mud evaporates and helps the pig to be cool from heat. So pigs toil in the mud during summer.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 63.
Take small glass bottle with a tight lid. Fill it with water completely without any gaps and fix the lid tightly in such a way that water should not come out of it. Put the bottle into the deep freezer for a few hours. Take it out from the fridge. You observe the glass bottle is broken. Why?
Answer:
We know, the volume of the water poured into the glass bottle is equal to the volume of the bottle. When the water freezes to ice, the bottle is broken. Because the volume of the ice is greater than the volume of the water filled in bottle.

Question 64.
From the given figure, in which the thermometer mercury level is increases and decreases?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 3
Answer:
Thermometer A(in oil) is increases.
Thermometer B(water) is decreases.

Question 65.
What are the materials are used in to find the specific heat of solid?
Answer:
Calorimeter, thermometer, stirrer, water steam heater, wooden box, and lead shots.

Question 66.
What is the value of following temperatures in Kelvin scale?
(a) 30° C b) 70° C
Answer:
a) 30° C = 30 + 273 = 303 K
b) 70° C = 70 + 273 = 343 K

Question 67.
How much heat energy is required to raise the temperature of unit mass of material by 1° C?
Answer:
1 cal/g – °C = lk cal / kg – K = 4.2 x J/kg – K = 4.2 kJ/kg – K.

Question 68.
How much energy is required to turn 1 g of ice of 0°C into 1 gm of water at 0°C?
Answer:
The energy required to convert 1 g of ice at 0°C into lg of water at 0°C is latent heat of fusion that is 80 cal/g.

Question 69.
What is the temperature of mixture if 10 g of steam at 100°C is mixed with 50 g of ice at 0°C?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 4

Question 70.
Boiling water at 100°C and cold water at t°C are mixed in the ratio of 3 : 5 and the resultant temperature is 40°C. Find the value of t.
Answer:
Suppose the quantities of water is 3x and 5x.
Given that
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 5

Question 71.
What amount of ice can be melted by 4000 cal of heat?
Answer:
Latent heat of fusion of ice Lf = 80 cal/g
Given that Q = 4000 cal
Q = mLf ⇒ 4000 = m × 80
∴ m = \(\frac{4000}{80}\) = 50 g

Question 72.
5 gm of ice is at (J°C. It is converted into water at same temperature. How much heat energy is required?
Answer:
In change the state Q = mL
m = 5 gm, L = Latent heat of fusion = 80 Cal/gm
Q = mL = 5 × 80 = 400 cal.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 73.
What would be the final temperature of mixture 50 g. of water at 20°C and 50 gm of water at 40°C?
Answer:
If masses are equal, then resultant temperature of mixture = \(\frac{\mathrm{T}_{1}+\mathrm{T}_{2}}{2}\)
∴ T = \(\frac{20+40}{2}\) ⇒ T =30

10th Class Physics 1st Lesson Heat 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Observe the following table regarding the values of specific heat of substances and answer the following questions : (AP SA-I: 2018-19)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 6
i) Which material is suitable as the base of the cooking vessel?
Answer:
Copper. Because, it has low specific heat value.

ii) Why do we prefer water as a coolant?
Answer:
Due to high specific heat value of water, it can take more time to heat itself and acts as a coolent.

Question 2.
Why do water drops (dew) form on flowers and grass during morning hours of winter season? (AP March 2016)
Answer:
During winter nights, the atmospheric temperature goes down. The flowers, grass, etc. become still colder. The air near them becomes saturated with vapour and condensation begins. The water droplets condensed on such surfaces are known as dew.

Question 3.
Temperatures of two cities at different times are given as follows : (AP March 2019)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 7
On the basis of above table, answer the following questions.
1) In which city, the morning temperature at 6 O’clock is relatively high?
Answer:
In ‘B’ city, the morning temperature at 6 O’clock is relatively high.

2) At what time, both cities are having the equal temperature?
Answer:
At 11 : 30 AM, both cities are having the equal temperature.

Question 4.
A student took the same quantity of water and petrol in two different tumblers. He kept them on a table. When observed after a day there was water in a glass but petrol was completely evaporated. Give reasons why water was not evaporated completely but petrol was completely evaporated.
Answer:
Petrol has a lower vapour point than water. And evaporation depends on the nature of the liquid so petrol evaporates quickly than water at room temperature.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 5.
What are the differences between dew and fog?
Answer:

Dew Fog
1) Dew is the droplets that appear on the exposed objects in the morning or evening. 1) Fog is nothing but cloud on ground.
2) Dew does not effect visibility. 2) Due to fog visibility is greatly effected.
3) Dew is formed when relative humidity higher than temperature. 3) Fog is formed when island area is warmer than the ocean or large body of water.

Question 6.
Why is spirit evaporated in petri dish quickly under a fan when compared to that kept in closed room?
Answer:

  • The blowing air increases the rate of evaporation.
  • This is because any molecule escaping from the surface is blown away from the vicinity of the liquid.
  • This increases the rate of evaporation.
  • This is the reason why the spirit in petri dish evaporates quickly when compared to that kept in closed room.

Question 7.
Does the temperature of water rise continuously if heat is supplied continuously?
Answer:
Yes. If heat is supplied to water its temperature rises continuously till it reaches 100°C. At 100°C there would be no further rise of temperature, because the heat is sterilized to convert water to water vapour. So if heat is supplied beyond 100°C, all the water is converted into vapour.

Question 8.
Why does the mercury level of thermometer rise up when it is placed in hot water and fall down when it is placed in cold water?
Answer:

  • We know that bodies which are in contact achieve thermal equilibrium due to transfer of heat energy.
  • If we keep thermometer in hot water, its mercury level rises because heat is transformed from hot body to cold body.
  • Similarly, we observe that mercury level comes down when it is placed in cold water.

Question 9.
When we place thermometer in hot water, there is a rise in mercury level, thereafter it stops. What is the reason for steadiness of mercury level? What does reading of thermometer give at that time?
Answer:

  • The steadiness of the mercury column of the thermometer indicates that, flow of heat between the thermometer liquid (mercury) and water has stopped and thermal equilibrium has been attained between the water and thermometer liquid.
  • The reading of thermometer gives thermal equilibrium state that is temperature.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 10.
What is the relationship between temperature and kinetic energy?
Answer:

  • The average kinetic energy of molecules/particles of the hotter body is more than the colder body.
  • So we can say that the temperature of a body is an indicator of the average kinetic energy of molecule of that body.
  • So the average kinetic energy of molecules is directly proportional to the absolute temperature. [KE<sub>avg</sub> ∝ T]

Question 11.
What is the relationship between rise in temperature and specific heat of material?
Answer:

  • Temperature depends on nature of the material, hence the specific heat depends on its nature.
  • If the specific heat, is high, the rise in temperature is low. [Q = mSΔt]
  • It gives us an idea of degree of reluctance of a material to rise in temperature.

Question 12.
What is the principle of method of mixtures?
Answer:
When two or more bodies at different temperatures are mixed with each other, then net heat lost by the hot bodies, is equal to net heat gained by the cold bodies until they attain thermal equilibrium or equal temperature.

Net heat lost = Net heat gained

This is known as principle of method of mixtures.

Question 13.
Why is evaporation of a liquid faster under a fan?
Answer:

  • If air is blown over the liquid surface in an open petri dish, a number of molecules evaporate from the surface of liquid.
  • Because any molecule escaping from the surface is blown away from the vicinity of liquid.
  • This increases the rate of evaporation.
  • So evaporation of a liquid is faster under a fan.

Question 14.
Why do we get dew on the surface of a cold soft drink bottle kept in open air?
Answer:

  • The temperature of surrounding air is higher than the temperature of cold soft drink.
  • Air contains water molecules in the form of water vapour which tend to condense by losing their kinetic energy to form water droplets.

Question 15.
Why does water take more time to become hot and take more time to become cool?
Answer:
Water has the highest specific heat among all liquids. So it takes more time to become hot and takes more time to become cool.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 16.
What is calorimeter? Name the material of which it is made of. Give two reasons for using the material stated by you.
Answer:

  • The vessel used for measurement of heat is calorimeter.
  • It is made of thin sheet of copper.
  • The reason is that the specific heat of copper is low and by making the vessel thin, its thermal capacity becomes low so that it takes a negligible amount of heat from its contents to attain the temperature of contents.

Question 17.
Why are burns caused by steam at 100°C more painful than that of water at 100°C?
Answer:

  • Water at 100°C takes additional heat energy to convert from liquid state to vapour (steam) state. This energy is called latent heat of vapourisation.
  • Hence, steam at 100°C contains more heat energy than that of water at 100°C.
  • So, burns caused by steam at 100°C are more painful than that of water at 100°C.

Question 18.
Why is cooking fast in a pressure cooker compared to open vessel?
Answer:

  • Boiling point of liquid increases with external pressure.
  • Pressure cooker gives external pressure to the water in it.
  • So, while cooking in pressure cooker it increases boiling point of water more than 100°C.
  • So that, cooking is fast in pressure cooker compared to open vessel.

Question 19.
What happens to the water when wet clothes dry?
Answer:
When wet clothes dry, the water molecules from wet clothes, after evaporation, change into water vapour and mix with water molecules present in surrounding air, in the form of water vapour.

Question 20.
Why do we use hot water bottles for fomentation?
Answer:
The reason is that water does not cool quickly due to its large specific heat, so hot water bottle provides heat energy for fomentation for a long time.

Question 21.
Why do all plants and animals have a high content of water in their bodies?
Answer:
All plants and animals have nearly 80% to 90% of water in their bodies. So it helps in maintaining the body temperature in all seasons due to high specific heat.

Question 22.
Water is used as an effective coolant. Give reason.
Answer:
1) Water is used as an effective coolant because by allowing water to flow in pipes around the heated parts of machine, heat energy from such parts is removed (e.g. radiators in car and generator are filled with water).
2) Water in pipes extracts more heat from surroundings without much rise in its temperature because of its large specific heat.

Question 23.
Why is the base of cooking pan made thick?
Answer:

  • By making the base of cooking pan thick, its thermal capacity becomes large and it imparts sufficient heat energy at a lower temperature to the food for its proper cooking.
  • Further, it keeps the food warm for a long time, after cooking.

Question 24.
Water in lakes and ponds in cold countries does not freeze all at once. Give reason.
Answer:

  • The latent heat of fusion of ice is sufficiently high.
  • So to freeze water, a large quantity of heat has to be withdrawn, hence it freezes slowly and thus keeps the surroundings moderate.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 25.
Why do drinks get more quickly cooled by adding pieces of ice at 0°C than ice-cold water at 0°C?
Answer:

  • This is because 1 g of ice at 0°C takes 336 J of heat energy from the drink to melt into water at 0°C.
  • Thus drink loses an additional 336 J of heat energy for 1 g of ice at 0°C than for 1 g ice cold water at 0°C. Therefore cooling produced by 1 g of ice at 0°C is more than that by 1 g of water at 0°C.

Question 26.
When ice in a frozen lake starts melting, its surroundings become very cold? Why?
Answer:
The reason is that the heat energy required for melting the frozen lake is absorbed from the surrounding atmosphere. As a result, the temperature of surroundings falls and it becomes very cold.

Question 27.
Why is it more cold after the hail-storm than during or before the hail-storm?
Answer:
The reason is that after the hail-storm, the ice absorbs the heat energy required for melting from the surroundings, so the temperature of the surroundings falls further down and we feel more cold.

Question 28.
Which of the substances A, B, and C has the least specific heat? The temperature versus time graph as shown below.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 8
The substance ‘A’ has least specific heat because the rise in temperature is more for substance. We know that specific heat and rise in temperature are inversely proportional. So A has the least specific heat.

Question 29.
Why do we need pressure cooker to cook food at higher altitudes?
Answer:

  • At higher altitudes, such as hills and mountains, atmospheric pressure is low, therefore water boils at a temperature lower than 100°C and so it does not provide the required heat energy for cooking.
  • Thus cooking there becomes very difficult and it takes a much longer time.
  • So we require a pressure cooker to cook the food at a faster rate.

Question 30.
Lalitha wants to determine the specific heat of Aluminium shots. What apparatus of material is required to do this experiment?
Answer:
The apparatus required is calorie meter, thermometer, stirrer, water, steam heater, wooden box, and aluminium shots.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 31.
What are the material required in order to find specific heat of soild?
Answer:
Calorimeter, thermometer, stirrer, water, steam, heater, wooden box, and lead shots.

Question 32.
Your teacher made an experiment to show the formation of dew and frost. Explain how you show the formation of dew and frost.
Answer:
Place a water bottle in a deep fridge of refrigerator. After some time remove bottle from the refrigerator. We can observe ice in the bottle and water droplets are formed outside the bottle. This experiment is useful in formation of dew and frost.

Question 33.
Why a bottle completely filled with water and closed with a tight cap break after freezing?
Answer:

  • Density of ice is less than that of water.
  • This means water expands on freezing and converts into ice.
  • So, excess space is required to expand the water.
  • The bottle completely filled with water and closed with a tight cap has no excess space to expand water.
  • So, bottle breaks while freezing water in it.

Question 34.
Which of the following substances take more time to raise its temperature for a certain degree Celsius? Give reason.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 9
Answer:
Water takes more time to raise temperature because it has greater specific heat is, i. e., 1 cal/g-°C. As the specific heat of substance increases, it takes more time to raise its temperature.

Question 35.
The graph shows variations of temperature (T) of one kilogram of material with the heat (H) supplied to it.
At ‘O’ the substance is in the solid state. From the graph can conclude that
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 10
i) The melting point of the solid is …………….
Answer:
The melting point of the solid is T1

ii) The latent heat of fusion is …………….
Answer:
The latent heat of fusion is (H2 – H1)

iii) The latent heat of vaporisation is …………….
Answer:
The latent heat of vaporisation is (H4 – H3)

iv) The boiling point of the substance is ……………
Answer:
The boiling point of the substance is T3

Question 36.
Which of the substances A, B, and C has the highest specific heat? The temperature versus time graph as shown given below.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 11
Answer:

  • The substance ‘C’ has the highest specific heat.
  • Because ‘C’ does not rise its temperature quickly. In other words ‘C’ takes more time to rise its temperature.

Question 37.
Can the average kinetic energy of a body be even zero?
Answer:
The average kinetic energy of a body can be zero.
Reason :
K.E = \(\frac{1}{2}\) mv2
m is never zero
if v = 0; then body is not in the motion.

Question 38.
A slab of ice at -50°C is constantly heated till the steam attains a temperature of 150°C. Draw a graph showing the change in temperature with time. Label the various parts of the graph properly.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 12

Question 39.
Iron of weight 2 kg was supplied with 12000 calories of heat. Initial temperature of iron was 20°C. Its specific heat is 0.1 cal/g-°C. What is the final temperature of iron?
Answer:
Mass of iron (m) = 2 kg = 2 × 1000 g. = 2000 g.
Quantity of heat supplied (Q) = 12,000 cal.
Initial temperature = θ(i) = 20°C
Final temperature = θf = ?
Specific heat of iron (s) = 0.1 cal / g / °C.
Heat = Q = ms∆θ
Q = ms (θf – θi)
θf – θi = Q/ms
θf – 20 = \(\frac{12000}{2000 \times 0.1}=\frac{12}{2 \times 0.1}\) = 60
θf = 60 + 20 = 80°C
∴ The final temperature of iron = θf = 80°C

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 40.
What is the heat energy required to rise 20 kg of water from 25° C to 75° C?
Answer:
Given m = 20 kg = 20,000 gm
t1 = 25° C ; t2 = 75° C ;
S = 1 cal/gm °C.
Q = mS∆T = 20000 × 1 × (75 – 25) = 20000 × 50
Q = 1000000 calories

Question 41.
If you drink 200 ml of water at 20° C, what is the heat gained by water from your body? (Body temperature is 37° C)
Answer:
m = 200 g (1 ml of water = 1 gm of water)
S = 1 cal/gm °C ;
t1 = 20° C; t2 = 37° C
Q = mS∆T (∆T = t2 – t1)
= 200 × 1 × (37 – 20)
= 200 × 17
Q = 3400 calories

Question 42.
What would be the final temperature of a mixture of 60 gm of water at 30°C temperature and 60 gm of water at 60°C temperature?
Answer:
m1 = 60 g ;
T1 = 30°C ;
m2 = 60 g ;
T2 = 60°C
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 13

Question 43.
The quantity of heat which can rise the temperature of ‘x’ gram of a substance through t1°C and the quantity of heat which can rise the temperature of ‘y’ grams of water through t2°C is same. What is ratio of specific heats? What is ratio of specific heats if rise in temperatures are same and if amount of substances are same?
Answer:
Suppose specific heats of substance and water are s1 and s2 respectively.
Heat absorbed by x gram of substance to rise its temperature to t1°C.
Q1 = ms∆T = x × s1 × t1
Heat absorbed by y gram of water to rise its temperature to t2°C.
Q2 = ms∆T2 = y × s2 × t2
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 14

10th Class Physics 1st Lesson Heat 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write the factors that effect the process of evaporation. Explain with suitable examples. (AP March 2017)
Answer:
Process of evaporation is effected by surface area, wind speed, humidity, and temperature.
Ex:

  • The water kept in a china dish evaporates faster than in a cup because of more surface area.
  • Water in wet the clothes are kept under fan evaporates faster than in normal conditions.
  • Water in wet clothes evaporates faster on a less humid day than on a more humid day.

Question 2.
A) Write the principle of method of Mixtures.
B) What would be the final temperature of a mixture of 60 gms of water at 50°C and 50 gms of water at 70°C? (AP March 2018)
Answer:
A) Principle of method of mixtures :
Net heat lost by the hot body = Net heat gain by the cold body.

B) m1 = 60 gms.,
T1 = 50°C ;
m2 = 50 gms.,
T2 = 70°C
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 15

Question 3.
Answer the following questions by using the data given in the table. (AP March 2018)

Substance Specific heat (cal / g°C)
Lead 0.031
Aluminium 0.21
Copper 0.095
Water 1.00
Iron 0.115

a) Write SI units for specific heat.
Answer:
Joule / Kilogram-Kelvin

b) Based on specific heat values, arrange the substances given in the table in ascending order.
Answer:
Lead, Copper, Iron, Aluminium, Water

c) If we supply same quantity of heat, which substance will heat up faster?
Answer:
Lead

d) Calculate the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 kg of Iron through 10°C.
Answer:
Q = mS∆T = 1000 × 0.115 × 10 = 1150 cal.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 4.
Suggest an experiment to show that when ice is converted into water, its temperature does not change. How much heat is required to convert 5 grams of ice at 0°C to water, at the same temperature? (Latent heat of fusion of ice is 80 cal/gram). (TS June 2015)
Answer:
Procedure :

  1. Take small ice cube in a beaker. Insert the thermometer in the beaker.
  2. Now start heating the beaker and note down readings of thermometer every one minute till the ice completely melts and gets converted into water.
  3. Before heating the temperature of ice is 0° C or less than 0° C.

Observation :

  1. We will observe that the temperature of ice at the beginning is equal to or below 0°C.
  2. If the temperature of ice is below 0°C, it goes on changing till it reaches 0° C.
  3. When ice starts melting, we will observe no change in temperature though you are supplying heat continuously.

Explanation :

  1. Given heat energy is used to break the bonds (H2O) in ice and melts.
  2. So, temperature is constant while melting.

Conclusion :

  1. This process is called melting. In this process heat converts solid phase to liquid phase.
  2. The temperature of the substance does not change until all the ice melts and converts into water.
  3. The heat given to melting is called latent heat of fusion.
  4. The heat required to convert 1 gm of solid completely to liquid at constant temperature is called “latent heat of fusion”.
    m = 5 gm; Lf = 80 cal/g

The amount of heat absorbed Q = MLf = 5 × 80 = 400 cal /g.

Question 5.
The graph shows the values of temperature, when ice is heated till it becomes water vapour. Observe the graph and answer the following questions. (TS March 2016)
(Note that the figure is not completely quantitative and also not to the scale. It is purely qualitative)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 16
a) At what temperature, ice converts into water?
Answer:
Ice converts into water at 0°C and above.

b) What does \(\overline{\mathrm{DE}}\) represent?
Answer:
\(\overline{\mathrm{DE}}\) represents the latent heat of vapourisation.

c) What is the range of temperature of liquid water?
Answer:
The range of temperature of liquid water is 0°C to 100°C

d) Which part of the graph represents change of state from ice to water?
Answer:
\(\overline{\mathrm{BC}}\) represents the change of state of ice to water.

Question 6.
Write the differences between heat and temperature.
Answer:

Heat Temperature
1) It is a thermal energy. 1) It is the measurement of hotness or coldness.
2) Heat is an extensive property, means it does not depend on amount of the substance that is present. 2) Temperature is an intensive property means that the substance present will not change the specific characteristic.
3) Heat is the amount of energy of the system. 3) Temperature is the measure of the average molecular motions in a system.
4) Its S.I unit is Joules. 4) Its S.I. unit is degrees C or K.
5) Heat is energy itself that flows. 5) It decides the direction of heat flow.

Question 7.
Why is the specific heat different for different substances?
Answer:

  • We know that the temperature of a body is directly proportional to the average kinetic energy of particles of the body.
  • The molecules of the system have different forms of energies. The total energy of the system is called internal energy of the system.
  • When we supply heat energy to the system, the heat energy given to it will be shared by the molecules among the various forms of energy.
  • This sharing will vary from substance to substance.
  • The rise in temperature is high for a substance, if the maximum share of heat energy is utilised for its linear K.E.
  • This sharing of heat energy also varies with temperature. That is why the specific heat is different for different substances.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 8.
Explain the process of evaporation.
Answer:

  • The molecules of a liquid that kept in a dish, continuously move with random speeds in various directions. As a result, these molecules collide with other molecules.
  • During this collision they transfer energy to other molecules. Hence, the molecules at the surface acquire energy and may fly off from the surface.
  • Some of these escaping molecules may be directed back into liquid when they collide with the particles of air.
  • If the number of escaping molecules is greater than the number returned, then the number of molecules in the liquid decreases.
  • Thus when a liquid is exposed to air, the molecules at the surface keep on escaping from the surface till the entire liquid disappears into air. This process is called evaporation.

Question 9.
Define evaporation. Explain what are the affecting factors of evaporation and how they effect the rate of evaporation.
Answer:
Evaporation :
The process of escaping of molecules from the surface of liquid at any temperature is called evaporation.

The affecting factors of evaporation :

  1. Temperature,
  2. Surface area,
  3. Wind speed,
  4. Humidity.

The affection on the rate of evaporation :
1) Temperature :
As the temperature increases evaporation increases.

2) Surface area :
As the surface area of liquid increases, more molecules tend to leave the surface. So rate of evaporation increases.

3) Wind speed :
As the wind speed increases rate of evaporation increases.

4) Humidity :
As the humidity increases rate of evaporation decreases.

Question 10.
Why is climate near the seashore moderate?
Answer:

  1. The specific heat of water is very high. It is about five times as that of sand.
  2. Hence the heat energy required for the same rise in temperature by certain mass pf water will be nearly five times than that required by same mass of sand.
  3. Similarly, a certain mass of water will give out nearly five times more heat energy than that given by sand of the same mass for the same fall in temperature.
  4. As such, sand (or earth) gets heated or cooled more rapidly as compared to water under similar conditions.
  5. Thus, a large difference in temperature is developed between the land and sea due to which land and sea breezes are formed.
  6. These breezes make the climate near seashore moderate.

Question 10.
Why do farmers fill their fields with water on a cold winter night?
Answer:

  • In the absence of water, if on a cold winter night, the atmospheric temperature falls below 0°C, the water in the fine capillaries of plants will freeze, so the veins will burst due to the increase in volume of water on freezing.
  • As a result, plants will die and the crop will be destroyed.
  • In order to save crop on such cold nights, farmers fill their field with water because water has high specific heat, so it does not allow the temperature in the plants of surrounding area to fall up to 0°C.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 11.
Explain the factors effecting boiling.
Answer:
The factors effecting boiling are
I) Pressure :

  1. The boiling point of pure water at one atmospheric pressure is 100°C.
  2. Water boils at a temperature higher than 100°C, if the atmospheric pressure is higher than one atmosphere pressure, and boils at a temperature lower than 100°C, if the atmospheric pressure is less than 1 atmosphere.

II) Impurities :
The boiling point of liquid increases by the addition of impurities to it. If a little common salt is added to water, the water boils at a temperature higher than 100°C.

Question 12.
A, B and C are the three liquids at 20°C, 30°C and 40°C respectively. If equal masses of A and B are mixed, the resultant temperature is 26°C. If equal masses of A and C are mixed, the resultant temperature is 33°C. Find the ratio of specific heats of A, B and C.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 17
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 18
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 19

Question 13.
A refrigerator converts 5kg of water at 40°C into ice at 0°C in 20 minutes. Find the power of refrigerator.
Answer:
m = 5kg = 5000gr
∆t = 40°C – 0°C = 40°C
S = 1 (water) .
Q = m.s.∆t = 5000.1.40 = 200000 cal.
We know the relation between heat and work done as
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 20

Question 14.
Snow on mountains does not melt all at once. Why?
Answer:

  • Snow on mountains does not melt all at once because the ice has a high specific latent heat of fusion.
  • It is due to this fact that it changes into water slowly as it gets heat energy from the sun.
  • If latent heat would not have been so high, the snow would have melted quickly even with a small amount of heat energy and there would have been floods in rivers.

Question 15.
Collect specific heats of various substances.
Answer:

Substance Specific heat
In cal/g – °C In J/kg – K
Lead 0.031 130
Mercury 0.033 139
Brass 0.092 380
Zinc 0.093 391
Copper 0.095 399
Iron 0.115 483
Glass(flint) 0.12 504
Aluminium 0.21 882
Kerosene oil 0.50 2100
Ice 0.50 2100
Water 1 4180
Sea water 0.95 3900

Question 16.
The graph given below represents a cooling curve for a substance being cooled from a higher temperature to a lower temperature.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 21
a) What is the boiling point of the substance?
Answer:
The boiling point of the substance is 150°C (because the part BC represents condensation where the vapour changes into the liquid without the change in temperature).

b) What happens in the region DE?
Answer:
The region DE represents freezing of the substance where the liquid changes into solid at a constant temperature that is 100°C.

c) What is the melting point of the substance?
Answer:
The melting point of substance is 100°C.

Question 17.
You’ve taken water in vessel at 0°C and closed it with a glass vessel as shown in the figure. You used and created a vacuum inside.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 22
a) Explain what happens.
b) A part of water condenses; what is the amount of water that gest condensed?
Answer:
a) At 0°C also water is available in liquid state (generally at 0°C ice is also available) because the air in vacuum rise the temperature. Here evacuation is possible so it allows evaporation.

b) Let y ml of water is taken at 0°C.
’x’ ml of water is evaporated
Latent heat of vapourisation = Lsteam = 540 Cal/g.
Latent heat of ice = Lice = 80 Cal/g.
After sometime conversion process stops. So equilibrium is possible.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 23

Question 18.
What are the applications of specific heat capacity?
Answer:
1. The oceans behave like heat store houses for the earth. They absorb large amounts of heat at the equator without rise in temperature due to high specific heat capacity of water. So, oceans moderate the surrounding temperature near the equator. Ocean water transports the heat away from the equator to areas closer to the north and south poles. This transported heat helps moderate the climates in parts of the Earth that are far from the equator.

2. Watermelon brought out from the refrigerator retains its coolness for a long time than any other fruit because it contains a large amount of water (water has greater specific heat).

3. The samosa seems to be cool outside but it is hot when we eat it because the curry inside the samosa contains ingredients with higher specific heats.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat

Question 19.
Some hot water Is added to three times its mass of cold water at 10°C. The resulting temperature is found to be 20°C. Find the initial temperature of hot water.
Answer:
Let the initial temperature of hot water be t°C.
Mass of hot water = mg
Mass of cold water = 3 mg
Initial temperature of cold water = 10°C
And resultant temperature = 20°C
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 24
∴ Initial temperature of hot water = 50°C.

Question 20.
40 g of water at 60°C is poured into vessel of 200 g mass containing 50 g of water at 20°C. The final temperature of mixture is 30°C. Calculate the specific heat of vessel.
Answer:
Mass of hot water at 60°C = 40 g
Mass of cold water at 20°C = 50 g
Mass of vessel = 200 g
Suppose the specific heat of vessel is Sv
Heat energy given by hot water = mSw∆T
= 40 × 1 × (60 – 30) [∵ T1 = 60°C, T2 = 30°C]
= 40 × 30 = 1200 cal
Heat energy taken by cold water = mSw∆T
= 50 × 1 × (30 – 20) = 50 × 10 = 500 cal
Heat energy taken by vessel = mSv∆T = 200 × Sv × (30 – 20) = 2000 Sv
According to the principle of method of mixtures,
Heat lost by hot water = heat gained by cold water + heat gained by vessel 1200 = 500 + 2000 Sv
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 25

Question 21.
A, B and C are three liquids at 20°C, 30°C and 40°C respectively. If equal masses of A and B are mixed, the resultant temperature is 29°C. The equal masses of A and C are mixed, the resultant temperature is 33°C. Find the specific heats of A, B and C.
Answer:
Suppose specific heats of liquids A, B and C are s1, s2 and s3 respectively.
Given that the temperatures of liquids are 20°C, 30°C and 40°C.
Given that equal mass of A and B are mixed, the resultant temperature is 29°C.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 26

Further given that equal masses of A and C are mixed, the resultant temperature is 33°C.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 27

Question 22.
A refrigerator converts 5 kg of water at 40°C into ice at 0°C. Find the total energy released in Joules.
Answer:
m = 5 kg = 5000 g
The heat energy released to convert 5 kg of water at 40°C to 5 kg of water at 0°C.
Q1 = ms∆T
= 5000 × 1 × (40 – 0) = 5000 × 40 = 200000 cal [s = 1 cal/g-°C for water]
The heat energy released to convert 5 kg of water at 0°C to 5 kg of ice at 0°C.
Q2 = mLf
= 5000 × 80 = 400000 cal [∵ Lf = 80 cal/g]
Total energy released = 200000 + 400000
= 600000 cal
= 600 kcal
= 142.86 kJ.

Question 23.
The quantity of heat which can rise the temperature ‘x’ grams of a substance through t1°C can rise the temperature of ‘y’ grams of water through t2°C is same.
What is the ratio of specific heats?
Answer:
Given,
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Important Questions Chapter 1 Heat 28

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions 9th Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

10th Class Chemistry 9th Lesson Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is modern periodic law? (AP June 2015)
Answer:
Modern periodic law :
The physical and chemical properties of the elements are periodic functions of their electronic configurations.

Question 2.
Define Moseley’s periodic law. (AP June 2015)
Answer:
Moseley’s periodic law: The physical and chemical properties of elements are periodic functions of their atomic numbers.

Question 3.
Which group elements are called Carbon family? (AP Mareh 2016)
Answer:
14 (or) IVA Group of elements are called Carbon family.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 4.
Which atom is bigger in size, Ne or Ar? Why? (AP June 2018)
Answer:
Ar. In groups as we go down number of shells increases due to the formation of new shell.

“O Group”
He
Ne
Ar
Kr
Xe
Rn

Question 5.
A and B are two elements. The compound formed with A and B is A2 B. What are the valencies of A and B. (TS March 2018)
Answer:
The valency of A is 1 and B is 2.

Question 6.
A teacher asked to give an example for Dobereiner’s triad. Ramu wrote them as “Li, Na, Mg”. In these three, identify which element does not belongs to this triad? (AP March 2019)
Answer:
Mg or Magnesium do not belongs to this triad.

Question 7.
Write the difference between Mendeleeff’s periodic law and modern periodic law. (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:
Mendeleeff’s periodic table is prepared based on atomic mass whereas modem periodic table is prepared based on atomic number (electronic configuration).

Question 8.
What is Dobereiner Triad? Give two examples to it.
Answer:
A group of three elements in which atomic weight of middle element is average of first and third element is called Dobereiner triad with similar propertion.
Eg: 1) U, Na, K
2) Cl, Br, I

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 9.
What is Newlands’ law of octaves?
Answer:
When elements are arranged in the ascending order of their atomic weights, every eighth element starting from a given element resembles in its properties to that of starting element. This is called Newlands’ law of octaves.

Question 10.
What is MendeleefFs periodic law?
Answer:
MendeleefFs periodic law:
The physical and chemical properties of the elements are the periodic functions of their atomic weight.

Question 11.
What is the name given to horizontal rows and vertical columns in MendeleefFs periodic table?
Answer:
Horizontal rows are periods and vertical columns are groups.

Question 12.
What is the property on which MendeleefFs periodic table depends upon?
Answer:
Mendeleeff’s periodic table depends upon atomic weight.

Question 13.
What is the name given to I(A) group elements?
Answer:
Alkali metal family, because aliquili = plant ashes. Na, K, etc. were obtained from plant ash.

Question 14.
Why are VI A group elements called chalcogens?
Answer:
Chalcogeneous = Ore product. As the elements in group 16 (VI A) form ores with metals, they are called chalcogeneous family.

Question 15.
Why are VII A group elements called halogens?
Answer:
Halos – sea salt, genus – produced. So VII A (17) are obtained from nature as sea salt. So they are called halogen family.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 16.
What are halogens?
Answer:
Fluorine, Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine, and Astatine of VIIA group elements are called halogens, which are obtained from sea salt.

Question 17.
What are noble gases? What is the general electronic configuration of noble gases?
Answer:
The elements of group VIII A (18) are chemically least reactive so they are called noble gases. Their group electronic configuration is ns²np6 (except) for helium it is 1s².

Question 18.
What are Lanthanides?
Answer:
Elements acquiring same properties are called lanthanides, i.e. 4f elements. They are from 58Ce (Cerium) to 71Lu (Lutetium).

Question 19.
What are Actinides?
Elements acquiring different properties are called actinides, i.e. 5f elements. They are from 90Th (Thorium) to 103Lr (Lawrensium).

Question 20.
What are metals and non-metals?
Answer:
The elements with three or less electrons in the outer shell are considered to be metals and the ore with five or more electrons in the outer shell are considered to be non-metals.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 21.
What are metalloids?
Answer:
The properties of elements which are intermediate between the properties of metals and non-metals are called metalloids.

Question 22.
Which will behave like semi-conductors?
Answer:
Metalloids or semi-metals behave like semi-conductors.

Question 23.
What is valency?
Answer:
The combining power of element with respect to hydrogen, oxygen or indirectly any other element through hydrogen and oxygen is called valency.

Question 24.
What is the latest definition of valency?
Answer:
The number of electrons lost or gained or shared during a chemical reaction.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 25.
How do we measure atomic radius of solids?
Answer:
It is half of the distance of radius of each atom.

Question 26.
What is covalent radius?
Answer:
Half of the distance between length of covalent bond is called covalent radius.

Question 27.
In which units is atomic radius measured?
Answer:
Atomic radius is measured in pico meter (pm) units.
1 pm = 10-12 m.

Question 28.
What is the method given by Milliken to calculate electronegativity of an element?
Answer:
According to Milliken, electronegativity of element is average value of its ionization energy and electron affinity.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 1

Question 29.
What is electropositive character?
Answer:
The tendency of metals to remain positive ions in compounds is called electropositive character. (OR) The tendency of an atom to lose electrons to form positive ions.

Question 30.
What is screening effect or shielding effect?
Answer:
More the shells with electrons between the nucleus and the valence shell, they act as screens to decrease nuclear attraction over valence electron. This is called screening effect or shielding effect.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 31.
What do you mean by negative or positive electron gain enthalpy?
Answer:
The negative sign indicates that energy is liberated or lost, and the positive sign indicates that the energy is gained or absorbed.

Question 32.
What is a triad?
Answer:
A group of three elements with similar properties in which atomic weight of middle element is average of other two elements.

Question 33.
Chlorine, bromine, iodine are Dobereiner’s triads. How do you justify?
Answer:
Chlorine, bromine and iodine have similar properties and atomic weight of bromine is average of chlorine and iodine.

Question 34.
Why are lanthanides and actinides placed separately at the bottom of the periodic table?
Answer:
Lanthanides and actinides belong to f – block elements with different properties so they are placed at the bottom of periodic table.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 35.
Lithium, Sodium, and Potassium were put in one group on the basis of their similar properties.
1) What are those similar properties?
2) What is the common name of this group of family?
Answer:

  1. They have same number of valence electrons that is 1 and valency 1. So they have similar chemical properties.
  2. They are called alkali metals.

Question 36.
What are the following groups known as?
1) group VIIA elements
2) Zero group elements.
Answer:

  1. Group VII A elements are called Halogens.
  2. Zero group elements are called Noble gases.

Question 37.
An element Barium lies in 2nd group; then answer the following.
1) What is its valency?
2) What will be the formula of its Phosphate?
Answer:

  1. The element lies in second group. So its valency is 2.
  2. The formula of Phosphate is Ba3(PO4)2 [since the valency of Phosphate is 3],

Question 38.
A, B, C are three elements having their atomic numbers equal to 2,10 and 5 respectively.
a) Which of these elements belong to same period?
b) Which of these elements belong to same group?
Answer:
The electronic configurations of A, B, C are as follows
A – 2, B – 2, 8, C – 2, 3.
a) So, B and C belong to same period because valence electron enters same orbit.
b) A and C belong to same group because both are noble gases.

Question 39.
Which element of 3rd period will form a chloride of Cl4?
Answer:
It would be Silicon because its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 4. So, it lies in third period and its valency is 4.

Question 40.
Which two elements of 3rd period will form a covalent compound?
Answer:
The two elements are phosporous and chlorine.

Question 41.
An element has atomic number 12. State whether it is metal or non-metal. Why?
Answer:
Its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 2. It lies in 2nd group. The elements towards left of periodic table are generally metals. So the element is metal.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 42.
Elements X, Y, and Z belong to IA group of the periodic table. Their atomic radii are as follows.
X → 1.33 Å,
Y → 0.95 Å,
Z → 0.60 Å.
Arrange the elements in the increasing order of atomic number by giving reason.
Answer:
As we move from top to bottom in a group, atomic size increases and atomic number also increases.
So the correct increasing order is Z, Y, X.

Question 43.
An element has an atomic number 16. State
i) period to which it belongs
ii) the number of valence electrons.
Answer:
Its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 6.
i) So it belongs to 3rd period (orbit number).
ii) The number of valence electrons is 6.

Question 44.
Why is energy absorbed when electron is added to uni-negative ion?
Answer:
It is difficult to add an electron to uni-negative ion. In order to overcome the repulsion between the electrons, actually energy should be supplied to add another electron to uni-negative ion.

Question 45.
When do you observe liberation of energy?
Answer:
Atoms of some elements gain electrons while forming ionic compounds. An atom is able to gain electron when the electron is attracted by the nucleus. Attraction involves the liberation of energy.

Question 46.
Why does nitrogen have less electron affinity value compared to oxygen?
Answer:
The electron affinity of nitrogen is less than oxygen because of stable configuration of nitrogen (i.e., 2p³ configuration).

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 47.
Which one between Na and Na+ would have more size? Why?
Answer:
Na has more size because when one electron is removed from Sodium atom the nucleus attraction over outermost electron increases so atomic size decreases.

Question 48.
Second ionization energy of an element is higher than its first ionization energy. Why?
Answer:
It is difficult to remove an electron from unipositive ion when compared with neutral atom. So second ionization energy is always greater than first ionization energy.

Question 49.
Hydrogen can be placed in group’1 and group 7 periodic table. Why?
Answer:
Hydrogen has both +1 as well as -1 oxidation states. So still there is some ambiguity in position of hydrogen.

Question 50.
Why do inert gases have zero valency value?
Answer:
Inert gases show zero valency because they do not take part in chemical reactions due to stable configuration.

Question 51.
Element ’Z’ belongs to (second) 2nd group in the periodical table. Write the formula of oxide.
Answer:
The formula of oxide of the element is ZO.

Question 52.
Do the atom of an element and its ion have same atomic size?
Answer:
No, generally cation has smaller size and anion has greater size.

Question 53.
The electronegativities of the elements in period 3 of the periodic table are as. follows.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 2
Arrange the elements in which they occur in the periodic table from left to right.
Answer:
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl

10th Class Chemistry 9th Lesson Classification of Elements – The Periodic Table 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
An element has atomic number 17. Where would you expect this element in the Periodic Table? Why? (AP June 2018)
Answer:

  • Electronic configuration of the given element is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p5.
  • So, it is in 3rd period and 17th group of periodic table.
  • Due to the valency electronic configuration of 3s² 3p5 it belongs to 3rd period and 17th group.

Question 2.
How do you appreciate the special nature of inert gases?
Answer:
I appreciate the special nature of inert gases because it helps us in explaining the formation of chemical bonds among the atoms of elements and their stability.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 3.
The atomic number of an element is 35. Where would you expect the position of this element in the periodic table? Why? (TS June 2015)
Answer:

  • The Electronic configuration of element with atomic number 35 is 2, 8, 18, 7.
  • So it has seven valence electrons.
  • That’s why it is present in 17th group or VII A group and 4th period.
  • The element is Bromine.

Question 4.
Why were Dobereiner, Newlands and Mendeleeff not 100% successful in their classification of elements? Why is the modern table relatively a better classification? (TS March 2016)
Predict the reason.
Answer:

  • All the known elements at the time of Dobereiner could not be arranged in the form of triads.
  • Newlands’ periodic table was restricted only for 56 elements.
  • As Mendeleeffs classification is based on atomic weight, his classification led to two defects like anomalous pair of elements and dissimilar elements placed together.
  • Modern periodic table was prepared on the basis of atomic number. So the periods and groups are clearly defined.

Hence Dobereiner, Newlands, and Mendeleeffs classifications were not 100% successful, but modern classification is successful.

Question 5.
Observe the electronic configurations given below and write the group and period numbers of those elements. (TS March 2016)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 3
Answer:
a) The period number is 3 and group number is 1.
b) The period number is 3 and group number is 15.

Question 6.
Observe the information provided in the table and answer the questions given below it. (TS June 2017)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 4
i) What are the s-block elements in the table?
ii) What are the ‘p’ block and ‘d’ block elements in the table?
Answer:
i) s-block elements : Na, Ca

ii) p-block elements : C, P
d-block elements : Ti, Ni.

Question 7.
Imagine, which one in each of the following pairs is large in size relatively with other? Explain. (AP March 2019)
(X) Na, Al (Y) Na, Mg+2
Answer:
(X) 1. Na is large in size than Al.
2. Atomic size gradually decreases from left to right in a period.

(Y) 1. Na is large in size than Mg2+.
2. Na is larger than Mg and Mg is larger than Mg2+.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 8.
What are the limitations of Dobereiner triad?
Answer:

  • All the known elements could not be arranged in the form of triads.
  • The law failed for very low mass or for very high mass elements.
    Eg : In case of F, Cl, Br the atomic mass of Cl is not an arithmetic mean of atomic masses of F and Br.
  • As the techniques improved for measuring atomic masses accurately, the law was unable to remain strictly valid.

Question 9.
Distinguish between electron affinity and electronegativity.
Answer:

Electron affinity Electronegativity
1. It is the property of an isolated gaseous atom. 1. It is the property of a bonded atom.
2. It is the energy released and is measured in ev/atom or kJ/mole. 2. It is relative quantity and has no units.
3. It is the attraction of an atom for a single electron. 3. It is the attraction of an atom for a pair of electrons.

Question 10.
What is electronegativity? What are the various methods used to determine electronegativity? Explain.
Answer:
Electronegativity :
The electronegativity of an element is defined as the relative tendency of its atom to attract electrons towards itself when it is bounded to the atom of another elements.

Various methods to calculate Electronegativity :
1) Milliken Scale :
According to Milliken, the electronegativity of an element is the average value of its ionization energy and electron affinity.

2) Pauling Scale :
Pauling scale is based on bond energies. The electronegativity of hydrogen is assumed as 2.20. Electronegativity of other elements is calculated with respect to hydrogen.

Question 11.
Give the electronic configurations of following elements. What do say about these elements by writing their electronic configurations?
a) Na
b) Al
c) Sc
d) Ce
Answer:
a) Na : 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s¹
b) M : 1s² 2s²2 2p6 3s² 3p¹
c) Sc : 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s² 3d¹
d) Ce : 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 3d10 4s² 4p6 4d10 5s² 5p6 6s² 4f²

Inference :
The valence electron enters different orbitals. So these elements belong to different blocks in modern periodic table, i.e. s, p, d, and f respectively.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 12.
Do you think that Newlands’ law of octaves is correct? Justify.
Answer:
No, Newlands’ law of octaves was restricted to only 56 elements and did not leave any room for new elements. Elements that were discovered later could not be filled into Newlands’ table in accordance with properties.

Question 13.
Why did Mendeleeff have to leave certine blank spaces in his periodic table?
Answer:
Mendeleeff predicted that some elements were missing in the table so he left blank spaces at the appropriate places in the table.

Question 14.
Give reason for the need of classification of elements.
Answer:
Classification is necessary because it is difficult to remember the properties of all the elements separately. It is easy to identify the properties of elements by making them groups with similar properties.

Question 15.
x, y, and z are the elements of a Dobereiner’s triad. If the atomic mass of ‘x’ is 7 and that of ‘z’ is 39, what should be the atomic mass of ‘y’?
Answer:
The atomic mass of x = 7 ;
The atomic mass of z = 39
x, y, z form Dobereiner triad
∴ Atomic mass oi y = average of x and z = \(\frac{7+39}{2}\) = \(\frac{46}{2}\) = 23

Question 16.
Name the two elements that would expect to have chemical properties similar to element with atomic number 11. What is the base for your choice?
Answer:
The element with atomic number 11 is sodium and its electronic configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s¹ or 2, 8, 1.

So it has one valence electron, i.e. present in I group. We know that the elements present in same group have same valence electrons. So they show similar properties.

Therefore the other two elements are Lithium and Potassium.

Question 17.
An element X belongs to 3rd period and group 14 of the periodic table. State
a) the number of valence electrons
b) the valency
c) the name of the element.
Answer:
a) The number of valence electrons are 4.
b) Its valency = 8 – 4 = 4.
c) The electronic configuration of element is 2, 8, 4.
(Because 3rd period means third orbit, group 14 has 4 valence electrons). So, the element with atomic number 14 is Silicon.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 18.
Why is it easier to remove 4f electron than 4s?
Answer:
Orbitals belonging to the same main shell have different penetration power towards the nucleus. In fourth main shell the order of penetration is like this 4s > 4p > 4d > 4f. So, it is easier to remove 4f electron than 4s.

Question 19.
How is screening effect responsible for low ionization of cesium?
Answer:

  • More the shells with electrons between the nuclear and the valence shell, they act as screens and decrease nuclear attraction over valence electron. This is called the screening effect.
  • More the screening effect, less is the ionization energy.
  • Cesium with more inner shells has less ionization energy.

Question 20.
Why does Boron have less ionization energy when compared with Beryllium?
Answer:

  • The electronic configuration of Be and B are 1s² 2s² and 1s² 2p² 2p¹.
  • The element Boron has less ionization energy due to less penetration power of 2p compared to 2s.

Question 21.
We know that as we move from left to right ionization energy increases. But ionization energy Nitrogen is more than Oxygen. Why?
Answer:

  • It is easier to remove an electron from Oxygen when compared to Nitrogen.
  • This is because Nitrogen has stable 1s² 2s² 2p³ electronic configuration which contains half filled 2p orbitals whereas Oxygen has 1s² 2s² 2p4 configuration.

Question 22.
Why is it difficult to remove an electron from Mg+ when compared with Mg?
Answer:

  • The energy required to remove the first electron outermost orbit of a neutral gaseous atom of the element is called first ionization energy.
  • The energy required to remove from unipositive ion of the element is called second ionization energy.
  • Second ionization energy is always more than first ionization energy because it is difficult to move electron from unipositive ion due to greater nuclear attraction.
  • So it is difficult to remove an electron from Mg+ when compared with Mg.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 23.
Using the periodic table predict formula of compound formed between an element ‘X’ of group 2 and another element of group 17.
Answer:

  • The element X belongs to group 2. So, the number of valence electrons are 2 and its valency is 2.
  • The element Y belongs to group 17 or VII. So, the number of valence electrons are 7 and its valency = 8 – 7= 1.

During formation compound elements exchange their valencies.
∴ The formula of compound is XY2.

Question 24.
How do electronegativity values vary in period and group?
Answer:
Period :
When we move from left to right in period, the electronegativity increases due to decrease in atomic size.

Group:
When we move from top to bottom in a group, the electronegativity decreases due to increase in atomic size.

Question 25.
How does metallic and non-metallic characters vary in a period and group?
Answer:
Period:
When we move from left to right in a period, the metallic character decreases and non-metallic character increases.

Group :
When we move form top to bottom in a group, non-metallic character decreases and metallic character increases.

Question 26.
How do valency vary in period and group?
Answer:
Period :
When we move from left to right in a period, the valency does not follow a regular trend. For example, in second period the valency starts from 1 and increases to 4, then thereafter decreases to ‘O’.

Group :
When we move top to bottom in a group, the valency remains the same because in a group the valence electrons are same.

Question 27.
How does electron affinity vary in a period and group?
Answer:
Period :
When we move from left to right in period, electron affinity increases due to greater nuclear attraction over electron.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Group :
When we move from top to bottom, the electron affinity decreases in atomic size. As the size of the atom increases, the nuclear attraction over outermost electron decreases. So electron affinity decreases.

Question 28.
An element has atomic number 19. Where would you expect this element in the periodic table anti why?
Answer:
The electronic configuration of element is 1s²2s²2p63s²3p64s¹. So the element is in 4th period and I group.

Question 29.
The electronic configuration of the element X, Y, and Z are given below,
a) X = 2, 5
b) Y = 2, 8, 1
c) Z = 2, 8
i) Which element belongs to 18th group?
ii) Which element belongs to 15th or V group?
iii) Which element belongs to third period?
Answer:
i) Z belongs to 18th group because it is a noble gase (i.e. Ne).
ii) X belongs to 15th or V group because it has 5 valence electrons.
iii) Y belongs to 3rd period because the valence electron is present in 3rd orbit.

Question 30.
Referring the part of periodic table given below answer the questions that follow.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 5
1) What happens to the atomic size if moved from left to right? Support your answer.
2) What changes do you observe in the metallic properties of the elements when moved from left to right?
Answer:
1) When we move from left to right in a periodic table atomic radii of elements decrease, as a result the size of the,atom decreases,

2) When we move from left to right in a periodic table electronegativity values of elements increase, as a result the metallic properties of the elements decrease.

Question 31.
State the name of element, number of valence electrons, valency, the group number and the period number of each element given in the following table.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 6
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 7

10th Class Chemistry 9th Lesson Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is Ionization Energy? Explain the factors that effect Ionization Energy. (AP June 2017)
(OR)
What is ionization energy? What are the factors which influence ionization energy? Explain.
(OR)
Write the factors that influence ionization energy and explain any three of them. (TS March 2019)
Answer:
Ionization energy :
The energy required to remove an electron from the outermost orbit or shell of a neutral gaseous atom is called ionization energy.
Factors influencing ionization energy :
1) Nuclear charge :
As nuclear charge increases, ionization energy increases.

2) Screening effect or shielding effect:
More the screening effect, less is the ionization energy.

3) Penetrating power of the orbitals :
If the orbitals have less penetrating power, then the ionisation energy is less. Generally, the penetrating power of orbits are like this : s > p > d > f.

4) Stable configuration :
The elements having half-filled or completely filled orbitals have more stability. So the ionization energy is more when the element has stable configuration.

5) Atomic size :
As the atomic size increases, the nucleus attraction over outermost electron decreases. So ionization energy decreases.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 2.
Elements of one short period of the Periodic Table are given below in the order from left to right. (AP March 2017)
Li, Be, B, C, N, F, Ne
Answer the following:
(i) To which period, do these elements belong?
(ii) One element of this period is missing. Which is the missing element and where it should be placed?
(iii) Which of the above elements belong to the family of halogens? What is its electronegativity value?
(iv) How does the metallic character varies in the Period?
Answer:
(i) 2nd period.
(ii) Oxygen.
It should be placed between Nitrogen and Flourine.

(iii) Flourine
Electro negativity 4.0

(iv) Decreases from left to right.

Question 3.
In the table given below, names of some elements of families are given. Based on this, fill the information in the empty boxes. (TS June 2015)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 8
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 9

Question 4.
Two elements X and Y belong to Groups 1 and 2 respectively in the same period of the Periodic Table. Compare these elements with respect to : (TS March 2015)
i) number of electrons in their outermost orbit.
Answer:
The number of electrons in the outermost orbit of element X = 1
The number of electrons in the outermost orbit of element Y = 2

ii) their atomic size and their valencies.
Answer:
The atomic size of the Y is lesser than X
Valence of X = 1 ; Valence of Y = 2

iii) their ionisation energy and metallic character.
Answer:
The ionization energy of Y is greater than X, X has higher metallic character than Y.

iv) formulae of their chlorides and sulphates.
Answer:
Chloride of X …. XCl
Chloride of Y …. YCl2
Sulphate of X …. X2SO4
Sulphate of Y …. YSO4

Question 5.
How are the elements arranged into groups and periods in the Modern Periodic Table? Elements in a group possess similar properties, but elements in a period do not show similarities in their properties. Why? (TS June 2017)
Answer:

  • The Modern periodic table is arranged in groups and periods based on the electronic configuration of the atoms of elements.
  • Physical and Chemical Properties of elements are related to their electronic con-figurations particularly the outershell configurations.
  • The atoms of the elements in a group posses similar electronic configurations.
  • The elements in a group should have similar chemical properties and there should be regular gradation in their physical properties from top to bottom.
  • Across the table from left to right in any period, elements gets an increase in the atomic number by 1 unit between any two successive elements.
  • Therefore the electronic configuration of valence shell of any two elements in a given period is not same.
  • Due to this reason elements along a period posses different chemical properties with regular gradation in their physical properties from left to right.

Question 6.
Explain any four factors which influence the electron affinity (Electron Gain Enthalpy). (TS March 2017)
Answer:
Factors effecting of electron affinity
1. Nuclear Charge :
If nuclear charge increases electron affinity increases, similarly it decreases if nuclear charge decreases.

2. Screening effect:
If screening effect value increases electron affinity increases, if it decreases electron affinity decreases.

3. Penetration power of the orbitals :
If penetration power of the orbitals increases electron affinity increases. If it decreases electron affinity decreases.

4. Stable configuration :
If an atom has stable electron configuration electron affinity will decreases.

5. Atomic radius :
If atomic radius increases electronic affinity will be increases. If atomic radius decreases electron affinity decreases.

6. Metallic property :
If metallic property increases electron affinity decreases.

7. Non-Metallic property :
Non-Metallic property increases electron affinity value increases.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 7.
Observe the information and answer the following questions. (TS June 2018)

Name of the Element Atomic Number Electronic Configuration
Sodium 11 [Ne] 3s1
Magnesium 12 [Ne] 3s2
Potassium 19 [Ar] 4s1
Calcium 20 [Ar] 4s2

1) What is valency of Magnesium?
Answer:
Valency of magnesium is two.

2) Which element has more electro-positivity?
Answer:
Potassium (K) has more electro-positivity.

3) Write the elements which belongs to (third) 3rd Period.
Answer:
The elements which belongs to 3rd period are Sodium (Na), Magnesium (Mg).

4) Write the elements which belongs to 1st Group.
Answer:
Sodium (Na), Potassium (K) belong to 1st Group.

Question 8.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 10
Answer the following from the above in brmation. (TS March 2018)
i) Which element posses the higher atomic radius in the above table?
Answer:
The element having higher atomic radius is ‘K’ (Potassium)

ii) Mention two plair of element which forms ionic bond.
Answer:
Na, Cl Mg, CL

iii) Name the two elements having valency 2.
Answer:
Elements having valency 2 are Be, Mg, Ca, 0, S, Se.

iv) Which element has electronic configuration of 1s² 2s² 2p4.
Answer:
Oxygen.

Question 9.
Explain the significance of three quantum numbers in predicting the position of an electron in an atom. (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:
Each electron in an atom is described by a set of three quantum numbers n, 1 and ml.
1. Principal quantum number (n):
The principal quantum number is used to describe the size and energy of the main shell. It is denoted by ‘n’. ‘n’ has positive integer values of 1, 2, 3, It is used to know the number of orbitals (n²) and electrons in an orbit. (2n²).
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 11

As ‘n’ increases the shells becomes larger and the electrons in those shells are farther from the nucleus and their energies increases.

2. The angular – momentum quantum number (l) :
‘l’ has integer values from O’ to n – 1, for each value of ‘n’. Each ‘l’ value represents one sub-shell. It is used to describe the shape of an orbit.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 12

3. The magnetic quantum number (ml) :
The magnetic quantum number (ml) has integer values between -l and +l including zero.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 13
If l = 0, the possible ml value is 1.
l = 1, the possible ml value is -1, 0 and 1.
Thus for a certain value of 1, there are (2l + 1) integer values of ml.

These values describe the orientation of the orbital in space relative to the other orbitals in the atom.

Ex: When l = 1, (2l + 1) = 3, that means ml has 3 values namely -1, 0, 1 or three p orbitals, with different orientations along x, y, z axes, labelled as px, py and pz orbitals.

Predicting the position of an electron in an atom :
If the values of n, l, and ml are 2, 1,-1 respectively the electron is present in 2px orbital in L – shell.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 10.
Answer the following question based on the values of the atomic radii of the elements of one of the periods in modern periodic table (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Li (152), Be (111), B (88), C (77), N (74), O (66) and F (64)
a) What is the trend of atomic radii of given elements?
b) In the numerical listing of periods in the modern periodic table, what number was given to above elements?
c) Mention the unit of atomic radius.
d) Why the values of atomic radius varied along the period?
Answer:
a) Atomic radii of elements decrease while going left to right in the periodic table.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 14
b) Period – 2
c) Unit of atomic radius is ‘pm’ (picometer).
d) There should be no change in distance between nucleus and outer most shell for the elements in one period.

But, nuclear charge increases because of the increase in the atomic number of elements in a period.

Hence, the nuclear attraction on the outer shell electrons increases.

As a result the size of the atoms decreases while going left to right in a period.

Question 10.
Mendeleeff classified the then known 63 elements in the form of a periodic table. Mention any two things that benefitted study of chemistry, to support the above statement.
Answer:

  • Mendeleeff accepted minor inversions in the order of increasing atomic weights as these inversions resulted in elements being placed in the correct group.
  • It was the extraordinary thinking of Mendeleeff that made the chemists to accept the periodic table and recognise Mendeleeff more than anyone else as the originator of the periodic law.
  • At the time when Mendeleeff introduced his periodic table even electrons were not discovered.
  • Even then the periodic table was prepared to provide a scientific base for the study of chemistry of elements.
  • In his honour the 101 element was named “Mendelevium”.

Question 11.
How do these properties vary in period and group?
1) Valency
2) Atomic radius
3) Ionisation energy
4) Electron affinity
5) Electronegativity
6) Electropositivity
7) Metallic nature
8) Non-Metallic nature.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 15

Question 12.
Explain the salient features and achievements of the Mendeleeffs periodic table.
Answer:
Mendeleeffs periodic table is based on atomic weight.
1) Periodic law:
The physical and chemical properties of the elements are the periodic functions of their atomic weights.

2) Groups and sub-groups :
The vertical columns in Mendeleeffs periodic table are called groups. There are eight groups and elements in each group have similar properties. Each group is divided into sub-groups A and B.

3) Periods :
The horizontal rows are called periods. There are ‘seven’ periods in Mendeleeffs periodic table.

4) Predicting the properties of missing elements :
Based on the arrangement of elements in table, Mendeleeff predicted that some elements were missing and left blank spaces at appropriate places in the table. Later they were discovered.

5) Correction of atomic weight :
It is useful in correcting atomic weights of elements.

6) Anomalous series :
More atomic weight element like Tellurium (Ti) is placed before the less atomic weight element like Iodine in order to place these elements in the correct group.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 13.
How does atomic radius vary la period and group? Explain.
Answer:
Period :

  1. As we move from left to right the atomic radius decreases because the electrons enter the same main shell.
  2. The nuclear charge increases because of increase in atomic number of elements in period.
  3. Hence, the nuclear attraction on the outer shell electron increases. As a result, the size of atom decreases.

Group:

  1. Atomic radius increases from top to bottom in a group of the periodic table.
  2. As we go down in a group, the atomic number of element increases. In order to accommodate more number of electrons, there are more additional shells.
  3. As a result, the distance between the nucleus and the outer shell of atom increases.
  4. So atomic size increases.

Question 14.
What is electron affinity? What are the factors which influence electron affinity?
Answer:
Electron affinity :

  1. The electron affinity of an element is defined as the energy liberated when an electron is added to its neutral gaseous atom.
  2. Electron affinity of an element is also called electron gain enthalpy of that element.
  3. M(g) + e → M(g) + EA1 (M = Atom of element, EA1 = First Electron affinity)
    M(g) + e → M-2(g) + EA2 (EA2 = Second Electron affinity)

Factors influencing Electron affinity :
1) Nuclear charge :
Greater the nuclear charge, greater the electron affinity value because of greater attraction for incoming electron.

2) Atomic size :
As the atomic size increases, the attractive force of the nucleus on the electron decreases. So electron affinity decreases.

3) Electronic configuration :
The elements having stable electronic configurations of half filled or completely filled valence sub-shells show very small tendency to accept additional electron. So the electron affinity is low or almost zero for these elements.

4) Penetrating power of the orbitals :
As the penetrating power of the orbitals increases, the electron affinity increases.

5) Screening effect or shielding effect:
More the screening effect of orbitals, less is the electron affinity value.

Question 15.
How did Mendeleeff correct atomic weights of various elements?
Answer:

  • Atomic weight = Equivalent weight x Valency
  • By using the formula, the atomic weight of Beryllium was calculated as 13.5 (Equivalent weight of Be = 4.5, valency = 3)
  • With this atomic weight the element should be placed in wrong group.
  • So Mendeleeff predicted its valency is only 2. From that he calculated the atomic weight of Beryllium as 9.
  • Now it fitted into correct group.
  • Similarly, Mendeleeff corrected atomic weights of Indium and Gold.

Question 16.
Answer the following questions if atomic number of element is 15.
1) What is the name of the element?
2) What is the electronic configuration of element?
3) Which period and group does it belong to?
4) How many valence electrons are there in the element?
5) What is the valency of the element?
Answer:

  1. The element is phosporous,
  2. The electronic configuration of element is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p³ or 2, 8, 5.
  3. It belongs to 3rd period (orbit number is 3) and V or 15 group (Number of electrons in valence orbit is 5.)
  4. Number of valence electrons are 5.
  5. Its valency is 8 – 5 = 3.

Question 17.
If an element belongs to 3rd period and 17th group, then answer the following questions.
1) What is its electronic configuration?
2) How many valence electrons are there in the element?
3) What is the valency of element?
4) What is atomic number of element?
5) What is the name of the element?
6) Give two more elements which have similar properties as this element?
Answer:

  • The element belongs to 3rd period and 17th group. So the valence orbit is 3rd and number of valence electrons in that orbit is 7. So its electron configuration is 2, 8, 7.
  • The number of valence electrons are 7.
  • The valency of element = 8 – 7 = 1.
  • The atomic number of element is 17.
  • Name of the element is chlorine.
  • Chlorine belongs to Halogen family. So Fluorine, Bromine, Iodine, and Astatine have similar properties as chlorine.

Question 18.
The elements of a periodic table are given below in the order from left to right.
Li Be B C O F Ne
1) To which period do these elements belong?
2) One element of this period is missing. Which is the missing element and where should it be placed?
3) Which one of the elements in this period shows the property of catenation?
4) Place the three elements fluorine, beryllium, and oxygen in the order of increasing electronegativity.
5) Which one of the above elements belongs to halogen series?
Answer:

  1. The elements belong to 2nd period.
  2. The element which is missing is Nitrogen which is placed in between carbon and oxygen.
  3. Carbon shows the property of catenation.
  4. The ascending order of electronegativity for these element is Beryllium < Oxygen < Fluorine.
  5. Fluorine belongs to halogen family.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 19.
A group of elements in periodic table is given below.
Boron, Aluminium, Gallium, Indium, and Thallium.
(Boron is the first element and Thallium is the last element)
Answer the following questions in relation to the above group of elements.
1) Which element has the most metallic character?
2) Which element would be expected to have the highest electronegativity?
3) If the electronic configuration of Aluminium is 2, 8, 3, how many electrons are there in outer shell of thallium?
4) The atomic number of Boron is 5. Write the chemical formula of the compound formed when Boron reacts with Chlorine.
5) Do the elements in the group to the right of this Boron group have more metallic or less metallic character? Justify your answer.
Answer:
1) Thallium has the most metallic character because as we move from top to bottom in a group the metallic character increases.

2) Boron has the highest electronegativity because as we move from top to bottom in a group electronegativity decreases.

3) Thallium is in the same group as Boron. So, the number of electrons in outermost shell of Thallium is 3.

4) The atomic number of Boron is 5. So, its electronic configuration is 2, 3. Therefore its valency is 3.

Whereas the atomic number of Chlorine is 17. So, its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 7. Therefore its valency is 1.

The formula of compound formed between Boron and Chlorine is BCl3.

5) The elements in the group right to Boron group have lesser metallic character because as we move from left to right in a period metallic character decreases.

Question 20.
The following questions refer to the periodic table.
1) Name the first and the last element in period 2.
2) What happens to the atomic size of elements moving from top to bottom of a group?
3) Which of the elements has the highest electron affinity among the halogens?
4) What is common feature of the electronic configurations of the elements in group 16?
Answer:
1) The first and the last elements of 2nd period or Lithium and Neon.

2) The atomic size decreases as we move from top to bottom in a group because there is an addition of shell each time as we move down the group.

3) Chlorine has the highest electron affinity. We know as move from top to bottom the electron affinity values decrease. But due to small size of fluorine there would be more electron-electron repulsions, if we add electron. So Chlorine has more electron affinity.

4) All these have same general outermost electronic configuration that is ns² np4.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 21.
Answer the following.
1) Elements of which groups have low ionization energy?
2) What is your guess about atomic size of an element with seven electrons among all the elements in the same period?
3) Which element has the highest electronegativity? Why?
4) Which element has the highest electropositivity? Why?
Answer:
1) Group IA, IIA elements have lower ionization energy values because they have metallic character.

2) As we move from left to right in a period atomic size decreases. So element with seven outermost electrons has least size among all the elements in the same period.

3) Fluorine has the highest electronegativity because when we move from left to right in a period atomic size decreases and electronegativity values increase. So Fluorine has the highest electronegativity.

4) Cesium has the highest electropositivity or positive character because when we move from top to bottom in a group atomic size decreases. So electropositive character increases. Therefore Cesium has the highest electropositive character.

Question 22.
Given below is the electronic configuration of A, B, C, D.

A) 1s2 2s2 2p¹ a) Which are the elements coming within the same period?
B) 1s2 2s2 2p6 b) Which are the elements coming within the same group?
C) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 c) Which are the noble gas elements?
D) 1s2 d) Which group and period does the element C belong to?

Answer:
a) A and B belong to same period because the valence electrons of both the elements lie in the same orbit.
b) Elements A and C and elements B and D.
c) B and D are noble gas elements.
d) C belongs to 3rd period (orbit number) and III group (Number of valence electrons).

Question 23.
Write down the characteristics of the element having atomic number 16.
i) Electronic configuration
ii) Period number
iii) Group number
iv) Element family
v) Number of valence electrons
vi) Valency
vii) Metal or non-metal
viii) Name of the element
Answer:
i) Electronic configuration of element is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p4 or 2, 8, 6.
ii) Period number is 3 because valence electron lies in 3rd orbit.
iii) Group number is 6 because the number of valence electrons are 6.
iv) Element belongs to chalcogen family.
v) Number of valence electrons are 6.
vi) Valency = 8 – 6 = 2.
vii) It is a non-metal because in a period when we move from left to right non-metallic character increases.
viii) Name of the element is sulphur.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 24.
The second period element ‘F has electron gain enthalpy than the third period elements of same group ‘Cl’. Why?
Answer:

  • In a group of elements, the electron gain enthalpy decreases from top to bottom.
  • But in general the second element in a group, i.e. 3rd period element has greater electron gain enthalpy than the first element, i.e. 2nd period element.
    Ex : E.A of F < E.A of Cl.
  • This is because Fluorine atom is smaller in size than Chlorine atom.
  • F2 also has strong inter electronic repulsions.
  • In the addition of an electron to fluorine atom, the electronic repulsions overcome at the expense of a part of the energy liberated.

Hence the overall energy liberated is less than that of Chlorine atom.

Question 25.
Differentiate the metals and non-metals.
Answer:

Metals Non-Metals
1. Metals have lustrous surface. 1. Non-metals do not have lustrous surface.
2. They show malleability. 2. They do not show malleability.
3. They show ductility. 3. They do not show ductility.
4. They produce sonorous sound. 4. They do not produce sonorous sound.
5. Generally they are hard. 5. Generally they are soft.
6. They are good conductors of electricity. 6. They are bad conductors of electricity.
7. Generally they liberate hydrogen gas when they are treated with acids. 7. They do not liberate hydrogen gas.

Question 26.
The electronic configuration of atom A is 2, 8, 6.
a) What is the atomic number of element A?
b) State whether the atomic size of element A is bigger or smaller than the atom having atomic number 14. Why?
c) Which of the elements exhibits similarity in chemical properties as element A 0(8), C(6), N(7), AV(18). Why?
d) How does the element form inert gas configuration?
Answer:
The electronic configuration of atom – A is 2, 8, 6.
a) Atomic number of element ‘A’ is 16, i.e. Sulphur.

b) The atom which has atomic number – 14 is Silicon (Si).

Atomic size of element decreases across period from left to right. So the atomic size of element ‘A’ is smaller than the atom having atomic number 14.

c) Element oxygen O8 – exhibits similarity in chemical properties as element A, because they belong to the same group.

d) Given element – A becomes inert gas, i.e. Argon configuration by gaining ‘2’ electrons.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table

Question 27.
Select the correct answers from the choices A, B, C, D which are given with reference to the variation of properties in the periodic table. Which of the following is generally true?
A : Atomic size increases from left to right across a period.
B : Ionisation energy increases from left to right across a period.
C : Electropositive character increases going down a group.
D : Electronegativity increases going down a group.
Answer:
1) A is wrong because when we move from left to right the atomic number increases. So, the nuclear attraction over outermost orbital increases. Therefore the atomic size decreases.

2) B is correct but it does not follow a regular trend in a period.

3) C is correct. As move from top to bottom in a group atomic size increases. Therefore it is easy to lose electrons. So electropositive character increases.

4) D is wrong because as we move from top to bottom in a group atomic size increases. So electronegativity decreases.

Question 28.
Some elements belonging to second period of periodic table, and their atomic radii are given below. Observe them and write answers.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 16
1) Write the elements in the ascending order of their atomic radii.
2) Which of the 2nd period elements closer to the configuration of inert gas?
3) Which is the outermost orbit of all these elements?
4) Which element’s atomic size is bigger, Beryllium or Carbon? Why?
Answer:

  1. The ascending order of atomic sizes is O, N, C, B, Be and Li.
  2. Lithium has closest inert gas configuration, i.e. 1s² 2s¹. Its nearest inert gas is Helium.
  3. The outermost orbit for all these elements is second orbit.
  4. Beryllium has more atomic size than Carbon. Because when we move across a period the atomic number increases. So nuclear attraction over outermost orbit increases and atomic size decreases. So carbon has lesser size than Beryllium.

Question 29.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 17
Refer the above part of periodic table and answer the following questions.
a) Element with the least atomic size.
b) Write the electronic configuration of the elements B and E.
c) Identify the elements that have similar physical and chemical properties as the element Y.
d) Arranged elements increasing order of their electronegativity values.
Answer:
a) The element with least atomic size is E. Because when we move from left to right in a period the atomic size decreases,

b) Electronic configuration of B is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p¹ Because the element belongs to 13th group its general configuration is ns² np¹ and the element belongs to third period and its atomic number is 13. Similarly electronic configuration of E is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p¹. Because the element belongs to 16th group. Its general configuration is ns2np4 and it is in third period. So its atomic number is 16.

c) The elements which have similar physical and chemical properties with Y are X and Z. Because they lie in a single group, i.e. 1st group. In a group, elements are having similar physical and chemical properties.
d) Z < Y < X < B < C < D < E.

Question 30.
Consider the section of the periodic table given below.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Classification of Elements- The Periodic Table 18
1) Which is the most electronegative?
2) How many valence electrons are present in G?
3) Write the formula of the compound between B and H.
4) Which element has similar properties as J?
5) Which element has greater size-either D or E?
Answer:

  1. J is the most electronegative. In a period electronegative values increase.
  2. G is present in V group. So the number of valence electrons is 5.
  3. B is present in first group. So its valency is 1 and hydrogen also has valency 1. Therefore the compound is BH.
  4. K lies in same group as J. Elements belonging to same group have similar properties. So, K has similar properties as J.
  5. E has greater size because as we move from top to bottom the atomic size increases.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 8th Lesson Heredity

10th Class Biology 8th Lesson Heredity 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
How did you get the characters from your parents and grandparents?
Answer:
By Genes

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 2.
Why man is called a moving museum of vestigial organs?
Answer:

  1. The organs which are not useful in animals are called ‘vestigial organs’. There are nearly 180 vestigial organs in human beings,
  2. Hence, human being is said to be a moving museum of vestigial organs.

Question 3.
Observe the given Flow-chart and answer the question.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 1Who decides the sex of the baby – mother or father? How?
Answer:
Father decides the sex of the baby.
Mother has XX chromosomes. Father has ‘XY’ chromosomes. Y chromosome is determining factor. So father is responsible.

Question 4.
What examples you will give to prove that Lamarckism is not correct?
Answer:
August Weismann, tested the theory proposed by Lamarck by experiments on rats. He removed tails of parental rats. He observed for twenty two generations but still off springs are normal with tails.

Question 5.
Which chromosomes determine the sex in human beings?
Answer:
Allosomes or Sex chromosomes. They are xx (girls) and xy (boys).

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 6.
Why do we call appendix as a vestigial organ?
Answer:

  1. Vestigial organ is the organ of our body which is smaller and simpler than those in related species they have lost their original function.
  2. Appendix is highly developed in ruminants which helps in the digestion of cellulose. But, in human beings the cellulose is eliminated as undigested food. Hence in human beings appendix has no role in cellulose digestion. So, we call it as a vestigial organ.

Question 7.
What are variations?
Answer:
Differences in characters within very closely related groups of organisms are referred to as variations.

Question 8.
Who is known as father of genetics?
Answer:
Gregor Johann Mendel is known as father of genetics.

Question 9.
Why Mendel has chosen garden pea plant as material for his experiments?
Answer:
Pea plant has following advantages.

  1. Well defined characters
  2. Bisexual flowers
  3. Predominently self fertilization
  4. Early hybridization
  5. Annual plant.

Question 10.
What are the vitamins present in pea plant?
Answer:
The vitamins present in pea plant are ‘A, C, E, K and B’.

Question 11.
What is F3 generation?
Answer:
F3 generation represents the offsprings produced from the individuals of F2 generation.

Question 12.
What is a factor?
Answer:
The determining agent responsible for each trait is called a factor.

Question 13.
WTiat is law of dominance?
Answer:
According to Mendel, among a pair of alleles for a character, only one expresses itself in the first generation as one of the allele is dominant over the other. This is known as law of dominance.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 14.
What is phenotype ratio?
Answer:
The characters which can be seen is known as phenotype and their ratio is called phenotype ratio.

Question 15.
What is the phenotype ratio in F1 generation of monohybrid cross?
Answer:
The phenotype ratio in F1 generation of monohybrid cross is 3 : 1.

Question 16.
What is genotype ratio?
Answer:
The genetic makeup of an individual with reference to a specific character under consideration is called genotype and their ratio is called genotype ratio.

Question 17.
What is the genotype ratio in F2 generation of monohybrid cross?
Answer:
The genotype ratio in F2 generation of monohybrid cross is 1 : 2 : 1.

Question 18.
What are genes?
Answer:
Genes are the factors which are responsible for characters or traits of an organism. These are the units of heredity that are transferred from a parent to offspring. These are small segments of DNA on a chromosome.

Question 19.
What is an allele?
Answer:
The pair of genes which are responsible for character is called allele.

Question 20.
What are homozygous alleles?
Answer:
If an organism has two copies of the same allele for example TT or tt it is homozygous for that trait.

Question 21.
What are heterozygous allele?
Answer:
If an organism has one copy of two different alleles for example Tt, then it is heterozygous.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 22.
What is law of independent assortment?
Answer:
In the inheritance of more than one pair of characters (traits), the factors for each pair of characters assorted independently of the other pair. This is known as “Law of independent assortment”.

Question 23.
Wliat is the law of segregation?
Answer:
The law of segregation states that every individual possesses a pair of alleles for any particular trait and that each parent passes a randomly selected copy of only one of these to its offspring.

Question 24.
What are heritable traits?
Answer:
Traits that may be passed on from one generation to the next are called as heritable traits.

Question 25.
What is heredity?
Answer:
The process of acquiring characters or traits from parents is called heredity.

Question 26.
What is inheritance?
Answer:
The process in which traits are passed from one generation to another generation is called inheritance.

Question 27.
What is genetic drift?
Answer:
Change in the frequency of genes in small populations is called genetic drift.

Question 28.
Who was the first person to propose the theory of evolution?
Answer:
Jean Baptist Lamarck was the first person to propose the theory of evolution.

Question 29.
What are acquired characters?
Answer:
The characters developed during the lifetime of an organism are called acquired characters.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 30.
What is inheritance of acquired characters?
Answer:
Lamarck proposed that the acquired characters are passed to its offsprings i.e., to next generation. This is known as inheritance of acquired characters.

Question 31.
Who wrote the book “principles of geology” of evolution?
Answer:
The book “principles of geology” of evolution was written by Charles Lyell.

Question 32.
What is micro evolution?
Answer:
Small changes within the species is known as micro evolution.

Question 33.
What is macro evolution or speciation?
Answer:
The process of evolution through which new species are going to be formed is known as speciation or macro evolution.

Question 34.
The double helix structure of DNA was discovered by?
Answer:
James Watson and Francis Crick discovered the double helix structure of DNA.

Question 35.
What are autosomes?
Answer:
Chromosomes whose number and morophology do not differ between males and females of a species are called autosomes.

Question 36.
What are allosomes?
Answer:
The chromosomes that determine sex of the organism are called allosomes.

Question 37.
What is meant by survival of the fittest?
Answer:
According to Darwin’s theory of natural selection, nature only selects or decides which organism should survive or perish in nature. This is the meaning of survival of the fittest.

Question 38.
Write the expanded form of DNA.
Answer:
The expanded form of DNA is Deoxyribo Nucleic Acid.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 39.
What is the basis of evolution?
Answer:
Selection of variants by environmental factors forms the basis of evolution.

Question 40.
What are analogous organs?
Answer:
The organs which have similar appearance and functions but have different structure and origin. Ex : Wings of a butterfly, bat and a bird.

Question 41.
What is embryology?
Answer:
Embryology is the study of the development of an organism from egg to adult stage.

Question 42.
What is Palaeontology?
Answer:
The study of fossil is called Palaeontology.

Question 43.
How palaeontologists determine the age of fossil?
Answer:
Palaeontologists determine the age of fossil by using carbon dating method.

Question 44.
Where do scientists collected fossil of dinosaurs?
Answer:
Scientists collected fossils of dinosaurs from Yamanapalli in Adilabad district in Telangana State.

Question 45.
What are connecting links?
A. The organisms which bear the characters of two different groups are called connecting links.

Question 46.
Which organism is recognised as the connecting link between aves and reptiles?
Answer:
Archeopteryx is recognised as the connecting link between aves and reptiles.

Question 47.
What is human evolution?
Answer:
Human evolution is the evolutionary process leading upto the appearance of modern human beings.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 48.
How do variations occur?
Answer:
Variations develop during reproduction in organisms. Sexual reproduction and errors in DNA copying lead to variations in offspring in a population.

Question 49.
What is divergent evolution?
Answer:
The evolutionary process through which homologous organs develop is called divergent evolution.

Question 50.
What is convergent evolution?
Answer:
The evolutionary process through which analogous organs develop is called convergent evolution.

Question 51.
What are vestigial organs?
Answer:
Organs which are not useful in animal are called vestigial organs.

Question 52.
Who proposed the theory of inheritance of acquired characters?
Answer:
Jean Baptist Lamarck proposed the theory of inheritance of acquired characters.

Question 53.
Who proved that the bodily changes which may occur due to environment won’t be passed to its offsprings?
Answer:
Augustus Weisemann proved that the bodily changes which may occur due to environment won’t be passed to its offsprings.

Question 54.
How the study of fossil is considered significant?
Answer:
The study of fossil is considered significant because

  1. Fossils provide direct evidence of past life and
  2. Fossils provide convincing proof of organic evolution.

Question 55.
What are the nitrogen bases present in DNA?
Answer:
The nitrogen bases present in DNA are adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 56.
How do embryological studies provide evidence for evolution?
Answer:
The similarities in embryonic development reinforce the idea of evolution from common ancestors. The sequence of embryonic development in different vertebrates shows similarities.

Question 57.
Why Mendel selected garden pea plant for his experiments? Give a reason.
Answer:
Mendel selected garden pea plant for his experiments as these can be self pollinated.

Question 58.
What is the evolutionary significance of the fossil archaeopteryx?
Answer:
Archaeopteryx serves as a connecting link between birds and reptiles. It is the fossil evidence to show that birds have evolved from reptiles.

Question 59.
How does the creation of variation in a species ensure survival?
Answer:
The creation of variations in a species enable them to adapt according to the changes and the new needs thus they will enable the survival of the species.

Question 60.
Define evolution.
Answer:
Evolution is the sequence of gradual changes which takes place in the primitive organisms over millions of years in which new species are produced.

10th Class Biology 8th Lesson Heredity 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write Phenotypic and Genotypic ratio of table given at side.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 2(OR)
Write the Phenotypic and Genotypic ratio when heterogygous (Yy) pea plant is hybridised with the same kind of plant.
(OR)
Write the phenotypic and genotypic ratios of Mendel’s cross-pollination experiments in pea plants with heterozygous yellow seeds (Yy) with that of the same type, i.e., Yy.
Answer:
Phenotypic ratio -3:1
Genotypic ratio -1:2:1

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 2.
Define and explain Variations with examples.
Answer:
Variations: Differences in characters within very closely related groups of organisms are referred to as variations.
(OR)
Differences among living beings are called variations.
Ex:

  1. Earlobes in some humans are free and in others attached.
  2. Colour of eyes (cornea) in some people are blue and in others black.
  3. Colour of skin is black or white.

Question 3.
“Human being is said to be a moving museum of vestigial organs”. How can you support this statement?
Answer:

  1. During the course of evolution, some organs remain in organisms. For example, appendix in the digestive system.
  2. In human beings it has no role to play in the process of digestion.
  3. But in herbivores like rabbit appendix play important role.
  4. Such type of organs which are not useful in animal are called vestigial organs.
  5. There are nearly 18 vestigial organs in human beings.
  6. For example pinna, hair on skin, mammary glands in man, etc.
  7. That’s why human being is said to be a moving museum of vestigial organs.

Question 4.
Fill the given table and write the genotypic ratio basing on table.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 3
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 4
The genotypic ratio is 1: 2: 1

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 5.
Who decides the sex of the baby, mother or father? Explain with a flow chart.
(OR)
Draw a flow-chart showing the sex determination in human beings.
Answer:
Father decides the sex of the baby.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 5

Question 6.
Define the terms phenotype and genotype.
Answer:
Phenotype: The observable properties of an organism that are produced by the interaction of the genotype and the environment. These characters can be seen.
Genotype: The genotype is the genetic make-up an individual usually with reference to a specific characteristic consideration.

Question 7.
What questions you will ask a palaeontologist about fossils?
Answer:

  1. What are fossils?
  2. How do they preserve?
  3. What can be the actual remains?
  4. How do they form?
  5. What do we call the study of fossil?
  6. Can you tell some examples of fossils?
  7. How do the palaeontologists determine the age of fossils?
  8. What are dinosaurs and ketosaurs? In which years they belong?
  9. Where did they collect the fossil of dinosaurs? What is the length of this fossil?
  10. Where did they preserve the fossil of dinosaurs?

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 8.
How does the embryological evidences support that Evolution has taken place?
Answer:
Evidences:

  1. Remarkable similarities in the Embryos of different animals from fish to man.
  2. Tadpole of frog resembles the fish more than the frog.
  3. Life history of every individual exhibits the structural features of their ancestors.
  4. The resemblance is so close at an early stage, it is difficulty to distinguish one embryo from other.

Question 9.
Observe the checker board and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 6i) Write phenotypic ratio of monohybrid cross.
ii) How many heterozygous plants are present in the checker board?
Answer:
i) Phenotypic ratio 3 : 1
ii) Two heterozygous plants – (Yy, yY)

Question 10.
What happens if there is no evolution?
Answer:

  1. Evolution is a continuous and comprehensive process.
  2. If it does not take place, there is no formation of new species.
  3. Variations do not take place and hence desirable traits are not developed.
  4. All the Earth would be with the primitive species without any changes.

Question 11.
If you cross a plant with pure yellow seeds (YY) with a plant with pure green seeds (yy), what would be the colour of the seeds in F2 generation? Show in a checker board.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 7All pea plants are yellow in F1 generation on self pollination in F1 generation.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 8In F2 generation, we can observe that 75% are yellow seed producing pea plants and 25% are green ones.
Hence the phenotypic ratio is 3 : 1 the genotypic ratio is 1 : 2 : 1

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 12.
If you meet a historian to clarify your doubt on ‘Man has first born in African conti¬nent’, what type of questions will you ask him / her?
Answer:

  1. What is human evolution?
  2. When were early man like forms appeared on land?
  3. When did the fossil of the homosapiens appeared on earth?
  4. Where did the early man lived?
  5. Where can we trace the earliest members of the human race homosapiens?
  6. When do some of our ancestors left Africa?
  7. How the residents of Africa migrated to other places?
  8. Why did the residents of Africa migrated to other places?
  9. Are all humans evolved from single ancestor?

Question 13.
What is the difference between Phenotype and Genotype?
Answer:

Phenotype Genotype
1. The characters which can be seen is known as phenotype. 1. The genetic make up of an individual is known as genotype.
2. We can’t determine the internal factors by phenotype. 2. Genotype itself is the indication of internal factors.
3. It tells about only the dominating characters which express externally. 3. It tells about both dominant and recessive characters present within.
4. The phenotype ratio in monohybrid cross is 3 : 1. 4. The genotype ratio in mono-hybrid cross is 1 :2 : 1.

Question 14.
What are the differences between homozygous and heterozygous ?
Answer:

Homozygous Heterozygous
1. It refers to having two identical alleles for a single trait. 1. It refers to having two different alleles for a single trait.
2. For example, for long pea plant homozygous combination is ‘TT’ 2. For example, for long pea plant heterozygous combination is ‘Tt’
3. On self pollination homozygous plants produce homozygous plants only. 3. On self pollination heterozygous plants produce homozygous dominant, heterozygous dominant and homozygous recessive plants in 1: 2 :1 ratio respectively.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 15.
How do traits get expressed according to Mendel?
Answer:

  1. Mendel hypothesised that each character or trait is expressed due to a pair of factors or alleles.
  2. Now these alleles are known as genes.
  3. Gene is made up of a segment of DNA which provide information of protein.
  4. Protein is needed for biochemical process.
  5. If the proteins work efficiently, the traits get expressed in better way.
  6. Thus genes control the traits or characters.

Question 16.
What is speciation? How it occurs?
Answer:

  1. Origin of new species from existing one is called speciation.
  2. It may occur due to a) mutations and b) natural selection.

Question 17.
What is sex chromosome? Name the two types of sex chromosomes. Mention the chromosomes present in male and female?
Answer:

  1. The chromosome which determine the sex of a person is called sex chromosome.
  2. The two types of sex chromosomes are X chromosome and Y chromosome.
  3. Sex chromosomes in male is XY.
  4. Sex chromosomes in female is XX.

Question 18.
Write a short notes on the law of “inheritance of acquired characters”.
Answer:

  1. Law of inheritance of acquired characters was proposed by Jean Baptist Lamarck.
  2. He thought that the characters acquired by an organism in its life time are passed to its offsprings.
  3. He thought that at same point of time in the history, the size of giraffe was equal to that of deer.
  4. Due to shortage of food material on the ground and lower branches of trees giraffes started stretching their necks.
  5. Because of continuous usage of neck, after several generations giraffes obtained longer necks.
  6. Such characters that are developed during the lifetime of an organism are called acquired characters.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 19.
Write a short notes on the theory of “Natural selection”.
Answer:

  1. The theory of natural selection was proposed by Charles Darwin.
  2. This theory states that nature only selects or decides which organism should survive or perish in nature.
  3. The organisms with useful traits will survive.
  4. The organisms having harmful traits are going to be perished or eliminated from its environment.

Question 20.
Write briefly about “Survival of the fittest”.
Answer:

  1. Variations which are useful are retained, while those which are harmful are removed.
  2. In a population where there is a struggle, the “fittest” will be survived.
  3. Nature favours only useful variations.
  4. Each species tends to produce large number of offspring.
  5. They compete with each other for food, space, mating and other species.
  6. In this struggle for existence, only the fittest can survive. This is called survival of the fittest.
  7. Over long period of time this leads to formation of new species.

Question 21.
How are new species evolved?
Answer:

  1. Sexual reproduction and errors in DNA copying leads to variations in offspring in a population.
  2. Organisms contain variations that help to adapt to its environment going to be survived more efficiently.
  3. But in the same population, the organisms which contain the trait which may not help to adapt in its environment may be perished or eliminated slowly.
  4. These small changes within the population due to variations is called micro evolution.
  5. When organisms of the same species with variations are separated by some cause for long years, lot of variations may take place in these species.
  6. These accumulated variations make them unable to mate and produce new offsprings.
  7. Thus new species form and this is known as speciation or macro evolution.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 22.
Write a brief note on homologous organs.
Answer:

  1. Homologous organs are the organs which perform different functions but have similar structure and origin.
  2. For example forelimb of a whale (swimmer), bat (flyer), horse (runner), mole (digger) and man (grasping).
  3. If we carefully observe the anatomy of all these animals, they have a common pattern in the arrangement of bones.
  4. Even though their external form and functions are different, they are similar internally.
  5. Thus it indicates that all the vertebrates have evolved from a common ancestor.

Question 23.
What are fossils? Write a short note on their formation.
Answer:

  1. Fossils are evidence of ancient life forms or ancient habitats which have been preserved by natural processes.
  2. Fossil evidence is typically preserved within sediments deposited beneath water and land.
  3. They can be actual remains of once lived such as bones or seeds or even traces of past event such as dinosaurs foot print or ripple marks on a pre-historic shore.
  4. Usually when organisms die, their bodies will be decomposed and lost.
  5. But sometimes the body or at least some parts may be in an environment that does not let it decompose completely.
  6. For example if a dead insect get caught in mud, it will not decompose quickly and the mud will eventually harden and retain the impression of the body parts of insect.
  7. All such preserved traces of living organisms are called fossils.

Question 24.
How would you appreciate Jean Baptist Lamarck for his contribution to the biology?
Answer:

  1. Jean Baptist Lamarck was the first person to propose the theory of evolution.
  2. He proposed that the acquired characters are passed to its offspring i.e., to next generation.
  3. This is known as inheritance of acquired characters.
  4. For example elongation of neck and forelimbs in giraffe.
  5. Even though this theory was disproved, his contribution to biology was appreciable because it changed the belief of the people of olden days that the organisms on the earth have not undergone any change.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 25.
How did August Weisemann disprove the theory of “Inheritance of acquired characters” proposed by Lamarck? (OR)
What example will you give to prove that Lamarckism is not correct?
Answer:

  1. August Weisemann, tested the theory of “Inheritance of acquired characters” proposed by Lamarck by an experiment on rats.
  2. He removed tails of parental rats.
  3. He observed its offsprings which have normal tails.
  4. He has done it again for twenty two generations but still offsprings are normal with tails.
  5. He proved that the bodily changes are not inherited. So they won’t be passed to its offspring.
  6. Thus he disproved the theory of “Inheritance of acquired characters”.

Question 26.
Some organisms or species adapt better and survive in a community of organisms. Why do you think this may happen?
Answer:

  1. This may happen due to the variations posessed by the organisms which are suitable to that habitat.
  2. The variations that help the organism to collect food to escape from their enemies, increase the chance of survival for the organism than the other organisms.
  3. In general, variations come during sexual reproduction or mutation.
  4. If the variations are useful, that organisms can adapt better and survive.
  5. These organisms can be selected by the nature.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 27.
What do you understand about pure breeds?
Answer:

  1. Pure breed is that expresses the selected character over several generations.
  2. A pure breed will have both the factors of the same type.
  3. It means all the pure breeds are homozygous.
  4. All the gamates produced by them will have same type of factor.
  5. Pure breed on self pollination will give pure breed again.

Question 28.
What do you understand about F1 generation?
Answer:

  1. F1 generation or first filial is the offspring of first generation parents.
  2. Cross pollination of pure breeds will give F1 generation.
  3. All the individuals produced in F1 generation are heterozygous.
  4. Only the dominant characters are expressed in this generation.

Question 29.
What are the differences between F1 generation and F2 generation of mono hybrid cross?
Answer:

F1 generation F2 generation
1)   F1 generation or first filial is the offspring of first generation parents.

2)    Cross pollination of pure breeds will give F1 generation.

3)    All the individuals produced in F1 generation are heterozygous.

4)    Only the dominant characters are expressed in this generation.

5)    All the individuals produced in F1 generation are same, both phenotypically or genotypically.

1)     F2 generation is the offspring of second generation parents.

2)     Self or cross-pollination of F1 generation will give F2 generation.

3)     Individuals produced in F2 generation may be homozygous or heterozygous.

4)     Homozygous recessive plants express recessive characters.

5)     In F2 generation individuals, the phenotype ratio is 3:1 and the genotype ratio is 1 : 2 : 1.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 30.
What are the differences between monohybrid cross and dihybrid cross ?
Answer:

Monohybrid cross Dihybrid cross
1) In monohybrid cross only one pair of contrasting characters are taken into consideration.

2) In monohybrid cross, the phenotype ratio of F2 generation individuals is 3:1.

3) In monohybrid cross, the genotype ratio of F2 generation individuals is 1:2:1.

1) In dihybrid cross two pairs of contrasting characters are taken into consideration.

2) In dihybrid cross, the phenotype ratio of F2 generation individual is 1:2: 1.

3) In dihybrid cross, the genotype ratio of F2 generation individuals is 9 : 3 : 3 : 1.

Question 31.
Write a short note on fossils of dinosaurs, ketosaurs collected in Telangana state.
Answer:

  1. A rare and magnificient fossil of the dinosaurs, ketosaurs were collected in Yamanapalli in Adilabad district of Telangana district.
  2. They belong to the lower jurassic age going back to about 160 million years.
  3. This fossil has 14 meters length and 5 meters height.
  4. This fossil is preserved in BM Birla Science Centre. Hyderabad.

Question 32.
Write a short notes on vestigial organs.
Answer:

  1. During the course of evolution some organs remain in organisms, even though they don’t have any work to do.
  2. For example appendix in the digestive system of human beings has no role to play in the process of digestion.
  3. But in herbivores like rabbit appendix plays important role.
  4. Such type of organs which are not useful in animal are called “vestigial organs”.
  5. There are nearly 180 vestigial organs in human beings such as pinna, hair on skin, mammary glands in human, etc.
  6. That’s why human being is said to be a moving museum of vestigial organs.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

10th Class Biology 8th Lesson Heredity 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Fossils are the precious evidences preserved by the nature to help us knowing about ancient life forms. Write the information you collected about fossils.
Answer:

  1. Fossils are the evidences of ancient life forms or ancient habitates which have been preserved by natural processes.
  2. Fossils provide information about what lived in the past.
  3. Palentologists determine the age of fossils by using carbon-dating method.
  4. They convey us about genetic condition, heredity characters through inactive chromosomes which are present in them.
  5. They give a detailed information about their diet, life styles, shape of body, etc.
  6. Fossils provide the information about how species have changed across long periods of the earth history.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 2.
a) If a sperm with ‘X’ chromosome fertilizes with an ovum with ‘X’ chromosome, what will be the gender of the baby?
b) Who determines the sex/gender of the baby, mother or father?
c) Is it correct to blame the mother for giving birth to a baby girl?
d) Are all our characters resembles our parents?
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 9Answer:
a) Female
b) Father
c) Not correct
d) No, some variations occur.

Question 3.
Observe the diagram and answer the following questions. Vamsi and Priya are newly married couple. They want to give birth to a male child.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 10a) Draw a probable diagram showing transfer of chromosomes from parents to give birth to male child.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 11b) Who determines the sex of the baby? How can you say ?
Answer:
Father (Vamsi) determines the sex of the baby. Because the chromosome ‘Y’ that determines male sex is present in males.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 4.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 9AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 5
i) What does the given flow chart indicate?
Answer:
Sex determination in human beings

ii) What will happen if the sperm containing ‘X’ chromosomes fertilises the ovum?
Answer:
Baby will be a girl

iii) Who decides the sex of the baby – Mother or Father?
Answer:
Father

iv) How many pairs of chromosomes are present in off-spring?
Answer:
23 pairs

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 5.
Write a brief note on Homologous and Analogous organs.
Answer:
Homologous organs: Organs which are structurally similar but functionally different are known as “Homologous organs”.
Forelimbs of a whale – swimming
Wings of a bat – flying
Forelegs of cheetah – running

Analogous: Organs which are structurally different but functionally similar are known as “Analogous organs”.
Eg : Wings of a bird – flying
Wings of a bat – flying

Question 6.
Observe the flow – chart and answer the following.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 12i) What does the flow – chart represent?
Answer:
The flow – chart represents a monohybrid hybridisation between a pure breed Tall (T) and a pure breed dwarf (t) plants resulting first filial generation. On self pollinating with F1 generation the new breed have any combinations of T, t came in F2 generation.

ii) What is the phenotype characters in F1 generation?
Answer:
In the phenotypic characters in F1 generation all are dominant that is (T) Tall,

iii) What is the Genotype, Phenotype ratio of F2 generation?
Answer:
Genotype ratio in F2 generation is 1 : 2 : 1
Phenotype ratio in F2 generation is 3 : 1

iv) What laws of inheritance did you understand by this flow – chart?
Answer:
understand that i) the law of dominance ii) law of segregation proposed by Mendel.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 7.
Write the Darwin’s theory of evolution in a nutshell.
Answer:

  1. Any group of population of an organism has variations and all members of group are not identical.
  2. Variations maybe passed from parent to offspring through heredity.
  3. The natural selection over abundance of offspring leads to a constant struggle for their survival in any population.
  4. Individuals with variations that help them to survive and reproduce tend to live longer and have more offsprings than organisms with less useful features.
  5. The offsprings of survivors inherit the useful variations, and the same process happens with every new generation until the variation becomes a common feature.
  6. As the environment changes, the organism within the environment adapt and changes to the new living conditions.
  7. Over a long period of time, each species of organism can accumulate so many changes that it becomes a new species, similar to but distinctly different from the original species. All species on the earth arise in this way.
  8. Evolution is a slow and continuous process that involves several thousands of generations.

Question 8.
What are Mendel’s laws of inheritance? What are the reasons to choose pea plant for his experiment?
Answer:
Mendel’s Laws of inheritance:

  1. Law of Dominance : Among a pair of closely related ‘alleles’ or factors, only one expresses itself. In the first generation as one of the allele is dominant over the other. This is called as Mendel’s Law of dominance.
  2. Law of Segregation : The law of segregation states that every individual possesses a pair of alleles for any particular trait that each parent posses a randomly selected copy only one of these to its off-spring.
  3. Law of Independent assortment : In the inheritance of more than one pair of characters (traits), the factors for each pair of characters assort independently of the other pairs. This is known as ‘Law of Independent assortment’.

Mendel has chosen garden pea as material for his experiment because:

  1. It has well developed characters.
  2. It is a bisexual flower.
  3. Predominently self pollinating.
  4. Suitable for cross pollination.
  5. It is an annual plant.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 9.
What is Phenotype and Genotype? Explain them with the help of Mendel’s Monohybrid cross.
Answer:
Phenotype: Expression of visible character of an individual is called phenotype.
Genotype: Genetic constitution of an individual for any character is called Genotype or Probable nature of factors is known as genotype.
Cross Pollinating a pure breed of yellow coloured pea seeds (YY) and green coloured pea seeds (yy) give F1 generation. All pea seeds were yellow in F1 generation. So, yellow colour is phenotype. ‘Yy’ is genotype of all pea seeds in F1 generation.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 13
F2 Generation : Self pollination of F1 pea plants (Yy)
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 14
Phenotype Ratio is 3:1 Genotype Ratio is 1:2:1.

Question 10.
Explain in brief any two evidences of Evolution.
Answer:
Some of the evidences of evolution are

  1. Homologous and analogous organs
  2. Evidences from embryology and
  3. Evidences from fossils.

I. Homologous and analogous organs :

  1. Organs which have common fundamental anatomical plan and similar embryonic origin, whatever varied functions they may perform are regarded as homologous organs.
  2. For example forelimb of a whale, wing of bat, leg of leopord, claw of mole and hand of man.
  3. They indicate that all the vertebrates are evolved from common ancestor.
  4. Organs which are structurally different but functionally similar are known as “Analogous organs”.
  5. For example wings of bats and wings of birds.
  6. The designs of the two wings, their structure and components are different but they look similar because they have a common use for flying but their origin is not common.

II. Evidences from embryology:

  1. There are remarkable similarities in the embryos of different animals from fish to man.
  2. The resemblance is so close that at an early stage even an experienced embryologist would find difficulty to distinguish one embryo from the other.
  3. This strengthens the view of the existence of a common ancestor from which all these have evolved.

III. Evidences from fossils:

  1. Fossils are evidences of ancient life forms or ancient habitats which have been preserved by natural processes.
  2. Palaeontologists determine the age of fossils by using carbon dating method.
  3. These fossils provide evidences of presence of extinct animals like dinosaurs and how the evolution occurred on the earth, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 11.
Observe the given flow-chart and answer the following questions:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 9AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 5
i) Name the chromosomes that determine the sex of an individual.
Answer:
Y Chromosome of father.

ii) Show given information in the form of Checker Board.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity 15

iii) In this situation, which principle of Mendel is applicable?
Answer:
Law of dominance

iv) “Mother determines the sex of the baby”. Is this statement correct or not? Why?
Answer:
The statement is not correct. Because the sperm of father that carries Y chromosome fertilize with ovum of mother that contains X chromosome the resultant will be XY – Male baby.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 12.
Keep in mind Mendel’s experiments and write what you know about the following concepts?
a) Pure breed b) Phenotype c) Genotype d) Alleles
Answer:
a) Pure breed: These are the plants that expresses a selected character over several generations. Such plants according to Mendel were pure breed for that character.

b) Phenotype: The characters which can be seen is known as phenotype. We cannot determine the internal factors by phenotype. It tells about only the dominating char-acters which express externally. The phenotype ratio in monohybrid cross is 3 : 1.

c) Genotype: The genetic make up of an individual is known as genotype. Genotype itself is the indication of internal factors. It tells about both dominant and recessive characters present within. The genotype ratio in monohybrid cross is 1 : 2: 1.

d) Alleles: Alleles are corresponding pairs of genes located at specific positions in chromosomes. Together they determine the genotype of their host organism. Every individual possesses a pair of alleles for any particular trait and that each parent passes a rondomly selected copy of only one of these to an offspring. The offspring then receives its own pair of alleles for that trait one each from both parents.

Question 13.
Competition among organisms, variations, natural selection survival of the fittest.
Which theory explains all these aspects? Describe them in a orderly manner.
Answer:

  1. Competition: Every living organism in this world reproduces itself. The rate of multiplication and existence of organisms are more or less common for all living things. But the food supply and space remain unchanged, in other words they are limited. Under these conditions, there is a competition among the organisms to fulfil their needs of food and space. This is known as struggle for existence. It may be interspecific, intraspecific and the environment factors.
  2. Variations: Every organism has its own specific characteristic and relationship with its environment. The variability caused by variations may be large or small. Large variations are known as macro variation and small variations called micro variations. Variations may be favourable or harmful. Those with useful variations survive while the others perish.
  3. Natural selection: The organism with favourable variations are best adapted to the environment in which they live. They have a better chance of survival and perpetuation of race. This principle is called natural selections.
  4. Survival of the fittest: Variations which are useful are retained, while those are harmful are lost. In a population where there is a struggle, the fittest will be survived and the less adjusted will be perished. This is known as the elimination of the unfit.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 14.
What is genetic drift? Explain how it provides diversity in the population.
Answer:

  1. Changes in the frequency of genes in small populations, due to accidents is known as “Genetic drift”.’
  2. Let us consider a colour variation occurred in red colour beetles which are living on green coloured leaves of bushes.
  3. It results in “blue” colour beetles instead of ‘red’ colour beetles and passed its colour to its progeny.
  4. Initially in the population, there are few blue beetles, but most are red.
  5. Imagine at this point, an elephant comes by and stamps on the bushes where the beetles live.
  6. This kills most of the beetles but by chance a few beetles survived are mostly blue.
  7. Again the beetle population slowly increases, but in the beetle population most of them are in blue colour.
  8. Thus genetic drift provides diversity in the population.

Question 15.
Have the apparent groups of human beings (races) evolved differently?
Answer:

  1. No, there is no biological basis to the notion of human races. All humans are a single species.
  2. Regardless of where we have lived for the past few thousand years, we all came from Africa.
  3. The earliest members of human species, Homosapiens, can be traced there.
  4. Our genetic footprints can be traced back to our African roots.
  5. A couple of hundred thousand years ago, some of our ancestors left Africa while others stayed on.
  6. While the residents spread across Africa, the migrants slowly spread across the planet.
  7. They did not go in a single line. They went forwards and backwards, with groups, sometimes separating from each other, even moving in and out of Africa.
  8. Like all other species on planet, they had come into being as an accident of evolution, and were trying to live their lives the best they could.

Question 16.
How would you appreciate Gregor Johann Mendel’s contribution to the genetics?
(OR)
Why Gregor Johann Mendel is considered as the father of genetics?
Answer:

  1. Gregor Johann Mendel worked on the problem of how variations were passed from one generation to the other.
  2. As he was a monk, he did his experiments with interest in the garden of the monastery.
  3. He worked for over seven years after which he presented conclusions from his experimental data in a form of a detailed research paper.
  4. Mendel made many careful observations of pea plants and asked himself questions about what he observed and then planned and designed experiments to find the answers.
  5. He had worked on nearly 10,000 pea plants of 34 different varieties choosing 7 distinguishing forms of characters.
  6. His experimental outcomes gave the idea how the variations were passed on from one generation to another.
  7. He was an exemplary person for his observation, planning, patience and experimental skills.
  8. His efforts to know the secrets of nature was really appreciable.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

Question 17.
What are the hypothesis assumptions and outcomes of Mendel’s experiments with pea plants?
Answer:
Regarding his experiments with pea plants, Mendel hypothesised that

  1. Characters were carried as traits and an organism always carried a pair of factors for a character.
  2. The distinguishing traits of the same character were present in the population of an organism.
  3. The traits shown by the pea plants must be in the seeds that produced them.
  4. The seeds must have obtained by the traits from the parent plants.

His assumptions made to explain his observations are:
Assumption 1: Every pea plant has two ‘factors’ which are responsible for producing a particular property or trait.
Assumption 2: During reproduction one ‘factor’ from each parent is taken to form a new pair in the progeny.
Assumption 3: One of these will always dominate the other if mixed together.

Laws made from his experiments:

  1. Law of Dominance: Among a pair of alleles for a character, only one expresses itself in the first generation as one of the allele is dominant over the other.
  2. Law of Segregation: Every individual possesses a pair of alleles for any particular trait and that each parent passes a randomly selected copy of only one of these to its offspring.
  3. Law of Independent Assortment: In the inheritance of more than one pair of characters the factors for each pair of characters assorts independently of the other pairs.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Heredity

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 4th Lesson Excretion

10th Class Biology 4th Lesson Excretion 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is meant by excretion?
Answer:
Excretion is a biological process involved in separation and removal of wastes from body.

Question 2.
When you are on a field trip, your friend collected a sticky substance oozed out by a plant called gum. What are the plants you observe which give gum ?
Answer:
Acacia, Neem, Drumstick, Eukalyptus and Sapota are the gum yielding plants present in our surroundings.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 3.
What are primary metabolites?
Answer:
The substances that are directly involved in normal growth and development and reproduction of a plant are called primary metabolites, e.g.: Carbohydrates, fats and proteins.

Question 4.
What are secondary metabolites?
Answer:
The inorganic substances that are not directly involved in the normal growth, development and reproduction of an organism are called secondary metabolites, e.g.: Alkaloids, tannins, resins, gums and latex, etc.

Question 5.
Write any two substances present both in blood and urine.
Answer:
Glucose, Sodium, Potassium, Chlorides, Urea, Creatinine, Uric Acid, Calcium, Phosphorous.

Question 6.
When you are on a field trip, you might have collected some plants which contain alkaloids. Name the alkaloids which are harmful to us.
Answer:
Nicotine, Morphine, Cocaine.

Question 7.
Write the names of any two excretory organs in human beings.
Answer:
Kidney, Skin, Lungs, Liver, Large Intestine.

Question 8.
Which plants in your surroundings are useful for the production of medicines?
Answer:
Neem, Datura, Tulasi, Calotropis.

Question 9.
The body of a person is filled with extra water and waste products. His hands and feet were swollen. What do we call this condition? Failure of which system causes this condition?
Answer:
This condition is called Uremia. This condition is caused due to failure of excretory system (Kidneys).

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 10.
How do plants get rid of their waste materials?
Answer:

  1. Plants can get rid of excess water by transpiration and guttation.
  2. The other nitrogenous waste products are stored in leaves, bark and fruits when these dead leaves, bark and ripe fruits fall off from the tree then the waste products in them are removed.

Question 11.
Give an example of a case where organ donation can save one’s life.
Answer:

  1. Kidney of a brain dead person can be donated to save the life of renal failure persons.
  2. Cornea of a dead person can be donated to the blind.
  3. Bone marrow can be donated to save life of persons suffering from blood related genetic disorders.

Question 12.
Why is urine yellow in color?
Answer:
Because of urochrome, urine is yellow in colour. It forms in the liver from dead RBC.

Question 13.
Write two slogans to popularize the awareness on “Organ Donation”.
Answer:
Slogans:

  1. Organ donation saves lives.
  2. Donate organs today for better tomorrow.
  3. Donate organs – Live after death.

Question 14.
Write two healthy habits which you practice to protect your kidneys from diseases.
Answer:

  1. Drink plenty of water.
  2. Eat low salt diet that saves kidney life.
  3. Drink more fruit juices.

Question 15.
What precautions you have to take in the observation of internal structure of mammalian kidney?
Answer:

  1. Wash the kidney thorougly with water.
  2. Ensure that blood is completely drained from it.
  3. Wash your hands with antibacterial lotion after completing the dissection.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 16.
Write two secondary metabolites, which you use in your daily life.
Answer:
Gum, Rubber, Coffee are the examples for secondary metabolites which we use in our daily life.

Question 17.
Why is vasopressin not secreted when a person drinks a lot of water?
Answer:
Vasopressin is secreted only when concentrated urine is to be passed out. When a person drinks a lot of water, there will be no need to secrete concentrated urine. The excess water taken by the person will be sent out in the form of dilute urine. Hence, vasopressin is not secreted.

Question 18.
In urine excretory system much water is reabsorbed. What happens if it doesn’t occur?
Answer:
If water is not reabsorbed it leads to excessive repeated dilute urination called diabetes insipidus. If water does not reabsorbed we would dry up in few hours.

Question 19.
A substance given below consists of other three substances. What is that substance? Where is it produced? Uric Acid, Sodium, Oxalate, Urine.
Answer:
Urine contains all the other three substances. It is produced in kidney.

Question 20.
Name the hospitals where the organ transplantation facility is available in Hyderabad.
Answer:
Organ transplantation facility is available only in two government hospitals. They are NIMS (Nizam Institute of Medical Sciences) and Osmania hospital. This facility is also available in some corporate hospitals.

Question 21.
What is anabolism?
Answer:
The synthesis of complex molecules in living organisms from simpler ones together with the storage of energy.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 22.
What is catabolism?
Answer:
The breakdown of complex molecules in living organisms to form simpler ones, together with the release of energy.

Question 23.
What is the meaning of the word excretion in Latin?
Answer:
In Latin ex means out, crenere means shift.

Question 24.
What are the wastes produced during metabolic activities?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide, water, nitrogenous compounds like ammonia, urea, uric acid, bile pigments, excess salts, etc., are the wastes produced during metabolic activities.

Question 25.
What is the most poisonous of all waste products?
Answer:
Ammonia is the most poisonous of all waste products.

Question 26.
What are the substances present in blood?
Answer:
Substances present in blood are glucose, sodium, potassium chloride, urea, creatinine, uric acid, cholesterol, triglycerides, calcium, phosphorous, bilirubin, proteins, etc.

Question 27.
What are the substances present in urine?
Answer:
The substances present in urine are protein, creatinine, calcium, phosphorous, uric acid, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 28.
What are the substances present in both blood and urine in common?
Answer:
The substances present in the blood and urine in common are sodium, potassium, glucose, chlorides, urea, proteins, creatinine, calcium, phosphorous and uric acid.

Question 29.
What are the substances that need to be removed from body?
Answer:
Creatinine, uric acid, urea, cholesterol and calcium.

Question 30.
In human beings excretory system consists of?
Answer:
The excretory system in human beings consists of a pair of kidneys, a pair of ureters, urinary bladder and urethra.

Question 31.
Where are the kidneys present in human body?
Answer:
In human body kidneys are present in the abdominal cavity attached to dorsal body wall one on either side of backbone.

Question 32.
What is the shape and colour of the kidney?
Answer:
The kidney is bean shaped and reddish brown in colour.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 33.
What is the size of the kidney?
Answer:
The size of the kidney is 10 cm in length, 5 – 6 cm in breadth and 4 cm in thickness.

Question 34.
Why is the position of right kidney lower than the left kidney?
Answer:
The position of right kidney is lower than left kidney due to the presence of liver above it.

Question 35.
Which artery brings oxygenated blood to kidney?
Answer:
Renal artery brings oxygenated blood to kidney.

Question 36.
What are the two distinct regions present inside the kidney?
Answer:
The two distinct regions present inside the kidney are

  1. dark coloured outer zone called the cortex and
  2. pale coloured inner zone called medulla.

Question 37.
Each kidney is made up of how many nephrons?
Answer:
Each kidney is made up of about 1.3 to 1.8 million nephrons.

Question 38.
What is the other name of Nephron?
Answer:
The other name of nephron is uriniferous tubule.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 39.
What are the two basic parts of nephron?
Answer:
The two basic parts of nephron are malphigian body and renal tubule.

Question 40.
What is meant by Glomerulus?
Answer:
Malphigian body consists of a blind cupshaped broader end of nephron called Bowman’s capsule and bunch of blood capillaries called Glomerulus.

Question 41.
Which blood vessel forms glomerulus in Bowman’s capsule?
Answer:
Afferent arteriole forms glomerulus in Bowman’s capsule.

Question 42.
Renal tubule consists of how many parts?
Answer:
Renal tubule consists three parts. They are Proximal convoluted tubule (PCT), Loop of Henle, and Distal Convoluted Tubule (DCT).

Question 43.
What is the major function of proximal convoluted tubule?
Answer:
Proximal convoluted tubule reabsorbs useful substances like glucose, amino acids, phosphate, potassium, urea and other organic solutes from the filtrate.

Question 44.
What are podocyte cells?
Answer:
Glomerulus is lined by a single layer of squamous epithelial cells called podocyte cells.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 45.
What is the function of loop of Henle?
Answer:

  1. In the descending loop of Henle reabsorption of water from the filtrate takes place.
  2. Ascending loop of Henle is impermeable to water and only ions diffuse out into the surrounding cells.

Question 46.
What is the function of Distal convoluted tubule?
Answer:
Distal convoluted tubule maintains proper concentration and pH of the urine.

Question 47.
How many stages are involved in formation of urine? What are they?
Answer:
Formation of urine involves four stages. They are

  1. Glomerular filtration,
  2. Tubular reabsorption,
  3. Tubular secretion and
  4. Concentration of urine.

Question 48.
The amount of water reabsorption in the tubule depends on?
Answer:
The amount of water reabsorption in the tubule depends on amount of excess water present in the body and the amount of dissolved wastes to be excreted.

Question 49.
In which region seventy five percent of water content of the nephric filtrate is reabsorbed?
Answer:
Seventy five percent of water content of the nephric filtrate is reabsorbed in the region of proximal convoluted tubule.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 50.
Which hormone is responsible to pass concentrated urine?
Answer:
Vasopressin is responsible to pass concentrated urine.

Question 51.
What is micturition?
Answer:
Micturition is the process of discharge of urine from the urinary bladder.

Question 52.
What are the composition of various substances in urine?
Answer:
The composition of various substances in urine are 96% of water, 2.5% of organic substances and 1.5% of inorganic solutes.

Question 53.
How much amount of urine is excreted per day?
Answer:
Total amount of urine excreted per day is about 1.6 -1.8 litres.

Question 54.
What is the storage capacity of urinary bladder?
Answer:
The storage capacity of urinary bladder is 300 – 800 ml.

Question 55.
What is uremia?
Answer:
If kidneys stop working completely, our body is filled with extra water and waste products. This condition is called uremia.

Question 56.
What is haemodialysis?
Answer:
Artificial filtering of blood to remove wastes by using dialysis machine is known as haemodialysis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 57.
What is the time required for each dialysis session?
Answer:
The time required for each dialysis session is 3 to 6 hours.

Question 58.
What are the organs that can be transplanted from brain dead patients?
Answer:
The organs that can be transplanted from brain dead patients are kidney, liver, heart, lungs, pancreas, skin, bone, intestines and eyes (cornea).

Question 59.
Where is the transplanted kidney fixed in the body of kidney failure patient?
Answer:
The transplanted kidney is fixed in the body of patient inside the lower abdomen.

Question 60.
What is cadaver transplantation?
Answer:
The process of transplantation of organs from brain dead patients to another is called cadaver transplantation.

Question 61.
What are the other excretory organs present in human body in addition to kidney?
Answer:
The other excretory organs present in human body in addition to kidney are lungs, skin, liver, large intestine, salivary glands and lacrimal glands.

Question 62.
What are the waste products excreted by lungs?
Answer:
The waste products excreted by lungs are carbon dioxide and water.

Question 63.
Sebum of sebaceous glands in skin contains wastes like?
Answer:
Sebum of sebaceous glands in skin contains wastes like waxes, sterols, hydro carbons and fatty acids.

Question 64.
What are the metabolic wastes of haemoglobin of red blood cells in liver?
Answer:
The metabolic wastes of haemoglobin of red blood cells in liver are bile pigments like bilirubin, biliverdin and urochrome.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 65.
How is urea produced in liver?
Answer:
Urea is produced in liver by the deamination of proteins.

Question 66.
What are the wastes excreted by intestine?
Answer:
The wastes excreted by intestine are excess salts of calcium, magnesium and iron.

Question 67.
How do unicellular organisms remove waste products?
Answer:
Unicellular organisms remove waste products by diffusion from the body surface to the surrounding water.

Question 68.
What is the osmoregulatory organelle in amoeba and paramoecium?
Answer:
The osmoregulatory organelle in amoeba and paramoecium is contractile vacuole.

Question 69.
In which animal phyla water bathes almost all their cells in body of organisms?
Answer:
In porifera and coelenterates water bathes almost all their cells in body of organisms.

Question 70.
Through which processes plants get rid of excess water?
Answer:
Through transpiration and guttation plants get rid of excess water.

Question 71.
What are Raphides?
Answer:
Waste gets stored in the fruits in the form of solid bodies called Raphides.

Question 72.
What are alkaloids?
Answer:
The poisonous nitrogenous by products produced by plants are alkaloids.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 73.
Which alkaloid is used as antimalarial drug?
Answer:
Quinine is the alkaloid used as antimalarial drug.

Question 74.
Which flowers and fruits are used to extract sedative scopalamine?
Answer:
The sedative scopalamine is extracted from the flowers and fruits of Datura stramonium.

Question 75.
What are the alkaloids produced by plants?
Answer:
The alkaloids produced by plants are nimbin, nicotine, morphine, codeine quinine, reserpine, caffeine/scopolamine, etc.

Question 76.
What are tannins?
Answer:
Tannins are alkaloids which are carbon compounds.

Question 77.
Which group of plants secretes resin?
Answer:
Resin secretes by a group of plants Gymnosperms.

Question 78.
What is latex?
Answer:
Latex is a sticky, milky white substance secreted by plants.

Question 79.
Which plant of latex is used to prepare rubber?
Answer:
Rubber is prepared from the latex of Hevea braziliensis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 80.
Bio-diesel is obtained from the seeds of?
Answer:
Bio-diesel is obtained from the seeds of Jatropa.

Question 81.
Which person’s kidney is used for a successful kidney transplantation?
Answer:
From a close relative kidney can be used for successful transplantation.

Question 82.
What may be the feeling of the patients who are waiting for suitable organ donations due to failure of vital organs?
Answer:
The patients who are waiting may think that any donor with a kind heart can give them life by donating their organs.

Question 83.
What may be the feeling of a doctor while transplanting the organs?
Answer:
Doctor is also a human being, he predicts that the transplantation becomes a success.

Question 84.
How can you appreciate the father of Yaswanth Kumar for donating the organs of his brain dead son? (From annexure)
Answer:
We can appreciate the father of Yaswanth Kumar for his humanity where no one can accept to take or think such a delicate decision of donating the organs of his brain dead son.

Question 85.
What might be the feeling of the father H.V. Shiva Kumar father of Yaswanth Kumar for donating the organs of his son? (From annexure)
Answer:
The father might have thought that his son can live even after his death in some other people who are in need for the suitable organs. We can appreciate father’s humanity.

Question 86.
What does the society need about organ donation?
Answer:
The society needs much awareness in organ donation so that we can jsave many lives who are in need of different organs from donors for their survival.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 87.
Which substances are present above the normal limits both in the blood and urine in the sample given?
Answer:
Substances present above the normal limits in the blood are: creatinine, uric acid and cholesterol. Substances present above the normal limits in the urine are creatinine, calcium, uric acid and urea.

Question 88.
When is more urine excreted?
Answer:
A large intake of liquids or water rich food increases the volume of water in the blood, hence more urine is excreted.

Question 89.
What are the uses of Tannins?
Answer:
Tannins are used in tanning of leather and in medicines.

Question 90.
What are the economic importance of gums?
Answer:
Gums are valuable being used as adhesives and binding agents in the preparation of the medicines, food, etc.

Question 91.
Why do we get peculiar smell when you shift the potted plant?
Answer:
Plants release some peculiar chemical substances into their surroundings into soil through roots. These substances attract useful microorganisms to the plant. Hence we get peculiar smell when we shift the potted plant.

Question 92.
What is chewing gum ? How is it made of?
Answer:
Chewing gum is a type of gum for chewing made dates back 5000 years. Modern chewing gum originally made of chicle, natural latex from plant.

Question 93.
How do pollen grains affect our health?
Answer:
Whenever pollen grains enter in our body they cause allergy due to the presence of nitrogenous substances. These allergens cause skin allergy and asthma. Ex: Parthenium.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 94.
What are the defensive mechanism developed by plants of your village to protect themselves from the herbivores ? Give two examples.
Answer:
Plants produce nitrogenous compounds to protect themselves from the herbivores. These compounds are called as alkaloids. For example,
Datura – It produces alkaloid known as scopolamine.
Cactus – Develop spines on the body.

10th Class Biology 4th Lesson Excretion 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Fill in the table on the basis of your obervations in field trip.

S.No Name of the plant Secondary metabolites Uses
A. Neem
B. Datura

Answer:

S.No Name of the plant Secondary metabolites Uses
A. Neem Nimbin Antiseptic
B. Datura Scopola mine Sedative

Question 2.
Two kidneys are present in human beings as excretory organs. Haritha, whose age is 23 years, donated one kidney to her father. Now she has one kidney only. She gave birth to a female child.
a) How many kidneys are there in Haritha’s daughter?
Answer:
Harita’s daughter has 2 kidneys,

b) Support your answer.
Answer:
Bodily changes are not inherited, so Harita’s daughter has 2 kidneys.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 3.
What questions do you ask a nephrologist to know more about kidney related diseases?
Answer:

  1. How are stones formed in the kidney?
  2. What is dialysis?
  3. What is the effect of smoking and alcoholism on kidneys?
  4. What is ESRD?

Question 4.
Read the following lines and answer the questions.

Liver: It produces bile pigments (bilirubin, biliverdin and urochrome) which are metabolic wastes of haemoglobin of dead R.B.Cs. Urochrome, which is responsible for the amber colour of the urine, is eliminated through urine. Biliverdin and bilirubin are stored in gall bladder and later excreted through bile along with cholesterol and derivatives of steroid hormones, extra drug, vitamins and alkaline salts. Liver is also involved in urea formation.

i) Which substance adds colour to urine?
ii) The site of synthesis of urea in the body is …………..
Answer:
i) Urochrome
ii) Liver

Question 5.
Look at the picture and answer the questions, (label bottle on left as X and bottle on right as Y)
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 1The above is a procedure of haemodialysis in a hospital.
i) What are the liquids X and Y, in the picture?
ii) What is the purpose of this procedure and for whom is it needed?
Answer:
i) X – Dialyzing fluid; Y – Urine
ii) It is a process of removal of poisonous nitrogenous wastes from blood. This process is needed by uremic or kidney failure patients.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 6.
Prepare four questions to find the reasons for obstructions in excretory system.
Answer:

  1. What do we call the complete and irreversible kidney failure?
  2. What happen if kidney stops working completely?
  3. What is uremia?
  4. Is there any solution to this problem?

Question 7.
Name the secondary metabolites which are useful in leather and rubber industry. From which plants we obtain them?
Answer:

  1. Latex used in rubber and Tannins used in Leather Industry.
  2. Latex – Hevea brasiliensis (Rubber Plant) Tannins – Cassia, Acacia.

Question 8.
Prepare four questions you will ask a nephrologist about Kidney failure.
Answer:

  1. When does kidney fail?
  2. What are the symptoms of kidney failure?
  3. What precautions can we take to prevent failure of kidney?
  4. Which alternative method can we adopt if kidney fails?

Question 9.
Observe the following table.

Name of the phylum / organism Excretory system / organ
Protozoa Diffusion
Porifera Water bathes all their cells
Platyhelmirthes Flame cells
Annelida Nephridia
Arthropoda Green glands
Reptiles, Aves and Mammals Kidney

On the basis of above table, write answers to the following questions.

i) In above table, which living organisms contains kidneys as excretory organs like human beings?
Answer:
Reptiles and Aves.

ii) Write the excretory organs present in Earthworm and Cockroach.
Answer:
Earthworm – Nephridia Cockroach – Green glands

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 10.
Observe the following table and answer the questions given below.

Alkaloid Name of the plant Uses
Quinine Cinchona Anti malarial drug
Nicotine Tobacco Pesticides
Morphine Opium Pain killer
Pyrethroids Chrysanthemum species Insecticides

i) Which alkaloid we get from the fruit, is used as pain killer?
Answer:
Morphine

ii) From which part of the plant do we get Quinine?
Answer:
Bark of Cinchona

Question 11.
What is called structural and functional unit of kidney? Why?
Answer:

  1. Each kidney is made up of more than one million microscopic and thin tubular units called nephrons or uriniferous tubules. Hence nephron is known as structural and functional unit of kidney.
  2. Nephron’s chief function is to regulate the concentration of water and soluble substances, reabsorbing what is needed and excreting the rest as urine. Hence it is known as functional unit of kidney.

Question 12.
Blood is filtered in Bowman’s capsule of nephron. For the filtration of blood some pressure is needed. How does the pressure arises in Bowman’s capsule?
Answer:

  1. Blood flows inside the glomerulus of Bowman’s capsule under the influence of pressure due to the large diameter of afferent arteriole.
  2. This increases or rise the blood pressure in the glomerulus capillaries leading to ultrafiltration of the blood in the Bowman’s capsule.

Question 13.
Classify the substances given below.
Ptyaline, Leptin, Morphine, Riboflavin, Testosterone, Thyamin, Niacine, Sucrase, Nicotine, Amylase, Retinol, Quinine, Calciferol, Adrenaline, Tripsin.
Answer:
The above substances can be classified into Enzymes, Hormones, Alkaloids and Vitamins.
Enzymes: Ptyaline, Sucrase, Amylase, Tripsin
Hormones: Testosterone, Adrenaline, Leptin
Alkaloids: Morphine, Nicotine, Quinine
Vitamins: Riboflavin, Thyamin, Niacine, Retinol, Calciferol

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 14.
How does excretion take place in phylum protozoa?
Answer:

  1. Specific excretory organs are absent in unicellular organisms. These organisms remove waste products by simple diffusion from the body surface into the surrounding water.
  2. Excess water is sent out through contractile vacuoles in fresh water protozoans. Ex: Amoeba surface.
  3. The major portion of excess water is eliminated by diffusion through body surface.

Question 15.
What are the functions of excretory system?
Answer:

  1. Excretory system in animals performs more than one function.
  2. The primary function of excretory system is to maintain ionic and osmotic balance in the animal body.
  3. Excretory system helps to maintain appropriate concentration of salts and correct amount of water in the body.
  4. It also helps in maintaining the body volume.
  5. The secondary function of excretory system is excretion of nitrogenous wastes and foreign substances such as drugs.

Question 16.
Mention the groups of animals where excretion fakes place through diffusion from body surface.
Answer:

  1. In protozoans wastes are excreted by diffusion through body surface.
  2. Contractile vacuoles present in some protozoans are mainly concerned with the maintenance of osmotic and ionic balance. Excretion is mainly by diffusion.
  3. In sponges, coelenterates like Hydra, excretion takes place by diffusion.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 17.
People in cold countries get very less / no sweat. What changes occur in their skin and in other excretory organs?
Answer:

  1. Usually human skin has a unique system keep in equilibrium state with the surrounding temperature.
  2. During winter season the temperature is low and the body temperature should be heated to balance the tolerance.
  3. So the water content in our body is sent out in the form of urine.
  4. Hence, people in cold countries get less sweat or no sweat.

10th Class Biology 4th Lesson Excretion 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Analyse the following information and answer the questions.

Alkaloid Part of the plant Uses
Quinine Bark Anti-malarial drug
Pyrethroids Leaves Insecticide
Reserpine Roots Medicine for snake bite
Caffeine Seeds Central nervous system stimulant
Nimbin Seeds, Barks, Leaves Antiseptic

i) Name the alkaloid which is used to cure malaria.
Answer:
Quininie

ii) Name the alkaloids used as insecticides.
Answer:
Pyrethroids

iii) Which system is stimulated by the alkaloid caffeine?
Answer:
Central nervous system

iv) Which parts of which plant is used as medicine for snake bite?
Answer:
The roots of Rauwolfia Serpentina (Snake root)

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 2.
Which diagram do you draw to label these parts?
Answer:

  1. Bowman’s capsule
  2. Uriniferous tubule.
  3. Collecting tubule.

Draw the diagram and label the parts.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 2

Question 3.
Fill the following table related to Secondary Metabolites in plants.

S.No. Metabolite Name of the plant Use
1. Pinus
2. Gums
3. Rubber preparation
4. Nimbin

Answer:

S.No. Metabolite Name of the plant Use
1. Resin Pinus Used in varnishes
2. Gums Neem, Acacia Used as adhesives and binding agents
3. Latex Hevea braziliensis (Rubber plant) Rubber preparation
4. Nimbin Azadirachta indica (Neem) Antiseptic

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 4.
The given parts belong to which system? Draw a neat labelled diagram of the system.
a) Kidneys b) Ureters c) Urinary bladder
Answer:
The given parts belong to human excretory system.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 3

Question 5.
Read the following passage and answer the questions.

Plants can get rid of excess water by a process like transpiration and guttation. Waste products may be stored in leaves, bark, and fruits. When these dead leaves, bark, and ripe fruits fall off from the tree then waste products in them are removed. Waste gets stored in the fruits in the form of solid bodies called ‘raphides’. However several compounds are synthesized by the plants for their own use especially for defence. Many plants synthesize chemicals and store them in roots, leaves, seeds, etc. for protection against herbivores. Most of the chemicals are unpleasant to taste. Hence herbivores usually do not prefer to eat such plants. Some of the chemicals are toxic and may even kill the animals that eat them.

i) What are raphides?
ii) How do plants protect themselves against herbivores?
iii) How do plants get rid of wastes?
iv) Name the processes by which plants lose excess of water.
Answer:
i) The wastes stored in some fruits in the form of solid bodies are called “raphides”.
ii) Many plants synthesize chemicals and store them in roots, leaves, seeds, etc. for protection against herbivores.
iii) Waste products may be stored in leaves, bark and fruits. When these dead leaves, bark and ripe fruits fall off from the tree. Then waste products in them are removed.
iv) Plants lose excess of water by transpiration and guttation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 6.

S.No. Test Present level Normal range
A. Blood Test
1. Blood Pressure (BP) 160/90 mm/Hg 120/80 mm/Hg
2. Glucose (Before food) 120- mg/dl 60-100 mg/dl
3. Glucose (After food) 220 mg/dl 160-180 mg/dl
4. Bilirubin 1.0 mg/dl 0.1-0.8 mg/dl
B. Urine Test
1. 24 hrs protein 150 mg/d ay 100 mg/day
2. Sodium 140 mmol/L 125-250 mmol/L.

A) Which test is required to know bilirubin?
Answer:
Blood test is required to know bilirubin.

B) How is the sugar disease confirmed?
Answer:
In blood test if the glucose levels in blood before and after food are more than the normal, the sugar disease is confirmed.

C) By observing the above report, what would be the other problems faced by that patient?
Answer:
The blood pressure of the patient 160/90 as the normal is 120/80 mm/Hg.
The Glucose levels in the blood of the patient shows more than the normal before and after food.
So he is suffering from Hypertension and diabetes.

D) What are the organs affected by these problems?
The organsaffected by these problems are heart and kidneys.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 7.
Explain the temporary and permanent methods to be adopted for Kidney failure (ESRD) persons.
Answer:
Temporary method for ESRD persons is Dialysis (Artificial kidney). Permanent method is transplantation of kidney.

Dialysis:

  1. Blood is taken out from the main artery, mixed with an anticoagulant, such as heparin and then pumped in to dialyzer.
  2. In dialyzer blood flows through cellophane tubes and these tubes are embeded in the dialysing fluid.
  3. The membrane separates the blood flowing inside the tube and dialysing fluid (same as plasma without nitrogenous waste).

Kidney transplantation:

  1. A functioning kidney is used in transplantation from a donor preferably a close relative.
  2. The kidney that is received by a recipient must be a good match to his body, to minimise the chances of rejection by the immune system of the recipient.
  3. Nowadays the process of organ donation helps a lot for kidney failure patients.

Question 8.
What are the accessory excretory organs in human body? How does the liver carry out excretion as a secondary function? (OR)
Write about the accessory excretory organs and their excretory substances in human beings.
Answer:

Accessory Excretory Organs Excretory Materials
Lungs CO2 and Water
Skin Sweat and Metabolic Waste (Sebum)
Liver Bilirubin, Biliverdin, Urochrome
Large Intestine (Colon) Excess of salts of calcium, magnesium and iron are excreted along with faecal matter.

Excretory functions of Liver:

  1. Liver acts as detoxification centre of our body. Liver produces bile juice which contain bile pigments which are metabolic wastes of dead R.B.C.
  2. Bilirubin, Biliverdin and urochrome are the pigments of bile juice.
  3. Bilirubin, Biliverdin, cholesterol and derivatives of steroids, extra drugs, vitamins and alkaline salts are the wastes produced by liver.
  4. Urochrome is eliminated through urine.
  5. Liver also plays a role in the formation of concentrated urine.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 9.
Explain the formation of urine in a flow chart.
Answer:
Dissolved substances of blood like urea, glucose, amino acids, minerals, salts etc., are filtered out in Bowman’s capsule under high filtration pressure.
Glomerular filtrate is called primary urine.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 4

Question 10.
Excreting wastes from the human body not only by kidneys but also by other organs helps you. How do you support it?
Answer:

  1. In human body wastes are excreted not only by kidneys but also by other organs.
  2. Kidney filters blood and eliminates nitrogenous wastes and other harmful things. Filters urea from blood.
  3. Apart from kidney lungs, skin, liver, intestine, salivary glands and lacrymal glands.
  4. Lungs remove carbon dioxide and water in respiration.
  5. Skin excrete wastes in the form of sweat which contains water and certain salts.
  6. Liver eliminates bile pigments bilirubin and biliverdin through urine.
  7. Excess salts of calcium, magnesium and iron are excreted by epithellial cells of colon for elimination along with faeces by intestine.
  8. Eccrine glands present on the forehead, the bottoms of the feet and the palms allow excess water to leave the body.
  9. Salivary glands and lacrimal glands excrete small amounts of nitrogenous waste through saliva and tears.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 11.
Which plants can you get in your village? Among these by-products of which plants do you use in your real life?
Answer:

  1. The plants grow or available in our village are Sapota, Coconut, Cassia, Mango, Guava, Borassus plantain, Tobacco, Rauwolfia, Coffee, Neem, Datura, Chrysanthe¬mum, Acacia, Pinus, Vallisneria, Teak, etc.,
  2. Out of these plants alkaloids are available from the plants like Tobacco, Rauwolfia, Coffee, Neem, Datura and Chrysanthemum. The by-products from these plants are utilised in my real life.
    Plant – Use
    Tobacco – Insecticide
    Rauwolfia serpentina – Medicine for snake bite
    Coffee – Central nervous system stimulant
    Neem – Antiseptic
    Datura – Sedative
    Chrysanthemum – Insecticides
  3. Tannins are the by-products of cassia, acacia. These are used in tanning of leather and in medicines.
  4. Resin the by-product of Pinus is used in varnishes.
  5. Gums are extracted from neem and acacia.
    They are used as adhesives and binding agents in the preparation of food, medicines.

Question 12.
Write an essay stating the advantages of by-products of plants in our real life.
(OR)
What are secondary metabolites? Briefly explain their uses.
(OR)
Not only the food of plants but also their wastes are useful to us. What evidences do you give for it?
Answer:

  1. The materials which do not require for normal growth and development are called secondary metabolites. These are the by – products of plants, eg: Alkaloids, Tannins, Resins, Gums and Latex, etc. Though plants produce these chemicals for their own use man found the usage of these chemicals for own benefits. They are generally coloured and fragrant.
  2. Alkaloids: These are nitrogenous by-products and poisonous. These are stored in different parts of the plants. Common alkaloids in plants and their uses are given in the table.
    Alkaloid Plant Part Uses
    Quinine Cinchona officinalis (Cinchona) Bark Antimalarial drug
    Nicotine Nicotiana tobacum (Tobacco) Leaves Insecticide
    Morphine, Cocaine Papaver somniferum (Opium) Fruit Pain killer
    Reserpine Rauwolfia serpentiana (Snake bite) Root Medicine for snake bite
    Caffeine Coffea Arabica (Coffee plant) Seed Central nervous system stimulant
    Nimbin Azadirachta indica (Neem) Seeds, Barks, Leaves Antiseptic
    Scopolamine Datura stramonium Fruit, flower Sedative
    Pyrethroids Chrysanthemum sps Flower Insecticides
  3. Tannins: Tannins are carbon compounds. These are stored in different parts of the plant and are deep brown in colour. Tannins are used in tanning of leather and in medicines, e.g. Cassia, Acacia.
  4. Resin: Occur mostly in Gymnosperms in specialized passages called resin passages. These are used in varnishes, e.g. Pinus.
  5. Gums: Plants like Neem, Acacia oozes out a sticky substance called gum. When branches are cut. The gum swells by absorbing water and helps in the healing of damaged parts of a plant. Gums are economically valuable and used as adhesives and binding agents in the preparation of the medicines, food, etc.
  6. Latex: Latex is a sticky, milky white substance secreted by plants. Latex is stored in latex cells or latex vessels. From the latex of Hevea braziliensis (Rubber plant) rubber is prepared. Latex from Jatropa is the source of bio-diesel.
  7. Modern chewing gum originally made of chick natural latex from plant.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 13.
Blood is purified in kidneys. So many wastes are removed from the blood in nephron of the kidney. Which issue make you surprise in excretory system?
Answer:

  1. Kidneys remove nitrogenous waste from our body. They also work towards balancing the amount of vitamins , minerals, fat and protein that are found in the blood. They do this so that our body can easily perform day to day activities.
  2. Our intestine makes solid waste materials and is excreted through digestive tract.
  3. Each day our body eliminates around 1.6 to 1.8 liters of urine which contains liquids, minerals and vitamins that are of no use to the body.
  4. The bladder of a human body is nearly the same size as the average of human brain.
  5. In one individuals life span the liver can produce around 184.275 kgs of bile (6500 ounces).
  6. In our lifetime an individual could urinate close to 7,850,000,000 gallons of fluid.
  7. A really extraordinary fact regarding the excretory system is that upto 400 ml of urine can be held in human bladder.
  8. Urine contains a high amount of urea which can be used by plants as a source of nitrogen. Because of this diluted urine can be used in gardens and potted plants.
  9. It is amazing to see that each kidney is made up of approximately more than one million microscopic tubular functional units called nephrons or uriniferous tubules.

Question 14.
What is the structural and functional unit of the excretory system? Draw a neat labelled diagram of that unit.
Answer:
Nephron is the structural and functional unit of the kidney.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 5

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 15.
Give an account of excretory system found In different phyla of animal kingdom.
Answer:

  1. Different organisms have various excretory systems and organs.
  2. Following are the excretory system found in various organisms.
    Name of the phylum / organism Excretory system / organ
    Protozoa Simple diffusion from the body surface into the surrounding water.
    Porifera and coelenterates Water bathes almost all their cells
    Platyhelminthes Flame cells
    Nematoda Renette cells
    Annelids Nephridia
    Arthropoda Green glands, Maiphigian tubules
    Mollusca Meta nephridia
    Echinodermata Water vascular system
    Reptiles, Birds and Mammals Kidneys

Question 16.
How do plants manage/send out waste products from their body?
Answer:

  1. Plants can get rid of excess water by a process like transpiration and guttation.
  2. Waste products may be stored in leaves, bark and fruits.
  3. When these dead leaves, bark and ripe fruits fall off from the tree then waste products in them are got rid of.
  4. Plants get rid of carbon dioxide and oxygen through diffusion.
  5. Plants release some waste products through roots also.
  6. Some waste products are deposited near bark as resins or gums.
  7. In many plants waste products are stored in vacuoles of the cells. Plant cells have comparatively large vacuoles.

Question 17.
In recent days many people are coming forward to donate organs of brain dead people, who met with accidents. How will you appreciate the family members of organ donor?
Answer:

  1. In recent days many families are willing to donate organs of brain dead person’s. This is truely significant change in attitude of people.
  2. Most of the people are burning or burying body after death. Very a few people are would like to see their very dear one’s in other people by donating organs like heart, liver, kidneys, cornea, spleen and bone marrow etc.
  3. The family members of brain dead are already in great sorrow. They need great courage and so much kindness toward needy patients.
  4. With nobel decision of that family giving new life to 5 – 7 persons, who has no alternate treatment, other than organ transplantation. In society every one must appreciate their courage, kindness and sympathy. They stood role model to others.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 18.
How is the amount of urine produced regulated?
Answer:

  1. The amount of urine produced largely depends on the amount of water reabsorbed in the renal tubule.
  2. The amount of water reabsorbed by the renal tubule largely depends on
    the amount of water present in excess in the body need to be removed. If water is abundantly present in the body tissues large quantities of dilute urine is send out of the body. When water is less in quantities in the body tissues a small quantity of concentrated urine is excreted.
  3. When there is more quantity of dissolved wastes in the body more quantity of water is required to excrete them. So the amount of urine produced increases.
  4. Deficiency of vasopressin causes excessive, repeated, dilute urination called diabetes insipidus.

Question 19.
Observe the below flow chart. Fill the boxes. Explain to which system this belongs to.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 6
Answer:

  1. Kidney
  2. Loop of Henle
  3. Pelvis
  4. Urethra

This flow chart belongs to excretory system in human beings. It shows the way how the blood in the kidney moves filtered and urine is excreted.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 20.
Explain the external features of kidney in human beings.
Answer:

  1. In human beings, there are a pair of bean-shaped, reddish-brown structures in the abdominal cavity attached to dorsal body wall one on either side of the backbone.
  2. The size of the kidney is 10cm in length, 5 – 6 cm in breadth, and 4cm in thickness.
  3. Each kidney is convex on the outer side and concave on the inner side.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 7
  4. The inner side of each kidney has a fissure or hilus for the entry of a renal artery, exit of a renal vein and an ureter.
  5. Renal artery brings oxygenated blood loaded with waste products and renal vein carries deoxygenated blood.

Question 21.
Describe the excretory system of man.
Answer:

  1. The excretory system of man consists of
    a) a pair of kidneys
    b) ureters and
    c) urinary bladder and d) urethra.
  2. Kidneys are bean shaped and are located in the abdominal region on either side of vertebral column.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 8
  3. From hilus of each kidney there are a pair of whitish, narrow tubular structures arise. They are known as ureters.
  4. The ureter travels downwards and open, in the sac like structure called the urinary bladder, which stores urine.
  5. Urethra is a tube that takes urine from urinary bladder to outside.
  6. The opening of urinary bladder into urethra is guarded by a ring of muscles or sphincter.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 22.
Describe the internal structure of kidney with the help of diagrams. (OR) Describe the structure of nephron with the help of a diagram.
Answer:

  1. L.S. of kidney show two distinct regions. Dark coloured outer zone called cortex and pale coloured inner zone called medulla.
  2. Each kidney is made up of approximately more than one million microscopic and thin tubular functional units called nephrons or uniferous tubules.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 9
  3. Each nephron has basically two parts. One is malphigian body and other is renal tubule.
  4. Malphigian body consists of a blind cup shaped broader end of nephron called Bowman s capsule and bunch of fine blood capillaries called glomerulus.
  5. Glomerulus develops from afferent arteriole and it gives to rise to an efferent arteriole.
  6. Glomerulus functions as a filtration unit.
  7. Renal tubule has three parts. They are
    1. Proximal Convoluted Tubule (PCT)
    2. Loop of Henle which is ‘U’ shaped and
    3. Distal Convoluted Tubule (DCT).
  8. In tubule part reabsorption and secretion takes place. Urine is formed in the renal tubule part of nephron.
  9. Distal convoluted tubules open into a collecting tube.
  10. Collecting tube forms pyramids and calyces which open into the pelvis.
  11. Pelvis leads into the ureter.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 23.
Describe the structure of renal tubule with neatly labelled diagram.
Answer:

  1. Renal tubule is a specialised tubular structure made up of proximal convoluted tubule, a ‘U’ shaped tube called loop of Henle, and distal convoluted tubule.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 10
  2. The three tubular components are selectively permeable and only allow specific molecules to pass through them.
  3. The renal tubule is surrounded by capillaries called peritubular capillaries that arise from the efferent arterioles.
  4. The substances essential for the body are reabsorbed from the tubules into the peritubular capillaries and the unwanted or toxic molecules are secreted into the lumen of the renal tubule.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions 8th Structure of Atom

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write the electronic configuration of chromium. (AP June 2016)
Answrr:
The electronic configuration of chromium is
1s²2s²2p63s²3p64s¹3d5 or [Ar] 4s¹3d5

Question 2.
Out of 3d and 4s, which has more (n + l) value? Explain. (AP June 2017)
Answer:
1) 3d ⇒ n + l ⇒ 3 + 2 ⇒ 5 (energy)
4s ⇒ n + l ⇒ 4 + 0 ⇒ 4 (energy)

2) Hence, ‘3d’ has more (n + l) value than ‘4s’.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 3.
Prepare a question on nlx method. (AP SA-I:2018-19)
Answer:

  • How is nlx method useful.
  • Explain the nlx method with an example.

Question 4.
Which colours do you observe when an iron rod is gradually heated to higher tem-peratures? (TS June 2015)
Answer:
First iron turns into red (lower energy corresponding to higher wavelength) and as the temperature rises it glows and turns into orange, yellow, blue or even white respectively (higher energy and lower wavelength).

Question 5.
Which principle is not followed in writing the electronic configuration of 1s² 2s¹ 2p4? Give reasons. (TS June 2015)
Answer:
1) Principle :
Aufbau principle is not followed in writing the electronic configuration of 1s² 2s¹ 2p4.

2) Reasons :
i) According to Aufbau principle electron enters into orbital of lowest energy.
ii) Between 2s and 2p, 2s has least energy. So 2s must be filled before the electron has to enter 2p.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 6.
Write the symbol of the outermost shell of magnesium (Z = 12) atom. How many electrons are present in the outermost shell of magnesium? (TS June 2017)
Answer:
Symbol of the outermost shell of magnesium (3rd shell) = M
No. of electrons in outermost shell of Magnesium = 2.

Question 7.
The four quantum number values of the 21st electrons of scandium (Sc) are given in the following table. (TS March 2017)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 1
Write the values of the four quantum numbers for the 20th electron of scandium (Sc) in the form of the table.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 2

Question 8.
If n = 3, mention the orbitals present in the shell and write maximum number of electrons in the shell. (TS March 2018)
(OR)
Write the maximum number of electrons and number of orbitals in the shell, when n = 3.
Answer:

  1. When n = 3, number of subshells = 3 (3s1 3p1 3d)
  2. Number of orbitals = 9 (3s(1) 3p(3) 3d(5))
  3. Maximum number of electrons (3s² 3p6 3d10) = 18

Question 9.
What is dispersion?
Answer:
The splitting of light into different colours is called dispersion.

Question 10.
What is an electromagnetic wave?
Answer:
When electric field and magnetic fields are perpendicular to each other and at right angles to the direction of propagation of wave is formed. Such a wave is called electromagnetic wave.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 11.
What is a Zeeman effect?
Answer:
The splitting of spectral lines in the presence of magnetic field is called Zeeman effect.

Question 12.
What is a spectrum?
Answer:
Group of wavelengths is called spectrum (or) A collection of dispersed light giving its wavelength composition is called a spectrum.

Question 13.
What is speed of electromagnetic wave?
Answer:
It is equal to speed of light, i.e. 3 x 108 ms-1

Question 14.
Which colour has highest wavelength and which colour has least wavelength on visible spectrum?
Answer:
The colour that has highest wavelength in visible spectrum is red and least wavelength is violet.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 15.
If n = 5, then what is the maximum value for l?
Answer:
The maximum value for l is 4.

Question 16.
If l = 4, what is the number erf values for ml?
Answer:
ml = 2l + 1 = 2(4) +1=9.

Question 17.
What are the values of ms?
Answer:
½ or – ½

Question 18.
What is electronic configuration?
Answer:
Distribution of electrons in shells, sub-shells and orbital in an atom is known as electronic configuration.

Question 19.
What is Heisenberg’s principle of uncertainty?
Answer:
It is not possible to find the exact position and velocity of electron simultaneously.

Question 20.
Give ascending order of various atomic orbitals according to Moeller diagram.
Answer:
1s < 2s < 2p < 3s < 3p < 4s < 3d < 4p < 5s < 4d < 5p < 6s < 4d < 5d < 6p < 7s < 5f < 6d < 7p < 8s.

Question 21.
What is Hund’s Rule?
Answer:
Electron pairing in orbitals starts only when all available empty orbitals of the same energy are singly occupied.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 22.
What is Planck’s equation?
Answer:
Planck’s equation is E = hv.
E = Energy of the radiation
h = Planck’s constant = 6.625 × 10-34 J
v = Frequency of radiation.

Question 23.
What is electromagnetic spectrum?
Answer:
Electromagnetic waves can have a wide variety of wavelengths. The entire range of wavelengths is known as the electromagnetic spectrum.

Question 24.
What is wavelength?
Answer:
The distance from one wave peak to the next is called wavelength (λ).

Question 25.
What is frequency?
Answer:
The number of wave peaks that pass by a given point per unit time is called frequency.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 26.
When are electromagnetic waves produced?
AnElectromagnetic waves are produced when an electric charge vibrates.

Question 27.
Which is the example for line spectrum?
Answer:
The atomic spectrum of hydrogen atom.

Question 28.
Which model explains fine spectrum of atom?
Answer:
Bohr – Sommerfeld model.

Question 29.
How are wavelength and velocity of light related?
Answer:
c = vλ
where
c = velocity of light,
v = frequency of light,
λ = wavelength of light.

Question 30.
Give the equation which gives electromagnetic energy (light) that can have only Certain discrete energy values.
Answer:
E = hv
E = Energy of light
h = Planck’s constant = 6.62 5 × 10-27 erg sec or 6.625 × 10-34 Joule-sec
v = Frequency of radiation
This equation is called Planck’s equation.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 31.
Which group elements are called Noble gases?
Answer:
VIII A group or 18th group elements are called inert gases (or) Noble gases.

Question 32.
Which elements are highly stable?
Answer:
Noble gases are highly stable.

Question 33.
Write the set of quantum numbers for the electrons in a 3pz orbital.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 3

Question 34.
What is the difference between an orbit and orbital?
Answer:
An orbit is a well defined path of electron that revolves around the nucleus.

An orbital is the space around the nucleus, where the probability of finding electrons is maximum.

Question 35.
What are the factors which influence electromagnetic energy?
Answer:
Electromagnetic energy depends on two factors

  1. wavelength
  2. frequency.

Question 36.
What is a wave?
Answer:
The disturbance occurred in a medium is called wave.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 37.
When cupric chloride is kept in non-luminous flame then what is the colour of flame?
Answer:
Green colour.

Question 38.
If the colours gradually changes there are no sharp boundaries in between them, then what is the name given to that type of spectrum?
Answer:
Continuous spectrum of emission.

Question 39.
What is the information given by magnetic orbital quantum numbers?
Answer:
Orientation of orbitals in space.

Question 40.
How many orbitals are present in a sub-shell?
Answer:
The number of orbitals are present in a sub-shell is n² (where n is principal quantum number).

Question 41.
What happens when an object is suitably excited by heating?
Answer:
Light is emitted by the object.

Question 42.
What is meant by Aufbau?
Answer:
The German word Aufbau means building up.

Question 43.
Which elements are examples for Noble gases?
Answer:
Helium (He), Neon (Ne), Argon (Ar), Krypton (Kr), Xenon (Xe) and Radon (Rn) are examples for Noble gases.

Question 44.
Which element has duplet configuration?
Answer:
Helium (1s²)

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 45.
Write the set of quantum number for the added electron of oxygen atom.
Answer:
Configuration of oxygen is 1s² 2s² 2p4.
The added electron is 4th in the 2p.
The set of quantum numbers (2, 1, -1, -½)

Question 46.
Can we apply c = vλ, to sound waves?
Answer:
Yes. It is a universal relationship and applies to all waves.

Question 47.
What is the value of Planck’s constant?
Answer:
The value of Planck’s constant is 6.626 × 10-34 Js.

Question 48.
Why do different elements emit different flame colours when heated by the same non-luminous flame?
Answer:’
The light emitted by different kind of atoms is different because the excited states electrons will go are different.

Question 49.
How many values can ‘l’ have for n = 4?
Answer:
If n = 4, l can take values 0, 1, 2, 3. So there are four values.

Question 50.
Write the four quantum numbers for the differentiating electrons of lithium (Li) atom.
Answer:
The electronic configuration of lithium is 1s² 2s¹. So differentiating electron enters into 2s. The values of four quantum numbers are as given below.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 4

Question 51.
Write four quantum numbers for 2p¹ electrons.
Answer:
The four quantum numbers for 2p are
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 5

Question 52.
Which rule is violated in the following electronic configuration?
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 6
Answer:
The rule violated is Hund’s rule.

Question 53.
How many maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in N principle energy shell?
Answer:
For N shell n = 4.
The maximum number of electrons accommodated in a shell is 2n².
∴ A maximum of 32 electrons can be filled in N shell.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 54.
How many maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a ‘l’ sub-shell?
Answer:
l sub-shell has 3 orbitals. Each orbital accommodates 2 electrons. So 6 electrons can be filled in l sub-shell.

Question 55.
How many maximum number of electrons can be accommodated in ‘d’ sub-shell?
Answer:
d sub-shell has 5 orbitals. So 10 electrons can be filled in d sub-shell.

Question 56.
How many sub-shells present in a ‘M’ principal energy shell?
Answer:
For M shell n = 3
The number of sub-shells in M shell is 3.

Question 57.
How many spin orientations are possible for an electron in s-orbital?
Answer:
The spin quantum number values for electrons are ½ or -½. So 2 spin orientations are possible.

Question 58.
Write valence electronic configuration of element which has the following set of quantum numbers.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 7
n = 3 indicates 3rd orbit and l = 1 indicates p orbital and there is one electron in p orbital. So the valence electron configuration is 3p¹.

Question 59.
How many unpaired electrons are present in chromium?
Answer:
The electronic configuration of chromium 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s¹ 3d5.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 8
The number of unpaired electrons = 6.

Question 60.
Find the four quantum number values of 3rd and 4th electrons of Beryllium.
The electronic configuration of Beryllium is 1s² 2s².
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 9

Question 61.
What is the n + l value of 4f orbital?
Answer:
For 4f orbital n = 4 and f orbital l = 3.
∴ n + l = 4 + 3 = 7

Question 62.
When you heat iron rod first it turns red. Why?
Answer:
Iron turns into red because red has higher wavelength. So it has lower energy which is emitted by iron.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 63.
What is the significance of Planck’s proposal?
Answer:
Electromagnetic energy can be gained or lost in discrete values and not in a continuous manner.

Question 64.
When do you see an emission line?
The energy emitted by an electron is seen in the form of an electromagnetic energy and when the wavelength is. in the visible region it is visible as an emission line.

Question 65.
How many elliptical orbits are there in 4th orbit of Sommerfeld?
Answer:
The number of elliptical orbits in 4th orbit of Sommerfeld is 3.

Question 66.
Why is spin quantum number introduced?
Answer:
When we observe spectrum of yellow light by using high resolution spectroscope it has very closely spaced doublet. Similar patterns are shown by Alkali and Alkaline earth metals. In order to account this spin quantum number is introduced.

Question 67.
Which of the following magnetic quantum number values is not possible for 3d orbital?
a) – 2
b) – 1
c) 0
d) 4
Answer:
For d orbital the possible m; values – 2, – 1, 0, 1, 2. So the value 4 is not possible.

Question 68.
If an element has 11 electrons in its M shell, then what is the name of element and its atomic number?
Answer:
The electronic configuration of element is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s² 3d3.
[M shell electrons = 2 + 6 + 3=11]

So the element is Titanium.

Question 69.
The wave length of a wave is 100 nm. Find its frequency.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 10

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain Hund’s Rule with an example. (TS March 2016) (AP SA-1:2018-19)
Answer:
Hund’s Rule :
According to this rule electron pairing in orbitals starts only when all available empty orbitals of the same energy are singly occupied.

(1) Ex :

  1. The configuration of carbon atom (Z = 6) is 1s² 2s² 2p².
  2. The first four electrons go into the 1s and 2s orbitals.
  3. The next two electrons go into 2px and 2py orbitals.
    AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 11
  4. But, they do not pair in 2px orbital.

(2) Ex :

  1. In oxygen atom (8O), distribution of electrons is given below.
  2. AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 12
  3. Here, pairing of electrons in 2px orbital takes place after, 2px, 2py and 2pz orbitals are filled with a single electron.

Question 2.
The electronic configuration of Sodium is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s¹. (AP March 2017)
What information that it gives?
Answer:

  1. Its atomic number is 11
  2. It is s-block element
  3. It is in 3rd period ’
  4. It is in 1st group
  5. Its valency is 1
  6. Number of valency electrons are 1
  7. It can form uni positive ion
  8. It can form ionic bond, 9. It is metal.

Question 3.
Explain the principle which describes the arrangement of electrons in degenerate orbitals.
Answer:
According to Hund’s rule the degenerate orbitals are occupied with one electron each before pairing of electron starts.
Ex : Electronic configuration of carbon is 1s² 2s² 2p²
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 13
the last two electrons will enter into separate 2p orbitals.

Question 4.
Name the principle, which says an orbital can hold only 2 electrons and explain. (AP March 2018)
Answer:

  • Name of the principle : Pauli’s exclusion principle.
  • No, two electrons in an orbital can have all four quantum numbers same.
  • It says there is a chance to hold only 2 electrons, one rotates in clockwise direction (+½)other rotates in anticlock wise direction (-½).

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 5.
For a better understanding about the electronic configuration in an atom, the teacher wrote shorthand notation nlx on the blackboard.
Looking at this notation, what could be the probable questions that generate in the student’s mind? Write any two of them. (TS March 2015)
Answer:

  1. What n, l, x indicates related to atoms?
  2. How nlx indicates the position of the electrons in the atom?

Question 6.
Write the ‘Octet Rule’. How does Mg (12) get stability while reacting with chlorine as per this rule? (TS June 2017)
Answer:
Octet Rule :
The atoms of elements tend to undergo chemical changes that help to leave their atoms with eight outer – shell electrons.

Magnesium atom looses 2 electrons and get 8 electrons in its outermost shell as Neon. So that it gets stability.

Question 7.
Write the electronic configuration of the atom of an element having atomic number 11. Write the names of the rules and the laws followed by you in writing this electronic configuration. (TS March 2017)
Answer:
1s²2s²2p63s¹.
(OR)
Principles followed :

  1. Aufbau principle.
  2. Hund’s Rule.
  3. Pauli Exclusion Principle

Question 8.
The electron enters into 4s orbital after filling 3p orbital but not into 3d. Explain the reason (TS March 2018)
Answer:
Based on (n+l) values energy value of 3d orbitals is 3 + 2 = 5, energy value of 4s orbitals is 4 + 0 = 4
The energy level of 4s orbital is less than the 3d orbital according to the Aufbau principle electron enters into lower energy orbital first.
Thats why electrons enters into 4s orbital after filling 3p, but not into 3d.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 9.
Write the electronic configuration of Na+ and Cl.
Answer:
Electronic Configuration of Na+ is 1s² 2s² 2p6 and Cl is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6.

Question 10.
Observe the given table and answer the following questions. (TS March 2019)

Sl.No. Electron Configuration
1. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3
2. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2
3. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6

1) Mention the divalent element name.
2) Name the element belongs to 3rd period and VA Group.
Answer:

  1. Name of the divalent element in the table is Calcium.
  2. Name of the element which belongs to 3rd period and VA Group is Phosphorous.

Question 11.
Your friend is unable to understand nlx. What questions will you ask him to understand nlx method? (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:

  1. What is nlx method?
  2. Where does it use ?
  3. What is meant by ‘n’, 7′ and ‘x’?
  4. How can we use nlx method in the writing of electronic configuration?

Question 12.
Why do valency electrons involve in bond formation, than electrons of inner shells? (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:

  1. When two atoms come sufficiently close together the valence electrons of each atom experience the attractive force of the nucleus in the other atom.
  2. The nucleus and the electrons in the inner shell remain unaffected when atoms come close together.
  3. The electrons in outer most shell of an atom get affected.
  4. Thus electrons in valence shell are responsible for the formation of bond between atoms.

Question 13.
Explain Pauli’s exclusion principle with an example. (AP SA-I:2019-20)
Answer:
Pauli’s exclusion principle :
No two electrons of the same atom can have all four quantum numbers the same. If n, l and ml are same for two electrons, then ms must be different.
Suppose take the example of Helium atom.
The four quantum numbers for two electrons in the Helium atom given below.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 14

We can observe from the table that three of the quantum numbers are same but fourth quantum number is different. The electronic configuration of Helium atom is² ↑↓. So the maximum number of electrons filled in an orbital is 2.

Question 14.
Explain Aufbau principle. (AP SA-I:2019-20)
Answer:
Aufbau principle :

  1. In the ground state the electronic configuration can be built up by placing electrons in the lowest available orbitals until the total number of electrons added is equal to atomic number.
  2. Thus orbitals are filled in the order of increasing energy.
  3. Electrons are assigned to orbitals in order of increasing value of n + l.
  4. For sub-shells with the same value of n + l, electrons are assigned first to the subshell with lower n.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 15.
The electronic configuration of an atom is as follows 1s² 2s² 2p².
a) Which element’s atom is it?
b) Which orbital is the last electron in?
c) When excited what could be the number of lone / single electrons in this atom?
d) What is the value of principal quantum numbers of two electrons in the first box?
Answer:
Given electronic configuration of atom is 1s² 2s² 2p².
a) The element is carbon.
b) The valence electron enters 2p orbital.
c) In excited state the electron in 2s orbital enters 2p orbital. So it has 4 unpaired electrons.
d) The value of principal quantum number is 1.

Question 16.
Draw the table which gives the information about the quantum numbers and the number of the quantum states.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 15

Question 17.
Explain briefly about spin quantum number.
Answer:

  • This gives spin of the electrons about their own axes. It is denoted by ms.
  • This quantum number refers to the two possible orientations of the spin of an electron, one clockwise and the other anti-clockwise spin.
  • These are represented by +½ -½ and .

Question 18.
Write electronic configurations of following elements,
a) Hydrogen
b) Helium
c) Lithium
d) Beryllium
e) Boron
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 16

Question 19.
What does a line spectrum tell us about the structure of an atom?
Answer:
The electrons in ground state i.e. lowest, energy state absorb energy and move into excited state where they are unable to stay for long periods so lose the energy and come back to the ground state. The emitted radiation appears as line in line spectrum.

Question 20.
What are the spins of electrons in Helium atom?
Answer:
The quantum numbers for two electrons of Helium are given below as per Pauli’s exclusive principle.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 17
Three of quantum numbers are same. So fourth must be different so the two electrons have anti-parallel spins.

Question 21.
1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 3d10 4s¹ is the electronic configuration of Cu (Z = 29). Which rule is violated while writing this configuration? What might be the reason for writing this configuration?
Answer:
The rule violated is Aufbau principle. The elements which have half filled or completely filled orbitals have greater stability. So copper can get stability by transferring one electron from 4s to 3d (their energies are close to each other).

So the electronic configuration of copper is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 3d10 4s¹, not 1s² 2s² 2p 3s² 3p6 3d9 4s².

Question 22.
Why are chromium and copper exceptions to electronic configuration?
Answer:
Elements which have half-filled or completely filled orbitals have greater stability. So in chromium and copper the electrons in 4s and 3d redistribute their energies to attain stability by acquiring half-filled and completely filled d orbitals.

Hence the actual electronic configurations of chromium and copper are as follows.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 18

Question 23.
Distinguish between emission and absorption spectrum.
Answer:

Emission spectrum Absorption spectrum
1) The spectrum produced by emitted radiation is called emission spectrum. 1) The spectrum produced by absorption of radiation is called absorption spectrum.
2) The emission spectrum contains bright lines on the dark back-ground. 2) The absorption spectrum contains dark lines on the bright back-ground.
3) The emission spectrum corresponds the radiation emitted when an excited electron comes back to the ground state. 3) The absorption spectrum corresponds the radiation absorbed in exciting an electron from lower to higher energy levels.

Question 24.
Draw a table which will give the relationship between l values and number of orbitals and name of sub-shell and maximum number of electrons.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 19

Question 25.
Distinguish between line and band spectrum.
Answer:

Line spectrum Band spectrum
1) The spectrum has sharp distinct lines. 1) The spectrum has many closed, spaced lines.
2) The spectrum is characteristic of atoms and is also called atomic spectrum. 2) The spectrum is characteristic of molecules is also called molecular spectrum.
3) The spectrum is given by inert gases, metal vapours and atomised non-metals. 3) The spectrum is given by hot metals and molecular non-metals.

Question 26.
What is Dispersion of light? Explain a natural example of dispersion of light.
Answer:
Dispersion:
Splitting of white light into colours (VIBGYOR) is called Dispersion of light.

The natural example for dispersion of light is formation of Rainbow. It is caused by dispersion of sunlight by tiny water droplets present in atmosphere which act as small prisms.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 27.
Wien is an electromagnetic wave produced? Write about characteristics of electromagnetic wave.
Answer:
Electromagnetic wave is produced when an electric charge vibrates (moves back and fortn).

Characteristics of electromagnetic waves :

  1. Efectric field and magnetic fields are perpendicular to each other and at right angles to direction of propagation of wave.
  2. It travels with speed of light i.e., 3 × 108 ms-1.
  3. Electromagnetic energy is characterized by wavelength (λ) and frequency (v). The relation is given by c = vλ.

Question 28.
The valence electron configuration of element is given as 4s¹. Then give the following information.
1) What is the name of that element?
2) What is the outermost orbit of element?
3) What is ‘l’ value of outermost sub-shell?
4) What is the atomic number of element?
Answer:

  1. Potassium.
  2. N
  3. The outermost sub-shell is 4s its l value is ‘O’.
  4. Its electronic configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s¹. So its atomic number is 19.

Question 29.
Write all the quantum numbers for valance electron of sodium.
Answer:

  1. The electronic configuration of sodium is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s¹.
  2. The valance orbital is 3s.
  3. The quantum numbers for this orbital is
    AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 20

Question 30.
Give electronic configurations of following elements.
a) Sodium
b) Phosphorous
Answer:
Sodium – 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s¹
Phosphorous – 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p³

Question 31.
Why does nitrogen has more chemical stability when compared with oxygen?
Answer:
The electronic configurations of Nitrogen and Oxygen are as follows.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 21
Nitrogen has half filled 2p³ configuration. So it has greater chemical stability when compared with Oxygen.

Question 32.
Ramu gave electronic configuration of potassium as 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 3d¹ whereas Ravi expressed the configuration as 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s¹. Who gave the correct configuration? Why?
Answer:
Ravi gave the correct configuration because according to Aufbau principle after completion of 3p orbital electron may enter either 4s or 3d.
Their n + l values are given below.

Orbital n + l Values
4s 4 + 0 = 4
3d 3 + 2 = 5

So 4s orbital has lower n + l value when compared with 3d orbital. So electron enters into 4s.

Question 33.
Given the valence electron configuration of an element is 4s¹. Then what are its quantum number values. Which element does it represent?
Answer:
Given valence electronic configuration is 4s¹. So n = 4 for ‘s’ sub shell l = 0 and if l is ‘O’ then ml is also zero. ms takes only two values that is +½ or -½ for convenience we can take ms as +½.
∴ The quantum number values are like this
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 22
The element is potassium.

Question 34.
The atomic number of an element is 17, then calculate the total number of electrons present in its s and p orbitals.
Answer:
The element with atomic number 17 is chlorine.
Its electronic configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p5.
So, the total number of electrons present in s orbitals = 2 + 2 + 2 = 6.
The total number of electrons present in p orbitals = 6 + 5 = 11.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 35.
Based on Aufbau’s principle, in which of the three 4d, 5p and 5s orbitals the electrons will be filled first? Why?
Answer:
According to Aufbau’s principle, the electron enters the orbital having lower n + l value. If both orbitals have same n + l values, electron enters the orbital with lower ‘n’ value.

Oprbital n + l value
4d 4 + 3 = 7
5p 5 + 1 = 6
5s 5 + 0 = 5

So, 3s has least n + l value. Therefore the electron enters 5s orbital first.

Question 36.
Find the following.
1) Number of orbitals present in M orbit.
Answer:
Number of orbitals present in an orbit = n² For M orbit n = 3.
∴ So the number of orbitals = 3² = 9.

2) The maximum and minimum possible ml values for 4f orbital.
Answer:
For f orbital ‘l’ value is 3. If l is 3, then ml takes values from – 3 to + 3.
So the minimum value for ml is – 3 and maximum value is + 3.

3) The possible values of l if n = 4.
Answer:
If n = 4, then l take values from 0 to 3 i.e., 0, 1, 2, 3.

4) The maximum number of electrons that can be filled in ‘N’ energy level.
Answer:
For N orbit n = 4. The maximum number of electrons present in a shell = n².
∴ The maximum number of electrons filled in N shell = 4² = 16.

Question 37.
How do the vibrating electric and magnetic fields around the charge become a wave that travel through space?
Answer:

  • A vibrating electric charge creates a change in the electric field.
  • The changing electric field creates a changing magnetic field.
  • This process continues, with both the created fields being perpendicular to each other and at right angles to the direction of propagation of the wave.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 38.
What information do the quantum numbers provide?
Answer:
The quantum numbers describe the space around the nuclear where the electrons are found and also their energies.

Question 39.
An electron in an atom has the following set of four quantum numbers. Which orbital does it belong to?

n l ml ms
3 0 0

Answer:
The quantum numbers of an atom is given below.

n l ml ms
3 0 0

By using nlx method n = 3, if l = 0 then the sub-shell is s.
So the electron belongs to 3s.

Question 40.
Look at the following table and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 23
a) What is the law that is voilated in the above table? State that law.
b) Write the correct table using that law.
Answer:
a) The law violated is Pauli’s Exclusive Principle. Pauli’s law states that no two electrons of the same atom can have all the four quantum numbers same.
b)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 24

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Draw Moeller chart of filling order of atomic orbitals.
(OR)
Draw a diagram showing the increasing value of (n + l) of orbitals. (AP June 2017)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 25
The filling order of atomic orbitals (Moeller Chart)

Question 2.
Complete the following table based on quantum numbers related to atomic orbitals and electron of an atom. (AP SA-I-2018-19)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 26
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 27

Question 3.
Based on the information given in the table, answer the questions given below.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 28
i) For the 4th main shell, how many values are there for ml? What are they? (TS June 2016)
Answer:
1) There are 16 m( values in the 4th main shell.
2) They are

Orbital ml values Total
4s 0 1
4p -1, 0, + 1 3
4d -2, -1, 0, + 1, +2 5
4f -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3 7
Total 16

ii) For sub-shell with n = 3, l = 1, write the m, values.
Answer:
For sub – shell with n = 3, l = 1 the m, values are -1, 0, 1.

iii) Write the principal quantum number value for ‘N’ shell. How many sub-shells are there in the main shell?
Answer:

  1. The principal quantum number value for ‘N’ shell is 4.
  2. The number of sub-shells is 4. They are 4s, 4p, 4d, 4f.

iv) In the above table ml and l values are given. Write a formula that gives the relationship between ml and l based on those values.
Answer:
ml (No. of values) = 2l + 1.

Question 4.
Observe the information provided in the table about quantum numbers. Then answer the questions given below it. (TS June 2017)

n l ml
1 0 0
2 0 0
1 -1, 0, +1
3 0 0
1 -1, 0, +1
2 -2, -1, 0, +1, +2

i) Write the ‘l’ value and symbol of the spherical shaped sub-shell.
ii) How many values that ‘ml‘ takes for 1 = 2? What are they?
iii) Write the symbols of the orbitals for l = 1 sub-shell.
iv) What is the shape of the sub-shell for l = 2? What is the maximum number of electrons that can occupy this sub-shell?
Answer:
i) Spherical shaped sub-shell “l” value is zero and symbol is ‘s’.
ii) Number of m; values for 1 = 2 is 5, those are -2, -1, 0, 1, 2.
iii) Symbols of the orbitals for l = 1 sub-shell are px, py, pz.
iv) Shape of the subshell l = 2 is double dumbel.
The maximum number of electrons that can occupy in this sub-shell is 10.

Question 5.
Write postulates and limitations of Bohr Hydrogen atomic model. (TS June 2018)
Answer:
Postulates :

  1. Niels Bohr proposed that electrons in an atom occupy ‘stationary’ orbits of fixed energy at different distances from the nucleus.
  2. When an electron jumps from a lower energy state (ground state) to higher energy state it absorbs energy or emits energy when such a jump occurs from a higher energy state.
  3. The energies of an electron in an atom can have only certain values E1, E2, E5…. that is, the energy is quantized.

Limitations :

  1. Bohr’s model failed to account for splitting of line spectra of hydrogen atom into liner lines.
  2. Bohr theory could not explain the Zeeman and Stark effect.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 6.
Explain Bohr’s model of hydrogen atom and its limitations. (March 2019)
Answer:
Niels Bohr proposed that,
a) electrons in an atom occupy stationary orbits of fixed energy (K, L, M, N,…) at different distances from the nucleus.

b) when an electron jumps from a lower energy state to higher energy state, it ab¬sorbs energy or emits energy when such a jump occurs from a higher energy state to lower energy state.

c) the energies of an electron in an atom can have only certain values E1, E2, E3, ……… i.e. the energy is quantized. The states corresponding to these energies are called stationary states and the possible values of the energy are called energy levels.

d) the angular momentum of electron is multiple integral of \(\frac{L}{2 \pi}\).
∴ L = mvr = \(\frac{\mathrm{nh}}{2 \pi}\)
m = mass of electron ;
v = velocity of electron ;
r = radius of circular path;
h = plank constant

Limitations :

  1. Bohr’s model failed to account for splitting of line spectra (Zeeman effect).
  2. This model failed to account for the atomic spectra of atoms of more than one electron.
  3. Bohr theory was not explained the quantisation of angular momentum of an electron.
  4. It was not explained the formation of chemical bonds.

Question 7.
Explain four quantum numbers with an example. (AP SA-I; 2019-20)
Answer:
Each electron iii an atom is described by a set of three numbers called Quantum numbers.

1) Principal quantum number (n) :
It is used to know the size and energy of the main shell The values of ‘n’ are 1, 2, 3 …..
energy of the shell, n = 1 < energy of the Shell n = 2.

2) Angular momentum of quantum number (l) :
It is used to know the shape of a particular sub shell.
The values of ‘l’ are 0, 1, 2, 3
l = 0 = s orbital = spherical in shape
l = 1 = p orbital = dumbel in shape
l = 2 = d orbital = double dumbel Shape

3) i) Magnetic quantum number (ml) :
It is used to describe the orientation of the orbital in space relative to the other orbitals in the atom.
The values of mt are – ‘l’ to ’+l’ including zero,

ii) Spin quantum number (ms) :
It is used to know the orientation of the spins of electrons.
The values of ms are +½ and – ½.

Question 8.
How does Hund’s rule helps in writing electronic configuration of an atom? Explain with a suitable example. (TS June 2019)
Answer:
Hund’s rule :
According to this rule electron pairing in orbitals starts only when all available empty orbitals of the same energy are singly occupied.

This Hund’s rule helps in writing of electronic configuration of an element.

Example :

  1. The electronic configuration of carbon (C) atom (Z = 6) is 1s² 2s² 2p6.
  2. The first four electrons go into the Is and 2s orbitals.
  3. The next two electrons go into separate 2p orbitals, with both electrons having the same spin.
    AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 29

Another example :

  1. The electronic configuration of oxygen (8O) is 1s² 2s² 2p4.
  2. The first four electrons go into the 1s, 2s orbitals.
  3. The next four electrons go into 2p orbits as 2 in 2px, 1 in 2py and 1 in 2pz orbital.
    AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 30
  4. Here pairing of electron in 2px starts after filling of electron in each 2px, 2py, 2pz orbitals.
  5. But electrons do not occupy like this
    AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 31

Question 9.
Your father asked you to go to the market and purchase an electric lamp. The shop-keeper displayed two lamps – one is violet and another is red. Which coloured lamp do you purchase to put in your bedroom? Support your choice of solution.
Answer:
Red has highest wavelength and violet has lowest wavelength. We know that relationship between energy as follows.
E = hv = h\(\frac{c}{\lambda}\)

h and c are remains constant.
∴ E ∝ \(\frac{1}{\lambda}\)

Energy is inversely proportional to wavelength. Red coloured light has lower energy and least intensity. So red coloured lamp is preferable as bed light.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 10.
Heisenberg contradicts Neils Bohr. Explain in what way he contradicts.
Answer:

  • According to Bohr, electrons revolve around nucleus in definite paths or orbits. So the exact position of the electron at various times will be known to us.
  • In order to explain Bohr’s postulate we have to know the velocity and exact position of electron.
  • In order to find the position of electron we have to take the help of suitable light to find the position. As the electrons are very small, light of very short wavelength is required for this task.
  • This short wavelength light interacts with the electron and disturbs the motion of the electron.
  • Hence, it is not possible to find the exact position and velocity of electron simultaneously. This was stated by Heisenberg which is called Heisenberg’s principle of uncertainty.
  • In this way Heisenberg contradicts Neils Bohr.

Question 11.
Explain Bohr-Sommerfeld model of an atom. What is the merit of this model? What are its limitations?
Answer:

  • In an attempt to account for the structure of line spectra, Sommerfeld modified Bohr’s atomic model by adding elliptical orbits.
  • While retaining the first of Bohr’s circular orbit as such, he added one elliptical orbit to Bohr’s second orbit, two elliptical orbits to Bohr’s third orbit, etc.
  • Nucleus of the atom is one of the principal foci of these elliptical orbits because periodic motion under the influence of a central force will lead to elliptical orbits with the force situated at one of the foci.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 32

Merit:
Bohr-Sommerfeld model is successful in accounting for the fine line structure of hydrogen atomic spectra.

Limitations :

  1. This model failed to account for the atomic spectra of atoms of more than one electron.
  2. It did not explain Zeeman and Stark effects.

Question 12.
In an atom the number of electrons in N-shell is equal to the number of electrons in K, L and M shells. Answer the following questions.
i) Which is the outermost shell?
Answer:
The outermost shell is p(n = 6).

ii) How many electrons are there in its outermost shell?
Answer:
Two electrons are there in outermost shell.

iii) What is the atomic number?
Answer:
Its atomic number is 56.

iv) Write the electronic configuration of the elements.
Answer:
The electronic configuration of element is
1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s² 3d10 4p6 5s² 4d10 5p6 6s².

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 13.
Explain the following electron configurations by using nlx method.
a) 2p¹
b) 3d5
c) 4f9
d) 6s²
Answer:
In nlx method n is the principle quantum number and l is the angular momentum quantum number and x is number of electrons. Now let us explain the following configurations
a) 2p¹ – It indicates that there is one electron in ‘p’ sub-shell of second orbit or shell.
b) 3d5 – It indicates that there are five electrons in ‘d’ sub-shell of third orbit or shell.
c) 4f9 – It indicates that there are nine electrons in ‘f’ sub-shell of fourth orbit or shell.
d) 6s² – It indicates that there are two electrons in ‘s’ sub-shell of sixth orbit or shell.

Question 14.
In an atom the number of electrons in L shell is equal to three times of K shell. Then answer the following.
1) Which is the outermost shell?
2) How many electrons are there in outermost shell?
3) What is the atomic number of element?
4) Write electronic configuration of element.
5) Write name of element.
Given that the number of electrons in L shell is three times of K shell.
Answer:
We know that number of electrons in K shell is 2.
Therefore number of electrons in L shell = 3 × 2 = 6

  1. So the outermost shell is L.
  2. The number of electrons in outermost shell is 6.
  3. The atomic number of element is 8.
  4. The electronic configuration of element is 1s² 2s² 2p4.
  5. The element is oxygen.

Question 15.
We know that the electron configuration of copper is [Ar] 4s¹ 3d10. Is it against to Aufbau principle or not. If so, why is the configuration violated?
Answer:

  • The atomic number of copper is 29. So its electron configuration should be [Ar] 4s² 3d4.
  • But if one electron from 4s orbital jumps into 3d orbital, then copper gets half filled ‘d’ orbitals which gives stability to the atom.
  • The energy difference between 4s and 3d is very less. So one electron can easily jump from 4s to 3d which gives half-filled 3d5 configuration.
  • So, in order to get additional stability, Aufbau principle is violated i.e., electron enters the orbital of higher energy before the completion ortrital of lower energy.

Question 16.
Electronic configurations of following elements are written wrongly. Correct those configurations with proper explanation.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 33
Answer:
1) The electron configuration of oxygen is 1s² 2s² 2p4 because the maximum number of electrons that can be filled in s orbital is 2 and so the extra electron should be entered in 2p.

2) The correct electron configuration of nitrogen is
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 34
The reason is that the pairing of electrons does not take place until each degenerate orbital is filled with one electron each (Hund’s principle).

3) The correct electronic configuration of scandium is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s¹ because after completion of 3p orbital electron enters in 4s because the energy of 4s orbital is less than 3d (Aufbau principle).

4) The correct electronic configuration of chromium is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s¹ 3d5. Because atoms having half filled or completely filled orbitals are more stable. So by transferring one electron from 4s to 3d the atom gets extra stability.

Question 17.
Here is set of quantum numbers. Do they form correct values of quantum numbers or not. If not, give reason.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 35
The values l, ml, ms are not correct values for given ‘n’.
Answer:

  • The maximum value for l is n – 1. If n = 3, then l takes values from 0 to 2. That is 0, 1, 2.
  • ml values depend on ‘l’. ml take values from – l to + l including zero. So, the possible values for m7 may be from – 2 to + 2.
  • Spin quantum number has only two values, i.e. and –\(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{1}{2}\). So \(\frac{1}{4}\) value is not possible.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 18.
Answer the following questions.
a) If n = 4, then what energy level does it represent?
Answer:
If n = 4, then it represents N energy level.

b) If n = 5, then what is the maximum value for l and why?
Answer:
If n = 5, then the maximum value of l for 4 because the maximum value for l is n- 1.

c) If l = 3, then what are the maximum possible values for ml?
Answer:
Given l = 3.
Then possible values for ml is 2l + 1.
∴ Maximum possible values = 2(3) +1 = 7

d) What is the number of electrons present in M energy level?
Answer:
For M energy level n = 3.
The maximum number of electrons in an orbit = 2n² = 2 × 3² = 2 × 9 = 18

Question 19.
Draw the shapes of s, p and d orbitals.
Answer:
s – orbital (Spherical) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 36
p – orbital (Dumbell) :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 37
All P:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 38
d – orbital (Double Dumbell):
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 39

Question 20.
Draw electromagnetic wave and label its parts.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 40

Question 21.
Draw the diagram of electromagnetic spectrum.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 41

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions 10th Chemical Bonding

10th Class Chemistry 10th Lesson Chemical Bonding 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is a chemical bond? (AP March 2015)
Answer:
An attractive force between two atoms in a molecule is called a chemical bond.

Question 2.
Write the names of any two compounds which have ionic bond. (TS June 2016)
Answer:
1) NaCl
2) MgCl2

Question 3.
Draw the structural diagram of Ammonia molecule as per the valence-shell electron pair repulsion theory. (TS March 2016)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 1

Question 4.
Show the formation of HC/ molecule with Lewis dot structures using the information given below. (TS March 2017)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 2
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 3

Question 5.
Explain, why bonding angle (HOH) in water is 104° 31′ instead of 109° 28′? (TS June 2018)
Answer:
Due to the repulsion between the lone pair of electrons and bond pair of electrons in water molecule the bond angle will be 104° 31′ rather than 109° 28′.

Question 6.
Imagine and write what type of ion can be formed generally by an atom of element with low ionisation energy, low electron affinity with high atomic size? (AP March 2019)
Answer:
Cation or positivity charged ion can be formed generally by an atom of element with low ionisation energy, low electron affinity with high atomic size.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 7.
Draw the structure of Methane molecule and mention bond angle. (TS March 2019)
Answer:
Structure of methane CH4. Tetrahedral structure with bond angle 109°28′.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 4
Bond Angle is 109°28′

Question 8.
Why do elements form chemical bonds? (TS SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:

  • Elements are unstable if they contain less than eight electrons (octet) in their valency shell.
  • Hence, they form chemical bond with other elements to get octet in their valency shell.

Question 9.
How is covalent bond formed?
Answer:
A covalent bond is formed by the sharing of electrons between two atoms.
Ex : Bonding in H2 molecule, O2 molecule, N2 molecule, etc.

Question 10.
What is ‘Octet rule’?
Answer:
Octet rule :
Presence of 8 electrons in the outermost shell of an atom or a molecule is called ‘octet rule’.

Question 11.
What is ‘Bond length’?
Answer:
Bond length :
It is the inner-nucleus distance between the two atoms in a molecule. It is measured in Angstrom, 1 Å = 10-8 cm.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 12.
How is a cation formed?
Answer:
A cation is formed when an atom loses electrons.

Question 13.
How is an anion formed?
Answer:
An anion is formed when an atom gains electrons.

Question 14.
Which type of compounds are more soluble in polar solvents?
Answer:
Ionic compounds are more soluble in polar solvents.

Question 15.
Which compounds exhibit high melting and boiling points?
Answer:
Ionic compounds exhibit high melting and boiling points.

Question 16.
What is electronic configuration?
Answer:
A systematic arrangement of electrons in the atomic orbits is called electronic configuration.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 17.
Why are molecules more stable than atoms?
Answer:
Molecules have lower energy than that of the combined atoms. Molecules are more stable than atoms since chemical species with lower energy are more stable.

Question 18.
What is ionic linkage?
Answer:
When two oppositely charged ions are engaged in a bond, it is known as ionic linkage.

Question 19.
On which factors do anions depend?
Answer:

  1. Atomic size
  2. Ionisation potential
  3. Electron affinity
  4. Electronegativity

Question 20.
How do you know the valence of a metal?
Answer:
The number of electrons lost from a metal atom is the valence of its element which is equal to its group number.
Ex : Na and Mg have valence 1 and 2 respectively.

Question 21.
How do you know the valence of a non-metal?
Answer:
The number of electrons gained by a non-metal element for its atom is its valency, which is equal to 8 – its group number. Ex : The valency of chlorine is (8 – 7) = 1.

Question 22.
What is Tonic bond’?
Answer:
The electrostatic attractive force that keeps cation and anion together to form a new electrically neutral compounds is called ionic bond.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 23.
Why do atoms combine and form molecules?
Answer:
The energy of molecule is less than the total energy of constituent atoms. Therefore atoms combine and go to a stable state of lower energy.

Question 24.
What is ‘orbital concept of bond formation’?
Answer:
Atoms with half-filled or vacant orbitals try to get paired electrons in those orbitals by bond formation, i.e. by losing, gaining or sharing of electrons.

Question 25.
Name the bonds present in the molecules
i) BaCl2
ii) C2H4.
Answer:
i) In BaCl2 – Ionic.
ii) In C2H4 – Covalent (double bond H2C = CH2).

Question 26.
Why are ionic compounds good electrolytes?
Answer:

  • Electrolytes produce ions in solution, which carry current.
  • Ionic compounds in the fused state and aqueous solutions contain ions moving freely. Hence they conduct electricity.

Question 27.
When is ionic bond formed between atoms?
Answer:
Ionic bond is readily formed between atoms of elements with a low ionisation energy and atoms of elements with high electronegativity.

Question 28.
What is crystal lattice’?
Answer:
In a crystal of an ionic compound, each ion is surrounded by oppositely charged ions. The ions arrange themselves at an optimum distance with regular periodicity in a well-defined three-dimensional network called crystal lattice.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 29.
What is Lattice energy’?
Answer:
The energy released when gaseous positive and negative ions are brought together from infinity to form one mole ionic crystals is called lattice energy.

Question 30.
How is a σ (sigma) bond formed?
Answer:
By the axial or head on overlap of pure orbitals or hybrid orbitals of two atoms.

Question 31.
How is a π (pi) bond formed?
Answer:
By the lateral or parallel overlap of only pure atomic orbitals after the a bond formation.

Question 32.
Which type of atoms easily enter ionic bonding?
Answer:
An atom with low ionization potential and another with high electron affinity.

Question 33.
What is a polar bond?
Answer:
A covalent bond in a heteroatomic molecule.
Eg : HCl.

Question 34.
What is meant by inter-nuclear axis?
Answer:
The hypothetical line joining the centre of nuclei of two atoms in a molecule.

Question 35.
What are multiple bonds?
Answer:
Double and triple bonds are multiple bonds.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 36.
How many a and π bonds are in O2 molecule?
Answer:
One σ and one π bond.

Question 37.
What are Lewis structures?
Answer:
The symbol of the atom gives the core (or kernel) of the atom, in which valence electrons are shown as dots (•), circles (O) or crosses (x). Thus in Na, Na represents the core of sodium atom and the cross (x) represents the valence electron of sodium.

Question 38.
What are the structures of sodium chloride and calcium chloride crystals?
Answer:
Sodium chloride has face centered cubic structure. Calcium chloride has body centered cubic structure.

Question 39.
NaCl dissolves in water but not in benzene. Explain.
Answer:
NaCl dissolves in water because of hydration. Water being a polar molecule has positive and negative ends which hydrate Na+ and Cl ions. Benzene being non-polar cannot solvate the ions of NaCl.

Question 40.
What are the bond angles in H2O and NH3 molecule?
Answer:
Bond angle in H2O molecule is 104° 30′.
Bond angle in NH3 molecule is 107°.

Question 41.
What are the forces present in an ionic bond?
Answer:
Electrostatic forces of attraction are present in ionic bonds.

Question 42.
Which forces are weaker forces and where are they operative?
Answer:

  1. Van der Waal’s forces are very weak forces.
  2. They are operative between non-polar molecules.

Question 43.
Which compounds exhibit low melting and boiling points?
Answer:
Covalent compounds exhibit low melting and boiling points when compared to ionic compounds.

Question 44.
How are cations formed?
Answer:
The metal atoms lose electrons to form positively charged ions or cations.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 45.
Why is a molecule of hydrogen more stable than the uncombined atoms?
Answer:
When a molecule of hydrogen is formed from the atoms, energy is released (104 Kcal/mol). Thus the molecules possessing lower energy are more stable than the atoms.

Question 46.
How many sigma and pi bonds are present in acetylene molecule between carbon atoms?
Answer:
\(\mathrm{HC} \equiv \mathrm{CH}\), one sigma and two pi bonds are present.

Question 49.
In case of ionic substances, a more appropriate term is formula weight, rather than ‘molecular weight’. Why?
Answer:
Molecules are not present in ionic substances. Only ions are present. The formula of an ionic substance represents the simpler ratio of ions in one mole of crystal. Hence a more appropriate term is ‘formula weight’.

Question 50.
Write a short note on bond angles.
Answer:
It is the average angle between two adjacent atoms bonded to the central atom in a molecule. Molecules with larger bond angles are more stable than those with smaller angles.

Question 51.
Sulphur dioxide is a diamagnetic molecule. Explain.
Answer:
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) is a diamagnetic molecule because it has all electrons paired (no free electrons).

Question 52.
What is an ion?
Answer:
An ion is an electrically charged atom (or group of atoms).

Question 53.
What is a Coordination number?
Answer:
The number of ions of opposite charge that surround a given ion of given charge is known as coordination number of that given ion. –

Question 54.
What factors affect or which factors influence the formation cation or anion?
Answer:
Factors affecting formation of anion or cation are :

  1. Atomic size,
  2. Ionization potential,
  3. Electron affinity,
  4. Electronegativity.

Question 55.
Two elements X and Y have the following configurations.
X = 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s²
Y = 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p5
What is the formula of the compound?
Answer:
The electronic configuration of X is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s².
So its valency is 2.
The electronic configuration of Y is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p5.
So its valency is 1.
∴ The formula of the compound is XY2.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 56.
The electronegativities of two elements are 1 and 3. What type of bond is formed between the two elements? Why?
Answer:
The electronegativity difference of elements = 3 – 1 = 2.
So the electronegativity difference is more than 1.9. Therefore the bond formed between the elements is ionic in nature.

Question 57.
What do you mean by Doublet configuration?
Answer:
If two electrons are present in valence shell, then it is called doublet configuration.
Eg.: Helium exhibits doublet configuration.

Question 58.
Write Lewis symbol of potassium and calcium.
Answer:
Potassium – \(\dot{\mathrm{K}}\) and Calcium – •Ca•

Question 59.
Which of the following is / are true?
1) Ionic compounds exist as solids.
2) Ionic compounds have high melting and boiling points.
3) Ionic compounds conduct electricity in solid state.
4) Ionic compounds have low melting and boiling points.
Answer:
Ionic compounds generally exists as solids and they have very high melting and boiling points and they conduct electricity in aqueous or molten state.
So first and second statements are true.

Question 60.
How many a and n bonds are there in acetylene molecule?
Answer:
The structure of acetylene is given by
\(\mathrm{H}-\mathrm{C} \equiv-\mathrm{H}\)
So they are 3a and 2n bonds.

Question 61.
What is the valency of carbon in CO2?
Answer:
The valency of oxygen is 2. So the valency of carbon = 2 × 2 = 4.

Question 62.
Which of the following does not get Helium configuration during formation of chemical bonding?
1) Hydrogen,
2) Lithium,
3) Beryllium,
4) Oxygen.
Answer:
Oxygen attains Neon configuration when it undergoes chemical bondings and the rest will attain Helium configuration.

Question 63.
Write the valencies of following elements.
a) Be
b) N and what is the compound formed when these two reacted?
Answer:
a) The electronic configuration of Be is 1s² 2s². So its valency is 2.
b) The electronic configuration of Nitrogen is 1s² 2s² 2p³. So its valency is 3.
∴ Formula of the compound is Be3N2.

Question 64.
Which of the following solutions are conductors of electricity?
a) Sugar solution,
b) Alcohol solution,
c) Glucose solution,
d) Salt solution.
Answer:
Salt solution is good conductor of electricity because common salt (NaCl) is an ionic compound and the rest are covalent compounds.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 65.
Why are noble gases (inert gases) stable?
Answer:

  1. Noble gases are stable because their outermost orbit contains 8 or 2 electrons.
  2. Noble gases exist an individual atoms.

10th Class Chemistry 10th Lesson Chemical Bonding 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Represent each of the following molecules using Lewis notation. (TS March 2015)
(i) Calcium and Chlorine to form Calcium chloride.
(ii) Formation of Oxygen molecule from Oxygen atoms.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 5

Question 2.
Between a neutral atom and its cations which has bigger size? Why? (TS June 2016)
Answer:

  • A neutral atom has bigger in size than its cation.
  • A cation has more protons and nucleus of the cation attracts the electrons in the outermost orbital more.
  • Hence, the radius of the anion decreases. It means size of the anion decreases.
  • So, a neutral atom is bigger than its cation.

Question 3.
Draw the diagram to show the formation of Oxygen molecule by Valence bond theory. (TS March 2017)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 6

Question 4.
Explain Ionic bond with suitable example. (TS June 2018)
Answer:
1) Sodium (Na) looses one electron and forms Sodium ion (Na+).
Na → Na+ + 1e

2) Chlorine (Cl) gains one electron and forms chloride ion (Cl).
Cl + 1e → Cl

3) Positive sodium ion (Na+) and negative chloride (Ct) ion come together due to electrostatic forces, participates in ionic bond and form NaCl.
Na+ + Cl → NaCl

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 5.
Give two examples of each to ionic and covalent compounds. (AP SCERT: 2019-20)
Answer:
1) Ionic compounds eg : NaCl, MgCl2
2) Covalent compounds eg : Cl2, HCl

Question 6.
Distinguish between a sigma and a pi bond.
Answer:

Sigma bond Pi bond
1. It is formed by the end-end on overlap of orbitals. 1. It is formed by the lateral overlap of orbitals.
2. It has independent existence. 2. It has no independent existence.
3. It is a strong bond. Because axial overlap is more. 3. It is a weak bond. Because lateral overlap is less.
4. There can be only one a bond. 4. There can be one or two 7t bonds between two atoms.
5. All orbitals form ‘o’ bond. 5. Only p, d orbitals form a bond.

Question 7.
Write about ‘Hydrogen bond’
Answer:

  • Hydrogen bond is formed between molecules in which hydrogen atom is attached to an atom of an element with large electronegativity and very small size (F, O, N). Because in hydrogen bond the molecules associate themselves and hence possess higher B.P’s and M.P’s.
  • The hydrogen bond formed between two molecules is called inter-molecular hydrogen bond.
  • The hydrogen bond formed between different groups of the same molecule is called intra-molecular hydrogen bond.

Question 8.
Bring out the difference between ionic and covalent bonds.
Answer:

Ionic bond Covalent bond
1. It is formed by transference of electrons from one atom to the other. 1. It is formed by the sharing of electron pairs by two atoms.
2. Electrostatic. 2. Not electrostatic, but rigid.
3. Ionic substances are formed by ionic bonds. 3. Molecules are formed by covalent bonds.
4. Non-directional. 4. Directional.

Question 9.
What is hybridisation?
Answer:
In the formation of molecules, the atomic orbitals of the atoms may hybridise.

  1. It is the process of mixing up of atomic orbitals of an atom to form identical hybrid orbitals.
  2. This takes place only during the formation of bond.
  3. There should not be much difference in the energies of the orbitals that hybridise.
  4. The number of hybrid orbitals formed is equal to the number of hybridising atomic orbitals.
  5. Hybrid orbitals form a bonds only not n bonds.

Question 10.
What is ionisation? Give one example.
Answer:
1) The process of removal of electron (s) from an atom or molecule is termed as ionisation.
Eg : Na → Na+ + e

2) Dissociation of an ionic solid into constituent ions upon its dissolution in a suitable solvent, is also called ionisation.
Eg : NaCl(aq) → Na+(aq) + Cl(aq)

Question 11.
Write a short note on octet rule with example.
Answer:
Atoms try to get 8 electrons in their outermost shell (inert gas structure) by combining with other atoms. In order to get 8 outer electrons, atoms may lose to, gain from or share electrons with other atoms.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 7

Question 12.
What are the important characteristic features of hybridisation?
Answer:

  • Orbitals on a single atom only would undergo hybridization.
  • The orbitals involved in hybridisation should not differ largely in their energies.
  • The number of hybrid orbitals formed is equal to the number of hybridising orbitals.
  • The hybrid orbitals form stronger directional bonds than the pure s, p, d atomic orbitals.
  • It is the orbitals that undergo hybridisation and not the electrons.
  • Concept of hybridisation is useful in explaining the shape of molecules.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 13.
Why is a large amount of energy needed to remove an electron from a neutral gaseous neon atom than the energy needed to remove an electron from gaseous sodium atom?
Answer:
Na (g) +118.4 K.cal → Na+ + e
Ne (g) + 497.0 K.cal → Ne+ + e

Orbitals which are fully-filled are very stable, so need large amount of energy to remove an electron from them.

Question 14.
What are the drawbacks of electronic theory of valence?
Answer:
1) When covalent bond formed between any two atoms, irrespective of the nature of the atoms, the bond lengths and bond energies’ are expected to be same. But practically it was observed that bond lengths and bond energies are not same when the atoms that form the bond are different.

2) This theory fails to explain the shapes of molecules.

Question 15.
What is the structure of NaCl and write its coordination number of its constituent ions?
Answer:
The structure of NaCl is face centred cubic lattice.
Its coordination number is 6 for Na+ and Cl.

Question 16.
Why is there absorption of energy in certain chemical reactions and release of energy in other reactions?
Answer:
If bond dissociation energy of reactants is more than bond energy of products, then energy is absorbed in the chemical reaction.

If bond dissociation energy of reactants is less than bond energy of products, then energy is released in the chemical reaction.

Question 17.
Why do ionic compounds dissolve in polar solution and covalent compounds dissolve in non-polar solution?
Answer:
Ionic compounds are polar in nature so they are soluble in polar solvents whereas covalent compounds are non-polar in nature so they are soluble in non-polar solvents.

Question 18.
Identify the following whether they are either oxidation or reduction reactions.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 8
Answer:
i) Oxygen atom is gaining electrons. So it is reduction reaction.
ii) Potassium atom is losing electron. So it is oxidation reaction.
iii) Ferric ion is gaining electron. So it is reduction reaction.

Question 19.
Elements A, B, and C have atomic numbers 9, 20, and 10 respectively.
a) State which one is (i) a metal, (ii) a non-metal, (iii) chemically inert.
b) Write down the formula of the compound formed by two of the above elements.
Answer:
a) i) Element with atomic number 20 is a metal because its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 8, 2. It belongs to 2nd group and the element is calcium.
ii) Element with atomic number 9 is a non-metal because its electronic configuration is 2, 7. So it belongs to 17th group and it is Fluorine.
iii) Element with atomic number 10 is inert gas because its electronic configuration is 2, 8 and the element is Neon.

b) The formula of compound formed between elements Calcium and Fluorine is CaF2.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 20.
In the formation of the compound XY2, an atom X gives one electron to each Y atom. What is the nature of bond in XY2? Give two properties of XY2.
Answer:
Two electrons are transferred from X to Y. X forms positive ion and Y forms a negative ion. So the bond formed is ionic in nature.
Properties of ionic compounds :
a) They are hard crystals.
b) They have high boiling point and melting point.
c) They are soluble in water.

Question 21.
Element X is a metal with valency 2. Element Y is a non-metal with valency 3.
i) Write equations to show X and Y form ions.
Answer:
X is a metal with valency 2.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 9

ii) If Y is a di-atomic gas, write the equation for the direct combination of X and Y to form a compound.
Answer:
4X + 3Y2 → 2X2Y3

Question 22.
What are the differences between sodium atom and sodium ion?
Answer:

  • Sodium atom is neutral whereas sodium ion has unipositive charge.
  • The size of sodium ion is smaller than sodium atom.
  • The properties of sodium ion is different when compared with sodium.

Question 23.
What is the percent of p-character in sp, sp² and sp³ hybrid orbitals?
Answer:
In sp the p-character is 50%.
In sp² the p-character is 66.66%.
In sp³ the p-character is 75%.

Question 24.
What is the percent of s-character in sp, sp² and sp³ hybrid orbitals?
Answer:
In sp hybrid orbitals s-character is 50%.
In sp² hybrid orbitals s-character is 33.33%.
In sp³ hybrid orbitals s-character is 25%.

Question 25.
A chemical compound has following Lewis notation.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 10
a) How many valence electrons does element Y have?
b) What is the valency of element Y?
c) What is the valency of element X?
d) How many covalent bonds are there in the molecule?
e) Suggest a name for the element X and Y.
Answer:
a) The valence electrons in Y are 5.
b) The valency of Y is 3.
c) The valency of X is 1.
d) There are three covalent bonds.
e) The element Y is Nitrogen and X is Hydrogen.

Question 26.
The electronic configurations of three elements.
X is 2, 6; Y is 2, 8, 7; Z is 2, 8,1.
In each ease given below state whether the bonding is ionic or covalent and give the formula of molecules of the compound formed,
a) Between two atoms of X.
Answer:
As we move from left to right in a period non-metallic character increases. So Z is a metal and remaining two are non-metals.
Therefore between two atoms of X, there would be covalent bond. The formula of compound is X2.

b) Between the atom X and atom Z.
Answer:
X is a non-metal and Z is a metal. So between these two atoms, there would be an ionic bond.
The valency of X is 2 and the valency of Z is 1.
So the formula of compound is Z2X.

c) Between the atom Y and atom Z.
Answer:
Y is also non-metal and we know Z is metal.
The valency of Y is 1.
So the compound formed is ZY.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 27.
Electronic configuration of X is 2, 8, 1 and electronic configuration of Y is 2, 8, 7. Explain what type of bond is formed between them.
Answer:
The element with electronic configuration 2, 8,1 is sodium which is a metal. Similarly the element with electronic configuration 2, 8, 7 is chlorine which is a non-metal. The electronegativity difference between these two elements is more than 1.9 so they form ionic bond.

Question 28.
Complete the following statements.
i) The bond which is formed by transfer of an electron from one atom A to another atom B is called ……………
Answer:
Ionic bond

ii) The atoms A and B become ions. Thus A – 2e = …………….. and B + e = ………….
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 11

iii) The formula of the compound is
Answer:
The valency of A is 2 and valency of B is 1. So the compound formed is AB2.

Question 29.
Answer the following.
i) What is the valency of Nitrogen in Ammonia?
Answer:
The formula of Ammonia is NH3. We know valency of hydrogen is 1. So valency of Nitrogen is 3.

ii) What is the valency of Oxygen in Water?
Answer:
The formula of water is H2O. The valency of hydrogen is 1. So the valency of oxygen is 2.

iii) What is the valency of Carbon in Carbon tetra chloride?
Answer:
The formula of carbon tetra chloride is CCl4. The valency of chlorine is 1. So the valency of carbon is 4.

10th Class Chemistry 10th Lesson Chemical Bonding 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is Hybridisation? Explain the formation of BeF, molecule using hybridisation. (AP June 2017)
Answer:
Hybridisation :
Hybridisation is a phenomenon of intermixing of atomic orbitals of almost equal energy which are present in the outer shells of the atom and their reshuffling or redistribution into the same number of orbitals but with equal properties like energy and shape.

Formation of BeF2 molecule :

  1. 4Be has electronic configuration 1s² 2s².
  2. In excited state electronic configuration of 4Be is 1s² 2s¹ 2px¹
  3. 4Be allows its 2s orbitals and 2px orbitals which contain unpaired electrons to intermix and redistribute to two identical orbitals.
  4. The hybridisation is called ‘sp’ hybridisation and form two ‘sp’ hybrid orbitals. Each orbital contains one electron.
  5. 9F has electronic configuration 1s² 2s² 2p5 (or) 1s² 2s² 2px² 2py² 2pz¹
  6. F contains one unpaired electron.
  7. Two Fluorine atoms come closure to Be and form two covalent bonds.
    σsp – p and σsp – p
  8. Now the BeF2 has (F \(\widehat{\mathrm{Be}}\) F) angle of 180°.
    AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 12

Question 2.
The arrangement of electrons in different shells of atoms of 18th Group elements is given in the table.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 13
Answer the following : (AP March 2017)
(i) What is the general electronic configuration of the above elements except He?
(ii) What is the valency of Argon?
(iii) Write Lewis dot structure of Neon.
(iv) Why the above elements do not take part in bond formation?
Answer:
(i) ns² np6
(ii) Zero
(iii)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 14

(iv) They are stable as they have 8 electrons (except Helium) in their outer most orbit.

Question 3.
“Nitrogen and Hydrogen react to form a molecule of Ammonia (NH3). Carbon and Hydrogen react to form a molecule of Methane (CH4).”
For each reaction :
a) What is the valency of each of the atom involved in the reaction?
b) Draw the dot structure of the products that are formed. (AP June 2018)
Answer:
a) In ammonia : Nitrogen valency – 3, Hydrogen valency – 1
In methane : Carbon valency – 4, Hydrogen valency – 1

b)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 15

Question 4.
Explain the formation of Boron tri-fluoride molecule by Hybridization. (TS June 2018)
Answer:
1) Electron configuration of Boran at ground state.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 16
2) Electron configuration of Boran at excited state is
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 17
3) As it forms three identical B-F bonds in BF3.
4) In excited state of Boran, one ‘s’ orbital and two ‘p’ orbitals undergoes hybridization and forms three sp² orbitals.
1s + 2p → 3sp²
5) Three sp² orbitals make end – on – end overlap with three ‘p’ orbitals of fluorine atoms.
6) They form three sp² – p sigma bonds.
7) In this way Boran tri-fluoride molecule is formed.
8)

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 22
BF3

Question 5.
Explain the formation of BF3 molecule with the help of Valence Bond theory? (TS March 2018)
Answer:
Formation of BF3 molecule :

  1. 5B has electronic configuration 1s² 2s² 2px.
  2. The excited electronic configuration of 5B is 1s² 2s¹ 2px¹ 2py¹.
  3. As it forms three identical B-F bonds in BF3
  4. It is suggested that excited ‘B’ atom undergoes hybridisation.
  5. There is an intermixing of 2s, 2px, 2py orbitals and their redistribution into three identical orbitals called sp² hybrid orbitals.
  6. For three sp² orbitals to get separated to have minimum repulsion the angle between any two orbitals is 120° at the central atom and each sp² orbital gets one electron.
  7. Now three fluorine atoms overlap their 2pz orbitals containing unpaired electrons (F9 1s² 2s² 2px² 2py² 2pz²) the three sp² orbitals of ‘B’ that contain unpaired electrons to form three ssp²-p bonds.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 22
BF3

Question 6.
Explain the formation of N2 molecule using Valence Bond theory. (TS June 2019)
Answer:
Formation of N, molecule (Valence Bond theory) :

  1. 7N has electronic configuration 1s² 2s² 2px¹ 2py¹ 2pz.
  2. Suppose that px orbital of one ‘N’ atom overlaps the ‘px‘ orbital of the other ‘N’ atom giving σ px – px bond along the inter – nuclear axis.
  3. The py and pz orbitals of one ‘N’ atom overlap the py and pz orbital of other ‘N’ atom laterally, respectively perpendicular to inter – nuclear axis giving π py – py and π pz-pz bonds.
  4. Therefore, N2 molecule has a triple bond between two nitrogen atoms.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 18

Question 7.
If the electronic configurations of atoms A and B are 1s², 2s², 2p6, 3s², 3p¹ and 1s², 2s², 2p4 respectively, then
a) which atom forms negative ion?
Answer:
Given electronic configuration of atom A is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p¹, i.e. Aluminium and B is 1s² 2s² 2p4, i.e. Oxygen.

The atom ‘B’ tends to form negative ion by gaining two electrons in order to get nearest inert gas. Neon’s configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6. So its valency is 2.

b) which atom forms positive ion?
Answer:
The atom ‘A’ tends to form positive ion by losing three electrons in order to get nearest inert gas. Neon’s configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6.

c) what is the valency of atom A?
Answer:
Valency of atom ‘A’ is ‘3’.

d) what is the molecular formula of the compound formed by atoms A and B ?
Answer:
According to Criss-Cross method, the molecular formula of the compound formed by atoms both A and B is A2B3, i.e. Al2O3.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 8.
Writs the salient features of VSEPRT.
(OR)
Explain VSEPR theory.
Answer:
The full form of VSEPRT is Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion Theory.

  1. VSEPRT considers electrons in the valence shells which are in covalent bonds and in lone pairs as charge clouds that repel one another and stay as far apart as possible which will give specific shapes to molecules.
  2. The presence of lone pair in the central atom causes slight distortion of bond angles from expected regular shape.
  3. If the angle between lone pair and bond pair increases at the central atom due to more repulsion, the actual bond angles between atoms must be decreased.
  4. If two bond pairs are present without any lone pair, the shape of the molecule is linear with bond angle 180°.
  5. If three bond pairs are present without any lone pair, the shape of the molecule is trigonal planar with bond angle 120°.
  6. If there are four bond pairs in the valency shell of central atom without lone pair, the shape is tetrahedron and the bond angle is 109°28′.
  7. If there are three bond pairs and one lone pair, the shape of the molecule is pyramidal.
  8. If there are two bond pairs and two lone pairs, the shape is V.

Question 9.
Do you think that a pair of Na+Cl as units would be present in the solid crystal? Explain.
Answer:

  • No, the electrostatic forces are non-directional.
  • Therefore, it is not possible for one Na+ to be attracted by one Cl and vice-versa.
  • Depending upon the size and charge of particular ion, number of oppositely charged ions get attracted by it, but, in a definite number.
  • In sodium chloride crystal each Na+ is surrounded by 6 Cl and each Cl by six Na+ ions.
  • Ionic compounds in the crystalline state consists of orderly arranged cations and anions held together by electrostatic forces of attractions in three dimensions.

Question 10.
Explain the valence bond theory.
Answer:
Valence bond theory :

  1. A covalent bond between two atoms is formed when the two atoms approach each other closely and one atom overlaps its valence orbital containing unpaired electron with the valence orbital of other atom that contains the unpaired electron of opposite spin.
  2. The greater the overlapping of the orbitals, the stronger will be bond.
  3. Valence bond theory gives a directional character to the bond when other than ‘s’ orbitals are involved.
  4. Electron pair in the overlapping orbitals is shared bv both the atoms involved in the overlapping.
  5. If orbitals overlap along inter-nucleus axis, they form a strong bond called sigma (σ) bond.
  6. If the orbitals overlap laterally, they form a weak bond called pi (π) bond.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 11.
Answer the following.
a) Name the charged particles which attract one another to form ionic or electro-valent compounds.
Answer:
The charged particles are ions which are formed due to transfer of electrons from atom of one element to atom of other element.

b) In the formation of ionic compounds, electrons are transferred from one element to another. How are electrons involved in the formation of covalent compounds?
Answer:
In the formation of covalent bond electrons are mutually shared between atoms of elements.

c) The electronic configuration of Nitrogen is 2, 5. How many electrons in the outer- shell of a nitrogen atom are not involved in the formation of Nitrogen molecule?
Answer:
In the formation of Nitrogen molecules three pairs of electrons are mutually shared by the two nitrogen atoms. So each Nitrogen has two electrons which do not take part in bonding. Those two electrons are called lone pair.

d) In the formation of magnesium chloride, name the substance that is oxidized and the substance that is reduced.
Answer:
Two electrons are transferred from Magnesium atom to Chlorine atom in the formation of Magnesium chloride.

So Magnesium is oxidised (loss of electrons is oxidation) and Chlorine is reduced (gain of electrons is reduction).

Question 12.
The symbols of two elements with their atomic numbers are given below. 16A and 20B
i) Which element will form a cation?
Answer:
The atomic number of B is 20. So its electronic configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s² or 2, 8, 8, 2. So it easily loses two electrons to form cation thereby attain inert gas stability.

ii) Which element will form an anion?
Answer:
The atomic number of A is 16. So its electronic configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p4 or 2, 8, 6. So it easily gains two electrons to form anion. Therefore it attains inert gas stability.

iii) Show how each element forms an ion.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 19

iv) Which element will be oxidised in forming the ion?
Answer:
B is losing electrons. So it is oxidised. .

v) When the elements react, what will be the nature of the bond formed?
Answer:
When the elements react they form ionic bond because B is metal and A is non-metal.

Question 13.
Give one example for each of the following.
i) A polar covalent bond formed from two dissimilar atoms one of which is oxygen.
Answer:
In the formation water molecule, polar covalent bond is formed between two dissimilar atoms hydrogen and oxygen.

ii) A non-polar covalent compound formed from two similar atoms.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 20
Answer:
The examples for a non-polar covalent compound formed from two similar atoms are Fluorine (F2), Chlorine (Cl2).

iii) A solid non-polar covalent compound.
Answer:
The example for solid non-polar covalent compound is Iodine (I2).

iv) A polar covalent compound containing three shared pairs of electrons.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 21
Answer:
The polar covalent compound containing three shared pairs of electrons is Ammonia.

Question 14.
The list of some substances is given below.
HCl, H2O, Cl2, NaBr, CH4, NH3, N2, O2, CaO, HF, I2 and Br2.
From the list above choose the substance / substances.

i) Which have only ionic bond in the molecules?
Answer:
NaBr, CaO have only ionic bond in the molecules,

ii) Which has a triple covalent bond in its molecule?
Answer:
N2 has a triple covalent bond in its molecule (\(\mathbf{N} \equiv \mathbf{N}\)).

iii) Which are solids?
Answer:
Generally ionic compounds are solids. So NaBr, CaO are solids. I2 being a covalent compound still it is solid.

iv) Which has a double covalent bond in its molecule?
Answer:
O2 has a double covalent bond in its molecule (O = O).

v) Which is non-polar covalent liquid?
Answer:
The non-polar covalent liquid is Br2.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 15.
There are elements with atomic numbers 4, 14, 8, 15 and 19. From this information answer the following questions.
a) A solid non-metal of valency 3.
Answer:
The element with atomic number 15 is phosphorus. Its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 5. So its valency is 3 and it is a solid non-metal.

b) A gas of valency 2.
Answer:
The element with atomic number 8 is oxygen. Its electronic configuration is 2, 6. So its valency is 2 and it is a gas.

c) A metal of valency 1.
Answer:
The element with atomic number 19 is potassium. Its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 8, 1. So its valency is 1 and it is a metal.

d) A non metal of valency 4.
Answer:
The element with atomic number 14 is silicon. Its electronic configuration is 2, 8, 4. Its valency is 4 and it is a non-metal.

Question 16.
Explain the following.
a) Ionic compounds conduct electricity.
Answer:
Ionic compounds can be electrolysed to give their constituent ions. The ions obtained by dissociation move freely in solution and hence conduct electricity. When ionic compound is dissolved in water or melted, it becomes a good conductor of electricity.

b) Ionic compounds have high melting and boiling points while covalent compounds have low melting and boiling points.
Answer:
The forces existing between ionic compounds are electrostatic in nature. They are strong forces. So in order to break these forces lot of energy is required. Therefore ionic compounds have higher boiling and melting points.

c) Ionic compounds dissolve in water whereas covalent compounds do not.
Answer:
Ionic compounds are polar in nature. So they are soluble in polar solvent like water whereas covalent compounds are non-polar in nature. So they are insoluble in water.

d) Ionic compounds are usually hard crystals.
Answer:
Due to strong attractive forces they are usually hard crystals.

Question 17.
If A, B, C and D are elements given that B is an inert gas (not Helium).

Element Atomic Number
A Z- 1
B Z
C Z + 1
D Z + 4

What type of bonding would take place between (i) A and C and (ii) D and A and write their formulae?
Answer:
1) Given that B is inert gas.
So the valency of A is 1 and it is a non-metal and valency of C is 1 and it is metal and valency of D is 4 and it is a non-metal.

2) The bond formed between C and A is ionic nature and its formula is CA.
The bond formed between D and A is covalent nature and its formula is DA4.

Question 18.
State whether the following statements are true or false. If statement is false, correct it.
i) In polar compounds the electropositive atom attracts the electron pair towards it.
Answer:
This statement is wrong. In polar compounds the more electronegative atom attracts the electron pair towards it which is known as electronegativity.

ii) Hydrogen chloride gas is a di-polar molecule.
Answer:
Chlorine is more electronegative than Hydrogen. So the electron pair shifts more towards chlorine atom. Thus partial positive charge is formed on Hydrogen and partial negative charge is formed on Chlorine. So it is dipolar molecule. So the statement is true.

iii) Covalent compounds are generally gases due to presence of weak electrostatic forces of attraction.
Answer:
This statement is false. The forces are not electrostatic and also they are weak.

iv) Atoms achieve stable electronic configuration only by transfer of electrons from one atom to another.
Answer:
This statement is false because they can acquire by not only electron transfer but also mutually sharing of electrons.

v) Ionic compounds are soft, solids or liquids at ordinary temperature.
Answer:
This statement is false because ionic compounds are generally hard solids.

Question 19.
Five atoms are labelled from A to E.

Atoms Atomic Number Mass Number
A 20 40
B 9 19
C 3 7
D 8 16
E 7 14

a) Which one of these atoms (i) contain 7 protons, (ii) has an electronic configuration 2, 7?
Answer:’
i) The atom E contains 7 protons because its atomic number is 7.
ii) The atom with electronic configuration 2, 7 is B because its atomic number is 9.

b) Write down the formula of the compound formed between C and D.
Answer:
The electronic configuration of C is 2, 1 since its atomic number is 3. The electronic configuration of D is 2, 6 since its atomic number is 8.
So the valency of C is 1. –
The valency of D is 2 (8 – 6 = 2).
∴ The compound formed between C and D is C2 D.

c) Predict which are (i) metals, (ii) non-metals?
Answer:
Metals are A, C.
Non-metals are B, D, E.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 20.
Can you suggest an experiment to prove that ionic compounds possess strong bonds when compared to that of covalent bonds? Explain the procedure.
Answer:

  • Take a small amount of sodium chloride (NaCl) on a metal spatula (having an insulated handle).
  • Heat it directly over the flame of a burner.
  • We will see that sodium chloride (NaCl) does not melt easily.
  • Sodium chloride melts (and becomes a liquid) only on strong heating.
  • This shows that sodium chloride which is an ionic compound possesses strong bonds.
  • So it has a high melting point.
  • Whereas covalent compound like naphthalene and carbon tetra chloride has low boiling points such as 80° C and 77° C respectively.
  • The force of attraction between the molecules of a covalent compound is very weak.
  • Only a small amount of heat energy is required to break these weak molecular forces, due to which covalent compound has low melting points and low boiling points.

Question 21.
The electronic configurations of following elements are given below.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 22
From these values complete the table.

Compound Type of bonding
Lithium chloride
Lithium hydride
Hydrogen chloride
Carbon tetrachloride

Answer:
a) Lithium is metal and chlorine is non-metal. So the bond is ionic in nature.
b) Lithium is metal and hydrogen is non-metal. So the bond is ionic in nature.
c) Hydrogen and chlorine are two dissimilar non-metals. So the bond formed is polar covalent bond.
d) Carbon and chlorine are dissimilar non-metals but electronegativity difference is less. So they form non-polar covalent bond.

Compound Type of bonding
Lithium chloride Ionic bond
Lithium hydride Ionic bond
Hydrogen chloride Polar covalent bond
Carbon tetrachloride Non-polar covalent bond

Question 22.
Draw the structure of O2 by using valence bond theory.
Answer:
O2 Formation :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 23

Question 23.
Draw the structure of N2.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 24

Question 24.
Draw the structure of molecules by Lewis method.
Answer:
Formation of F2:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 25
Formation of O2 :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 26

Formation of N2 :

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 27
Formation of CH4 :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 28

Formation of NH3 :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 29
Formation of H2O :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 30
Formation of BeCl2 :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 31
Formation of BF3 :
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 32

Question 24.
Explain the formation of the following molecules using Lewis theory.
a) N2
b) O2
(OR)
Write the formation of double bond and triple bond according to Lewis theory.
Answer:
a) Formation of N2 molecule by Lewis theory :

  1. The electronic configuration of ’N’ atom is 2, 5 and to have octet in the valence shell it requires three more electrons.
  2. When two nitrogen atoms approach each other, each atom contributes 3 electrons for bonding.
  3. There are six electrons shared between two nitrogen atoms in the form of three pairs.
  4. Therefore, there is a triple bond between two nitrogen atoms in N2 molecule.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 27
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 33

b) Formation of O2 molecule by Lewis theory :

  1. The electronic configuration of 8O is 2, 6.
  2. Oxygen atom has six electrons in its valence shell.
  3. It requires two more electrons to get octet in its valence shell.
  4. Therefore oxygen atoms come close and each oxygen atom contributes two electrons for bonding.
  5. Thus, there exist two covalent bonds between two oxygen atoms in O2 molecule as there are two pairs of electrons shared between them.
  6. Two pairs of electrons are distributed between two oxygen atoms.
  7. So, we can say that a double bond is formed between two oxygen atoms in O2 molecule.
  8. By viewing the following diagram, both the oxygen atoms have octet in the valence shell.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 34

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

SCERT AP 10th Class Physics Study Material Pdf 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus 10th Class Physical Science 4th Lesson Questions and Answers వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

10th Class Physical Science 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం Textbook Questions and Answers

అభ్యసనాన్ని మెరుగుపరుచుకోండి

ప్రశ్న 1.
కంచరగాడిద (Zebra) ఫోటో కావాలనుకున్న వ్యక్తి కెమెరా కటకానికి నల్లచారలున్న గాజుపలకను అమర్చి తెల్ల గాడిదను ఫోటో తీశాడు. అతనికి ఏ ఫోటో లభిస్తుంది? వివరించండి. (AS1)
జవాబు:

  1. కెమెరా కటకానికి నల్లచారలున్న గాజుపలకను అమర్చాడు. కావున అతను తెల్ల గాడిద ఫోటోను మాత్రమే పొందగలడు.
  2. దీనికి కారణము వస్తువు (గాడిద) నుండి వచ్చిన కాంతికిరణాల తీవ్రత గాజుపలక వలన తగ్గుతాయి. కావున అతను తెల్లని గాడిద’ ఫోటోనే (ప్రతిబింబం) పొందగలిగాడు.

ప్రశ్న 2.
20 సెం.మీ. నాభ్యంతరం గల కేంద్రీకరణ కటకం ముందు 60 సెం.మీ. దూరంలో వస్తువు వుంది. ప్రతిబింబం ఎక్కడ ఏర్పడుతుంది ? దాని లక్షణాలు తెలపండి. (AS1)
(లేదా)
వస్తువు 20 సెం.మీ.ల నాభ్యంతరం గల కుంభాకార కటకంకు 60 సెం.మీ.ల దూరంలో ఉంచిన, దాని ప్రతిబింబం ఎక్కడ ఏర్పడును? ఆ ప్రతిబింబ లక్షణాలను తెలుపుము.
జవాబు:
కేంద్రీకరణ కటక నాభ్యంతరం = f = 20 సెం.మీ.
వస్తుదూరము = u = 60 సెం.మీ.
ప్రతిబింబదూరము = v = ?
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 1

లక్షణాలు :
కటకానికి రెండోవైపు 30 సెం.మీ. దూరంలో తలక్రిందులుగా ఉన్న నిజప్రతిబింబం, వస్తుపరిమాణం కంటే తక్కువ పరిమాణంతో ఏర్పడుతుంది.

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

ప్రశ్న 3.
ఒక ద్వికుంభాకార కటకపు రెండు వక్రతలాల వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధాలు సమానం (R). కటక వక్రీభవన గుణకం n = 1.5 అయిన కటక నాభ్యంతరాన్ని కనుగొనండి. (AS1)
(లేదా)
రెండు వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధాలు సమానముగా గల ద్వికుంభాకార కటకపు వక్రీభవన గుణకం విలువ 1.5 అయిన ఆ కటక నాభ్యంతరం విలువ ఎంత?
జవాబు:
ద్వికుంభాకార కటకాల రెండు వక్రతలాల వక్రతావ్యాసార్ధాలు సమానము.
రెండు వక్రతలాలు వరుసగా R1 మరియు R2 లు అనుకొనుము. ∴ R1 = R2 = R అగును.
కటక వక్రీభవన గుణకము = n = 1.5 ; కటక నాభ్యంతరం = f = ?
రెండు కటకాల మధ్య దూరం వాటి నాభ్యాంతరాల మొత్తానికి సమానమయ్యే విధంగా కటకాలను అమర్చాలి.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 2
∴ కటక నాభ్యంతరము విలువ ‘R’ అగును. ∴ కటక నాభ్యంతరము వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధానికి సమానము.

ప్రశ్న 4.
కటక సూత్రాన్ని రాయండి. అందులోని పదాలను వివరించండి. (AS1)
(లేదా)
రవి ఒక కటకాన్ని తయారు చేయాలనుకున్నాడు. దానికి అతను ఏ సూత్రాన్ని ఉపయోగిస్తాడు ? ఆ సూత్రం వ్రాసి అందలి పదాలను వివరింపుము.
జవాబు:
కటక తయారీ సూత్రము : 1) \(\frac{1}{f}=(n-1)\left(\frac{1}{R_{1}}-\frac{1}{R_{2}}\right)\)
ఈ సూత్రమును కటకంను గాలిలో ఉంచిన సందర్భంలో వాడతారు. దీనిలో
R1, R2 లు వక్రతావ్యాసార్ధాలు ; n – వక్రీభవన గుణకము ; f – నాభ్యంతరము

2) కటకంను ఏదైనా యానకంలో ఉంచిన సందర్భం దీనిలో \(\frac{1}{f}=\left(n_{b a}-1\right)\left(\frac{1}{R_{1}}-\frac{1}{R_{2}}\right)\)
R1, R2లు వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధాలు.
f – నాభ్యంతరం
nba – యానకం పరంగా కటకపు వక్రీభవన గుణకం.
nb – కటకం తయారుచేసిన పదార్థపు వక్రీభవన గుణకం.
na – కటకం ఉంచిన యానకపు వక్రీభవన గుణకం.

ప్రశ్న 5.
ఒక కటక నాభ్యంతరాన్ని ప్రయోగపూర్వకంగా ఎలా కనుగొంటారు ? (ప్రయోగశాల కృత్యం-1) (AS1)
(లేదా)
కటక నాభ్యాంతరాన్ని UV పద్ధతిలో కనుగొనే ప్రయోగాన్ని రాయండి.
జవాబు:
ఉద్దేశ్యం : కుంభాకార కటక నాభ్యంతరమును UV పద్ధతిలో కనుగొనుట.

కావలసిన పరికరాలు :
టేబుల్, V – స్టాండ్, కుంభాకార కటకం, మీటరు స్కేలు, కొవ్వొత్తి (వస్తువు), తెర.

పద్ధతి : ఉజ్జాయింపుగా కటక నాభ్యంతరంను కనుగొనుట :

  1. కటకంను V – స్టాండుపై ఉంచుము.
  2. కటకంకు చాలా దూరంగా కటక ప్రధానాక్షం పై వెలుగుతున్న కొవ్వొత్తి నుంచుము.
  3. కటకంకు రెండోవైపున కొవ్వొత్తి ప్రతిబింబంను తెరపై ఏర్పడునట్లు అమర్చుము.
  4. ఇప్పుడు కటకం నుండి ప్రతిబింబానికి గల దూరంను కొలిచిన మనకు ఉజ్జాయింపు కటక నాభ్యంతరం తెలియును.

ప్రయోగ లెక్కింపు పద్ధతి (లేదా) u – v పద్ధతి :

1. ఈ పద్ధతిలో కొవ్వొత్తిని కటకంకు 60 సెం.మీ. దూరంలో కటక ప్రధానాక్షంపై, ఉంచుము.
2. కటకమునకు మరోవైపున తెరపై స్పష్టమైన ప్రతిబింబాన్ని ఏర్పరచు స్థానంలో ఉంచుము.
3. ఇపుడు ప్రతిబింబదూరము (v) ను కొలువుము.
4. ఈ విధంగా వస్తువును కటకమునకు 50 సెం.మీ., 40 సెం.మీ., 30 సెం.మీ. మొ॥గు దూరాలలో ఉంచుతూ, ప్రతి సందర్భంలో ప్రతిబింబదూరం (V) ను కొలువుము.
5. పైన పొందిన u, v విలువలను పట్టికలో నమోదు చేయుము.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 3
6. u, v విలువల నుండి f = \(\mathrm{f}=\frac{\mathrm{uv}}{\mathrm{u}+\mathrm{v}}\) ద్వారా కటక నాభ్యంతరంను లెక్కించి ప్రతి సందర్భంలోనూ స్థిరమని గమనించుము.

మరొక పద్ధతి :

  1. కుంభాకార కటకాన్ని సూర్యునికి అభిముఖంగా ఉంచండి.
  2. కటకానికి రెండోవైపు ఒక తెరని అమర్చి, ఆ తెరను కటకం వద్ద నుండి మెల్లగా వెనుకకు జరుపుతూ తెరపై ఎక్కడ ప్రకాశవంతమైన, దాదాపు బిందురూపంలో ఉండే సూర్యుని ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడుతుందో గుర్తించండి. కటకంపైన పడిన సూర్యకిరణాలన్నీ ఒక చోట కేంద్రీకరింపబడటం వలన ఇలా జరుగుతుంది.
  3. ఇప్పుడు కటకం నుండి తెరకు గల దూరాన్ని కొలవండి. ఈ విలువే కటక నాభ్యాంతరం అవుతుంది.

ప్రశ్న 6.
ద్వికుంభాకార కటకం కేంద్రీకరణ కటకంగా పనిచేస్తుందని సిద్దూతో హర్ష చెప్పాడు. హర్ష చెప్పేది నిజం కాదని తెలిసిన సిద్దూ, హర్షని కొన్ని ప్రశ్నలు అడిగి అతని భావనను సరిచేశాడు. ఆ ప్రశ్నలేమై ఉంటాయి? (AS2)
జవాబు:

  1. కుంభాకార కటకం గుండా కాంతికిరణాలు ప్రసరించిన ఏమగును?
  2. ద్వికుంభాకార కటక ఆకారమేమి?
  3. ద్వికుంభాకార కటకం గుండా ప్రసరించు కాంతి లక్షణం ఏమిటి?
  4. సమతల కుంభాకార కటకం గుండా ప్రసరించు కాంతి లక్షణం ఏమిటి?
  5. ఈ రెండు కటకాల ప్రతిబింబాల మధ్య గల తేడాలేమిటి?

ప్రశ్న 7.
పటంలో చూపినట్లు ఒక కుంభాకార కటకం మూడు వేర్వేరు పదార్థాలతో తయారుచేయబడింది. అది ఎన్ని ప్రతిబింబాలను ఏర్పరుస్తుంది? (AS2)
(లేదా)
మూడు వేర్వేరు పదార్థాలతో తయారుచేయబడిన కటకంతో ఏర్పడు ప్రతిబింబాల సంఖ్యను తెల్పుము.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 4
జవాబు:

  1. ఇచ్చిన కటకం మూడు వేర్వేరు పదార్థాలతో తయారు చేయబడినది. కావున వాటి వక్రీభవన గుణకాలు వేర్వేరుగా ఉండును.
  2. ఈ లక్షణం వలన కాంతి ఈ కటకం గుండా ప్రయాణించిన, మూడు ప్రతిబింబాలను ఏర్పరచును.

ప్రశ్న 8.
మీ దగ్గరలోని కళ్ళజోళ్ళ షాపులో దొరికే కటకాల గురించి సమాచారాన్ని సేకరించండి. కటకం యొక్క సామర్థ్యాన్ని (power) బట్టి దాని నాభ్యంతరం ఎలా కనుగొంటారో తెలుసుకోండి. (AS4)
జవాబు:

  1. కళ్ళజోళ్ళ షాపునందు అనేక రకాల కటక సామర్థ్యం గల కటకాలను మనము చూడవచ్చును.
  2. వాటిని మానవుని దృష్టి లోపమును బట్టి డాక్టర్ సలహా మేరకు వివిధ కటక సామర్థ్యాలు గల కటకాలతో కూడిన కళ్ళజోళ్ళను వాడేందుకు సలహా ఇస్తారు.
  3. కటక సామర్థ్యం : కటక నాభ్యంతరం యొక్క విలోమమును కటక సామర్థ్యం అంటారు.
  4. కుంభాకార కటకంకు ఈ విలువ ధనాత్మకము, పుటాకార కటకంకు ఈ విలువ ఋణాత్మకము.
  5. కటక సామర్థ్యంను డయాఫ్టర్లలో కొలుస్తారు.
  6. AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 5
    ఉదా : కటక సామర్థ్యము \(+\frac{1}{4}\) డయాప్టర్లు అయిన దాని నాభ్యంతరం 25 సెం.మీ. లుండును.

ప్రశ్న 9.
గెలీలియో తన టెలిస్కోప్ లో వాడిన కటకాలను గురించి సమాచారాన్ని సేకరించండి. (AS4)
(లేదా)
ఏ రకపు టెలిస్కోపులను గెలీలియో తన టెలిస్కోపులో ఉపయోగించెను?
జవాబు:
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 6

  1. గెలీలియో టెలిస్కోప్ లో రెండు వేర్వేరు నాభ్యంతరాలు గల కటకాలను వాడినారు.
  2. ఈ కటకాలలో ఒకటి వస్తుకటకంగాను, మరొకటి అక్షికటకంగాను పనిచేస్తాయి.
  3. అక్షికటకం పరిశీలకుని కంటికి దగ్గరగా ఉంటుంది.
  4. వస్తుకటకం వస్తువు ఉన్నవైపు, దానికి దగ్గరగా ఉంటుంది.
  5. అక్షికటకపు నాభ్యంతరం తక్కువగా ఉంటుంది.
  6. వస్తుకటకపు నాభ్యంతరం అక్షికటకం కంటే ఎక్కువగా ఉంటుంది.
  7. వస్తు ప్రతిబింబం వస్తుకటకపు నాభి వద్ద ఏర్పడును.
  8. ఈ ప్రతిబింబం అక్షికటకంకు వస్తువుగా పనిచేసి, దాని ప్రతిబింబం వృద్దీకరణం చెందిన, నిటారుగా ఏర్పడును.
  9. ప్రక్కన గెలీలియో టెలిస్కోప్రలోని కటకాల అమరిక నమూనాను ఇవ్వడమైనది.

ప్రశ్న 10.
వికేంద్రీకరణ కటకం గుండా ప్రయాణించే AB కిరణాన్ని పటం చూపుతుంది. పటంలో కటక నాభుల స్థానాలను బట్టి కటకం వరకు ఆ కిరణ పథాన్ని గీయండి. (AS5)
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 7
జవాబు:
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 8
ఇచ్చిన కటకం. వికేంద్రీకరణ కటకం. వక్రీభవన కిరణం (AB) ని వెనుకకు పొడిగించిన ప్రధానాక్షంపై గల నాభి (F) వద్ద ఖండించును. కావున పతన కిరణం ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా వచ్చిందని తెలుస్తుంది.

ప్రశ్న 11.
ఒక బిందురూప వస్తువును, N1 N2 ప్రధానాక్షం గల కటకంతో ఏర్పడిన ప్రతిబింబాన్ని పటం చూపుతుంది. కిరణచిత్రం ద్వారా కటకస్థానాన్ని, దాని నాభులను కనుగొనండి. (AS5)
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 9
జవాబు:
పుటాకార కటకం వాడినప్పుడు :
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 10
O – వస్తువు
I – ప్రతిబింబం
F1 – నాభి
P – దృక కేంద్రం
N1N2 – ప్రధానాక్షం

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

ప్రశ్న 12.
పటంలో చూపిన వస్తువు స్థానం S, ప్రతిబింబస్థానం S’ లను ఉపయోగించి కిరణచిత్రాన్ని గీసి, నాభిని కనుక్కోండి. (AS5)
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 11
జవాబు:
కటకం : కుంభాకార కటకం
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 12
S – వస్తువు
S’ – ప్రతిబింబం
P – దృక కేంద్రం
F1 – నాభి
N1N2 – ప్రధానాక్షం

ప్రశ్న 13.
కింది సందర్భాలకు సంబంధించిన కిరణచిత్రాలను గీయండి. ప్రతిబింబస్థానం, లక్షణాలను వివరించండి. (కుంభాకార కటకాన్ని వాడినప్పుడు)
i) 2F2 వద్ద వస్తువు ఉన్నప్పుడు ii) F2 మరియు దృక్ కేంద్రం (P)ల మధ్య వస్తువు ఉన్నప్పుడు (AS5)
జవాబు:
i) వస్తువును వక్రతా కేంద్రం (2F2) వద్ద ఉంచినప్పుడు 2F1 వద్ద ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడుతుంది.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 13

ప్రతిబింబ లక్షణాలు :
a) నిజప్రతిబింబం
b) వస్తువు పరిమాణంకు సమాన పరిమాణం గల ప్రతిబింబం.
c) తలక్రిందులుగా గల ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడును.

ii) వస్తువును నాభికి, కటక దృక కేంద్రానికి మధ్య ఉంచినపుడు వస్తువున్న వైపునే ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడును.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 14
లక్షణాలు :
a) మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబం
b) వస్తువు పరిమాణం కంటే ఎక్కువ పరిమాణం గల ప్రతిబింబం
c) వృద్దీకరణం చెందిన ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడును.

ప్రశ్న 14.
ఒక సౌష్టవ కేంద్రీకరణ కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం, వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధం సమానమైన, దాని వక్రీభవన గుణకొన్ని కనుగొనండి. (AS7)
జవాబు:
కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం =f
కటకం యొక్క వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధం = R అనుకొనుము.
దత్తాంశం నుండి
కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం, వక్రతావ్యాసార్ధాలు సమానము. కావున f = R

ఇచ్చిన కటకం సౌష్ఠవ కేంద్రీకరణ కటకం, కావున దీనికి రెండు వక్రతావ్యాసార్ధాలుండును.
అవి R1 మరియు R2 అనుకొనుము.
R1 = R2 = R అనుకొనుము.
R1 = R మరియు R2 = – R అనుకొనుము.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 15
∴ సౌష్ఠవ కేంద్రీకరణ కటక వక్రీభవన గుణకం విలువ = n = 1.5

ప్రశ్న 15.
రెండు బిందురూప వస్తువులు ఒకదానికొకటి 24 సెం.మీ. దూరంలో ఉన్నాయి. 9 సెం.మీ. నాభ్యంతరం గల కేంద్రీకరణ కటకాన్ని వాటి మధ్య ఎక్కడ ఉంచితే, వాటి రెండు ప్రతిబింబాలు ఒకే స్థానంలో ఏర్పడతాయి? (AS7)
జవాబు:
బిందురూప వస్తువుల మధ్య దూరము d = 24 సెం.మీ.
కటక నాభ్యంతరం విలువ = f = 9 సెం.మీ.

పటంలో చూపినట్లుగా మొదటి బిందు జనకము నుండి కటకము X సెం.మీ.ల దూరము ఉందనుకొనుము.
ఇక్కడ వస్తుదూరము = u= -x; ప్రతిబింబదూరము = v = v ; నాభ్యంతరము = f = 9
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 16
∴ కేంద్రీకరణ కటకంను మొదటి వస్తువుకు 6 లేక 18 సెం.మీ.ల దూరం ఉంచిన వాటి రెండు ప్రతిబింబాలు ఒకే స్థానంలో ఏర్పడతాయి.

ప్రశ్న 16.
సమాంతర కిరణాల మార్గంలో రెండు కేంద్రీకరణ కటకాల నుంచి, రెండు కటకాల గుండా ప్రయాణించాక కూడా కాంతి కిరణాలు సమాంతరంగానే ఉండాలంటే ఆ కటకాలను ఎలా అమర్చాలి? పటం సహాయంతో వివరించండి. (AS1)
జవాబు:
1) సమాంతర కాంతికిరణాల మార్గంలో రెండు కేంద్రీకరణ కటకాలనుంచారు.

2) సమాంతర కాంతికిరణపుంజము కేంద్రీకరణ కటకంపై పడిన, అవి నాభి వద్ద కేంద్రీకరించబడతాయి.

3) నాభి నుండి ప్రయాణించే కాంతికిరణం వక్రీభవనం చెందాక ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణిస్తుంది.

4) పటంలో చూపినట్లుగా రెండు కటకాలను ఒకే ప్రధానాక్షంపై ఉంచిన, వక్రీభవనం తర్వాత కూడా కాంతికిరణాలు సమాంతరంగానే ప్రయాణిస్తాయి. రెండు కటకాల మధ్య దూరం వాటి నాభ్యంతరాల మొత్తానికి సమానమయ్యే విధంగా కటకాలను అమర్చాలి.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 17
పై పటంలో f1 మరియు f2లు కటక నాభ్యంతరాలు.

5) దీనినిబట్టి కాంతికిరణాలు మొదటి కటకంలో వక్రీభవనం చెంది నాభి వద్ద కేంద్రీకరించబడ్డాయి. నాభి నుండి రెండవ కటకం ద్వారా వక్రీభవనం తర్వాత ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణించాయి. రెండు కటకాల నాభి బిందువులు ఏకీకృతం కాబడ్డాయి.

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

ప్రశ్న 17.
కుంభాకార కటకాన్ని నీటిలో ఉంచినపుడు, దాని నాభ్యంతరం పెరుగుతుందని ప్రయోగపూర్వకంగా మీరు ఎలా సరిచూస్తారు? (కృత్యం – 2) (AS1)
(లేదా)
ఒక కుంభాకార కటకంను నీటిలో ఉంచిన, దాని నాభ్యంతరంలో మార్పు సంభవించునో లేదో? ఒక కృత్యం ద్వారా వివరింపుము.
(లేదా)
కటకపు నాభ్యంతరము పరిసర యానకంపై ఏ విధంగా ఆధారపడునో ప్రయోగం ద్వారా వివరింపుము.
జవాబు:
ఉద్దేశ్యం : కుంభాకార కటకంను నీటిలో ఉంచినపుడు, నాభ్యంతరం పెరుగుతుందని పరిశీలించుట.

కావలసిన పరికరాలు :
నాభ్యంతరం తెలిసిన కుంభాకార కటకం, కటకంను ఉంచే రింగు, రాయి, స్థూపాకార గాజు పాత్ర మరియు నీరు.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 18

పద్ధతి :

  1. నాభ్యంతరం తెలిసినటువంటి కుంభాకార కటకంను తీసుకొని, దాని విలువను నోట్ చేసుకొనుము.
  2. గాజు గ్లాసు వంటి ఒక స్థూపాకార పాత్రను తీసుకొనుము.
  3. పాత్ర ఎత్తు కటకపు నాభ్యంతరం కంటే చాలా ఎక్కువ (దాదాపు 4 రెట్లు) ఉండేటట్లు చూడాలి.
  4. పాత్ర అడుగున నల్లటి రాయిని ఉంచుము.
  5. రాయిపై నుండి కటక నాభ్యంతరం కన్నా ఎక్కువ ఎత్తు వరకు ఉండునట్లు పాత్రలో నీరు నింపుము.
  6. పటంలో చూపినట్లుగా కటకాన్ని నీటి ఉపరితలానికి సమాంతరంగా ఉండేటట్లు నీటిలో కొద్ది లోతు వరకు కటకాన్ని సమాంతరంగా ముంచుము.
  7. రాయి ఉపరితలం నుండి కటకానికి గల దూరం కటక నాభ్యంతరానికి ఎక్కువగా ఉండే విధంగా కటకాన్ని పట్టుకొనుము.
  8. కటకం గుండా రాయిని గమనించుము.
  9. కటకం గుండా రాయిని చూడగలము, కానీ గాలిలో రాయి, కటకంకు మధ్య దూరం నాభ్యంతరం కంటే తక్కువ దూరం లోపే రాయి ప్రతిబింబాన్ని చూడగలిగాము. దీనినిబట్టి నీటిలో ఉన్నప్పుడు కటక నాభ్యంతరం పెరిగిందని తెలుస్తుంది.
  10. ఈ కృత్యం ద్వారా కటక నాభ్యంతరం పరిసర యానకంపై ఆధారపడుతుందని మనం నిర్ధారించవచ్చును.

ప్రశ్న 18.
భావన (A) : నీటిలో ఉన్న చేపకు ఒడ్డున ఉన్న మనిషి అతని వాస్తవ ఎత్తు కంటే ఎక్కువ ఎత్తుగా కనిపిస్తాడు.
కారణం (R) : నీటి నుండి వచ్చే కాంతికిరణం గాలిలోకి ప్రవేశించేటప్పుడు లంబానికి దూరంగా విచలనమవుతుంది. కింది వాటిలో ఏది సరియైనది? వివరించండి. (AS2)
a) A, R లు రెండూ సరియైనవి. మరియు A కు R సరైన వివరణ.
b) A, R లు రెండూ సరియైనవి. కానీ A కు R సరైన వివరణ కాదు.
c) A సరియైనది. R సరియైనది కాదు.
d) A, R లు రెండూ సరైనవి కావు.
e) A సరైనది కాదు. కానీ R సరియైనది.
జవాబు:
‘C’ సరియైన సమాధానము.

వివరణ :
1) కాంతి విరళ యానకం నుండి సాంద్రతర యానకంలోకి ప్రయాణించునపుడు లంబానికి దగ్గరగా వంగును.
2) ఈ లక్షణం వలన చేపకు వాస్తవ ఎత్తు కంటే ఎక్కువ ఎత్తుగా మనిషి కనిపిస్తాడు.

ప్రశ్న 19.
మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబాన్ని కెమెరాతో ఫోటో తీయగలమా? (AS2)
(లేదా)
కెమెరాతో మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబంను తీసిన అది ఏ విధముగా ఏర్పడును?
జవాబు:
మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబాన్ని మనము కెమెరాతో ఫోటో తీయగలము.
ఉదా :
1) సమతల దర్పణం(అద్దం)లో ఏర్పడిన మన ప్రతిబింబంను ఫోటో తీయగలగడం.
2) మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబంను కెమెరా సూత్రంపై పనిచేయు మన కన్ను చూడగలగడం మొ||నవి.

ప్రశ్న 20.
మీ దగ్గరున్న కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం కనుక్కోవడానికి చేసే ప్రయోగంలో తీసుకోవలసిన జాగ్రత్తలు సూచించండి. (AS3)
జవాబు:
జాగ్రత్తలు :

  1. కటకం యొక్క ప్రధానాక్షాన్ని ఊహించడంలో జాగ్రత్త వహించవలెను.
  2. వెలుగుతున్న క్రొవ్వొత్తి కటకానికి ఎదురుగా పట్టుకొనవలెను.
  3. ప్రతిబింబాన్ని తెరపై ఏర్పరచునపుడు తెరను నెమ్మదిగా ముందుకు, వెనుకకు జరపవలెను.
  4. నాభ్యాంతరం విలువ ఒకేలా రాలేదంటే, ప్రయోగం నిర్వహించినప్పుడు దోషాలు (errors) జరిగి ఉండవచ్చు. అటువంటప్పుడు గణించిన నాభ్యాంతరం విలువల సరాసరి తీసుకొనవలెను.

ప్రశ్న 21.
ఒక వ్యవస్థలో f1, f2 నాభ్యంతరాలు గల రెండు కటకాలున్నాయి. కింది సందర్భాలలో ఆ వ్యవస్థ యొక్క నాభ్యంతరాన్ని ప్రయోగపూర్వకంగా ఎలా కనుగొంటారు? (AS3)
i) రెండూ ఒకదానినొకటి ఆనుకొని ఉన్నప్పుడు
ii) రెండూ ఒకే ప్రధానాక్షంపై d దూరంలో ఉన్నప్పుడు
జవాబు:
కటకాల యొక్క నాభ్యంతరాలు f1 మరియు f2 లు

i) రెండు కటకాలు ఒకదానికొకటి ఆనుకొని ఉన్నప్పుడు :
మనకు ఇచ్చిన కటకాలు కుంభాకార కటకాలు అనుకొనుము. వాటి నాభ్యంతరాలు f1 మరియు f2 లు అనుకొనుము.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 19

  1. ఈ రెండు కటకాలను ఒకదానితో ఒకటి ఆనుకొని ఉండునట్లు అమర్చి వాటిని సూర్యునికి అభిముఖంగా ఉంచాలి.
  2. ఆ కటకాలకు మరోవైపు తెరను ఉంచి దానిపై సూర్యుని యొక్క బిందురూప ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పరచాలి.
  3. రెండో కటకం నుండి తెరకు గల దూరం కొలిసే అదే ఆ వ్యవస్థ యొక్క నాభ్యాంతరం అవుతుంది.

ii) రెండూ ఒకే ప్రధానాక్షంపై ‘d’ దూరంలో ఉన్నపుడు :
కటకాలను మధ్య దూరం ‘d’లో ఉంచినపుడు వాటి ఫలిత నాభ్యంతరం.

  1. కటకాలను d దూరంలో ఉండునట్లు ఒక గొట్టంలో అమర్చాలి.
  2. ఈ వ్యవస్థతో సూర్యుని బిందురూప ప్రతిబింబం తెరపై ఏర్పరచాలి.
  3. రెండో’ కటకం నుండి తెరకు గల దూరమే ఈ వ్యవస్థ యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం అవుతుంది.

ప్రశ్న 22.
పాఠంలోని పట్టిక – 19 (ప్రయోగశాల కృత్యం – 1) ఉపయోగించి u మరియు V లకు, 1/u మరియు 1/v లకు లు గీయండి. (AS5)
జవాబు:
పట్టిక – 1లోని విలువల నుండి 1 విలువలను X – అక్షంపై, V – విలువలను Y – అక్షంపై తీసుకుని గీసిన గ్రాఫ్
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 21

\(\frac{1}{\mathrm{u}}\) విలువలను X – అక్షంపై, \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{v}}\) విలువలను Y – అక్షం పై తీసుకుని గీసిన గ్రాఫ్
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 22

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

ప్రశ్న 23.
40 సెం.మీ. నాభ్యంతరం గల కేంద్రీకరణ కటకంపై సమాంతర కిరణాలు పతనం చెందాయి. 15 సెం.మీ. నాభ్యంతరం గల వికేంద్రీకరణ కటకాన్ని ఎక్కడ ఉంచితే, రెండు కటకాల గుండా ప్రయాణించిన తర్వాత ఆ కిరణాలు తిరిగి సమాంతరంగా ఉంటాయి. కిరణచిత్రాన్ని గీయండి. (AS5)
జవాబు:
కిరణచిత్రము :
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 23
కుంభాకార కటకం నుండి 25 సెం.మీ. దూరంలో పుటాకార దర్పణాన్ని ఉంచాలి.

వివరణ : కుంభాకార దర్పణానికి :
u = ∞ (ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా కాంతి కిరణాలు వస్తున్నాయి)
v = f (అవి నాభి వద్ద కేంద్రీకరింపబడుతున్నాయి)
f = + 40 సెం.మీ.

పుటాకార దర్పణానికి :
u = ?
v = ∞ (వక్రీభవన కిరణాలు ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా వెళ్తున్నాయి)
f = – 15 సెం.మీ.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 24

అనగా కటకం అవతల 15 సెం.మీ. దూరంలో వస్తువు ఉన్నట్లు భావించాలి. కనుక కుంభాకార దర్పణం వలన కాంతికిరణాలు ఎక్కడ కేంద్రీకరింపబడతాయో (f = 40) ఆ బిందువు కన్నా 15 సెం.మీ. ముందు పుటాకార దర్పణాన్ని ఉంచాలి. అప్పుడు రెండు కటకాల మధ్య దూరం 25 సెం.మీ. అవుతుంది.

ప్రశ్న 24.
ప్రయోగఫలితాలు, కిరణచిత్రాల ఫలితాలు ఒకే విధంగా ఉండడాన్ని మీరెలా అభినందిస్తారు? (AS6)
జవాబు:
ప్రయోగ ఫలితాలు, కిరణ చిత్ర ఫలితాలు ఒకే విధంగా ఉంటాయి. కనుక ప్రయోగం చేయకుండానే కిరణచిత్రాల ద్వారా వివిధ వస్తుదూరాలకు ప్రతిబింబ స్థానాలను, లక్షణాలను తెలుసుకోవచ్చును.
కావున కిరణ చిత్రాలు మనకు ఎంతో ఉపయోగపడతాయి.

ప్రశ్న 25.
వక్రీభవన గుణకం n = 1.5 గల గాజుతో ఒక కుంభాకార – పుటాకార కేంద్రీకరణ కటకం తయారు చేయబడింది. దాని నాభ్యంతరం 24 సెం.మీ. దాని ఒక వక్రతావ్యాసార్ధం మరొక వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధానికి రెట్టింపైన ఆ రెండు వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధాలను కనుగొనండి. (R1 = 6 సెం.మీ. R2 = 12 సెం.మీ.) (AS7)
జవాబు:
గాజు యొక్క వక్రీభవన గుణకం = n = 1.5
కుంభాకార – పుటాకార కేంద్రీకరణ కటకం నాభ్యంతరం = f = 24 సెం.మీ.

పుటాకార – కుంభాకార కటక వక్రతావ్యాసార్ధాలు R1 మరియు R2 లు అనుకొనుము. ఇవి రెండూ ఒకే సంజ్ఞను కలిగి ఉంటాయి.

ఒక వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధం మరొక వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధానికి రెట్టింపు కావున R2 = 2R1
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 25

ప్రశ్న 26.
ఒక ఈతకొలనులో అంచువెంబడి నీటిలో మునిగి మీరు ఈదుతున్నారనుకుందాం. ఒడ్డుపై మీ స్నేహితుడు నిలబడి ఉన్నాడు. మీకు మీ స్నేహితుడు, అతని వాస్తవ ఎత్తుకన్నా ఎక్కువ ఎత్తుగా కనబడతాడా లేక తక్కువ ఎత్తుగా కనబడతాడా? ఎందుకు? (AS7)
(లేదా)
రాజు అతని స్నేహితులు కొలనులో ఈత కొడుతున్నారు. వారిలో ఒకరు ఒడ్డుపై నిలబడి ఉన్నాడు. వారికి ఆ స్నేహితుడు, అతని వాస్తవ ఎత్తుకన్నా ఎక్కువ ఎత్తుగా కనబడతాడా? లేదా? ఎందుకు?
జవాబు:
అతని వాస్తవ ఎత్తుకన్నా ఎక్కువ ఎత్తుగా కనబడతాడు.

కారణం :
కాంతి విరళ యానకం నుండి సాంద్రతర యానకంలోనికి ప్రయాణించునపుడు లంబానికి దగ్గరగా వక్రీభవనం చెందును.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 26

ఖాళీలను పూరించండి

1. దూరంలో ఉన్న వస్తువు నుండి వచ్చే కిరణాలు కుంభాకార కటకం వల్ల వక్రీభవనం చెంది …………… గుండా ప్రయాణిస్తాయి. (నాభి వద్ద)
2. కటకం యొక్క ……….. గుండా ప్రయాణించే కిరణం విచలనం పొందదు. (దృక్ కేంద్రం)
3. కటక సూత్రం ….. \(\left(\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{v}-\frac{1}{u}\right)\)
4. ఒక సమతల కుంభాకార కటక నాభ్యంతరం 28, వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధం R అయిన కటక తయారీకి వాడిన పదార్థ వక్రీభవన గుణకం …………… (1.5)
5. నిజ మరియు మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబాలను ఏర్పరచే కటకం ………………. (కుంభాకార కటకం)

సరైన సమాధానాన్ని ఎన్నుకోండి

1. కింది పదార్థాలలో కటక తయారీకి పనికిరానిది
A) నీరు
B) గాజు
C) ప్లాస్టిక్
D) బంకమన్ను
జవాబు:
D) బంకమన్ను

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

2. కింది వాటిలో ఏది సరియైనది?
A) కుంభాకార కటకంతో ఏర్పడ్డ మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబ దూరం ఎల్లప్పుడూ వస్తుదూరం కంటే ఎక్కువ.
B) కుంభాకార కటకంతో ఏర్పడ్డ మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబ దూరం ఎల్లప్పుడూ వస్తుదూరం కంటే తక్కువ లేదా సమానం.
C) కుంభాకార కటకం వల్ల ఎల్లప్పుడూ నిజప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడుతుంది.
D)కుంభాకార కటకం వల్ల ఎల్లప్పుడూ మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడుతుంది.
జవాబు:
A) కుంభాకార కటకంతో ఏర్పడ్డ మిథ్యా ప్రతిబింబ దూరం ఎల్లప్పుడూ వస్తుదూరం కంటే ఎక్కువ.

3. n వక్రీభవన గుణకం, R వక్రతావ్యాసార్ధం గల ఒక సమతల కుంభాకార కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం …
A) f= R
B) f = R/2
C) f = R(n – 1)
D) F = (n – 1)/R
జవాబు:
C) f = R(n – 1)

4. ఏ సందర్భంలో కటకనాభ్యంతర విలువకు ప్రతిబింబ దూరం విలువ సమానం?
A) కిరణాలు దృక కేంద్రం గుండా ప్రయాణించినప్పుడు
B) కిరణాలు ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణించినప్పుడు
C) కిరణాలు నాభి గుండా ప్రయాణించినప్పుడు
D) అన్ని సందర్భాలలో
జవాబు:
B) కిరణాలు ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణించినప్పుడు

5. కింది వాటిలో కటక తయారీ సూత్రం ఏది?
A) 1/f = (n – 1) (1/R1 + 1/R2)
B) 1/f = (n + 1) (1/R1 – 1/R2)
C) 1/f = (n – 1) (1/R1 – 1/R2)
D) 1/f = (n + 1) (1/R1 + 1/R2)
జవాబు:
C) 1/f = (n – 1) (1/R1 – 1/R2)

పరికరాల జాబితా

వివిధ రకాల కటకాలు, V – స్టాండు, కుంభాకార కటకం, తెర, కొవ్వొత్తి, గాజు బీకరు, కటకం ఉంచే రింగు.

10th Class Physical Science 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం Textbook InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 68

ప్రశ్న 1.
రెండు యానకాలను వేరు చేసే వక్రతలంపై కాంతికిరణం పతనమైతే ఏం జరుగుతుంది?
జవాబు:
కాంతి వక్రతలం వద్ద వక్రీభవనం చెందుతుంది.

ప్రశ్న 2.
వక్రతలంపై పతనమైన కాంతికిరణాలు ఎలా విచలనం పొందుతాయి?
జవాబు:
విరళ యానకం నుండి సాంద్రతర యానకంలోనికి ప్రయాణించేటప్పుడు లంబానికి దగ్గరగా జరుగుతాయి.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 69

ప్రశ్న 3.
ప్రధానాక్షం వెంట ప్రయాణించే కిరణం ఏమవుతుంది? అలాగే వక్రతా కేంద్రం గుండా ప్రయాణించే కిరణం ఏమవుతుంది?
జవాబు:
రెండు కిరణాలు లంబం వెంటే ప్రయాణిస్తాయి.
విచలనం పొందవు.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 27

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 74

ప్రశ్న 4.
రెండు వక్రతలాలున్న పారదర్శక పదార్థాన్ని కాంతికిరణ మార్గంలో ఉంచితే, ఆ కిరణం ఏమవుతుంది?
జవాబు:
కాంతికిరణం రెండుసార్లు వక్రీభవనం చెందుతుంది.

ప్రశ్న 5.
కటకం గుండా ప్రయాణించిన కాంతి కిరణం ఎలా ప్రవర్తిస్తుంది?
జవాబు:
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 28

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 76

ప్రశ్న 6.
నాభి గుండా ప్రయాణించే కాంతి కిరణం ఎలా ప్రవర్తిస్తుంది?
జవాబు:
నాభి గుండా ప్రయాణించే కాంతి కిరణం వక్రీభవనం పొందాక ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణిస్తుంది.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 29

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 77

ప్రశ్న 7.
ప్రధానాక్షానికి కొంత కోణం చేస్తూ వచ్చే సమాంతర కాంతి కిరణాలు కటకంపై పతనం చెందితే ఏం జరుగుతుంది?
జవాబు:
ప్రధానాక్షానికి కొంత కోణం చేస్తూ వచ్చే సమాంతర కాంతి కిరణాలు నాభీయతలంపై ఏదేని బిందువు వద్ద కేంద్రీకరించ బడతాయి. (లేదా) నాభీయ తలంపై నున్న బిందువు నుండి బయలుదేరి వస్తునట్లు కనిపిస్తాయి.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 30

ప్రశ్న 8.
వస్తువు అనంతదూరంలో ఉండటం అంటే ఏమిటి?
జవాబు:
వస్తువు కటకానికి బాగా దూరంగా ఉంటే అనంత దూరంలో ఉందని అంటాం. అనంతదూరంలో వస్తువు ఉన్నప్పుడు కటకంపై పడే కాంతి కిరణాలు ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ఉంటాయి.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 83

ప్రశ్న 9.
u – V పద్ధతిలో అన్ని సందర్భాలలోనూ కటక నాభ్యంతరం ఒకే విలువ వచ్చునా?
జవాబు:

  1. u, v విలువలు మారిన అన్ని సందర్భాలలోనూ ఒకే విలువ ఉండును.
  2. నాభ్యంతరం విలువ ఒకేలా రాకుంటే గణించిన నాభ్యంతరం విలువల సరాసరిని తీసుకోవాలి.

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 84

ప్రశ్న 10.
కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం ఏ ఏ అంశాలపై ఆధారపడుతుంది?
జవాబు:
కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం

  1. కటకం తయారైన పదార్థ లక్షణంపై
  2. కటక వక్రతా వ్యాసార్ధాలపై
  3. పరిసర యానకంపైన ఆధారపడుతుంది.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 69

ప్రశ్న 11.
ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణించే కిరణం ఏమవుతుంది?
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 31
జవాబు:
a, C లలో వక్రీభవన కిరణం ప్రధానాక్షం పై ఒక నిర్దిష్ట బిందువును చేరుతుంది. Ab, d లలో ప్రధానాక్షానికి దూరంగా జరిగింది. వెనుకకు పొడిగిస్తే అది ప్రధానాక్షాన్ని అదే బిందువు వద్ద ఖండిస్తుంది.

ప్రశ్న 12.
i) 4(ఎ), 4(బి) పటాలలో వక్రీభవన కిరణాల మధ్య ఏం తేడా గమనించారు?
జవాబు:
4(ఎ) లో వక్రీభవన కిరణం ప్రధానాక్షంపై నిర్దిష్ట బిందువు వద్ద చేరింది.
4(బి) లో వక్రీభవన కిరణం ప్రధానాక్షానికి దూరంగా జరిగింది.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 70

ii) ఈ (4(ఎ), 4(బి) మధ్య తేడాకు కారణం ఏమై ఉంటుంది?
జవాబు:
దీనికి ముఖ్యకారణం కాంతికిరణం వేర్వేరు యానకాలలో వక్రీభవనం చెందుట.

iii) 4(సి), 4(డి) పటాలలో వక్రీభవన కిరణాల మధ్య ఏం తేడా గమనించారు?
జవాబు:
4(సి) లో వక్రీభవన కిరణం ప్రధానాక్షంపై నిర్దిష్ట బిందువు వద్ద చేరింది.
4(డి) లో ప్రధానాక్షానికి దూరంగా జరిగింది.

iv) ఈ (4(సి), 4(డి) మధ్య తేడాకు కారణం ఏమై ఉంటుంది?
జవాబు:
దీనికి ముఖ్యకారణం కాంతికిరణం వేర్వేరు యానకాలలో వక్రీభవనం చెందుట.

v) నిమ్మకాయ పరిమాణంలో కనిపించే ఈ మార్పును ఎలా వివరిస్తారు?
జవాబు:
కాంతి సాంద్రతర యానకం నుండి విరళయానకంలోకి ప్రయాణించినపుడు లంబానికి దూరంగా వంగును.

vi) పెద్దగా కనిపించే నిమ్మకాయ అసలు నిమ్మకాయా? లేక దాని ప్రతిబింబమా?
జవాబు:
నిమ్మకాయ యొక్క ప్రతిబింబము.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 72 ఉదాహరణ : 1)

ప్రశ్న 13.
ఆకాశంలో ఉన్న పక్షి సరస్సులోని నీటి ఉపరితలం దిశగా లంబంగా స్థిరవడితో కిందికి ప్రయాణిస్తుంది. పక్షికి లంబంగా నీటిలో ఒక చేప ఉంటే, ఆ చేపకు
a) పక్షి అసలు స్థానం కంటే దూరంలో కనబడుతుంది.
b) పక్షి అసలు స్థానం కంటే దగ్గరగా కనబడుతుంది.
c) పక్షి యొక్క వాస్తవ వేగం కంటే ఎక్కువ వేగంతో కదులుతున్నట్లు కనబడుతుంది.
d) పక్షి యొక్క వాస్తవ వేగం కంటే తక్కువ వేగంతో కదులుతున్నట్లు కనబడుతుంది.
పై అంశాలలో ఏవి సరియైనవి ? వాటిని మీరు ఎలా నిరూపిస్తారు? (AS7)
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 32
జవాబు:
సమతలం వద్ద వక్రీభవనానికి మనం ఉపయోగించే సూత్రం \(\frac{\mathrm{n}_{2}}{\mathrm{~V}}=\frac{\mathrm{n}_{1}}{\mathrm{u}}\) . ……. (1)

ఒకానొక సమయంలో నీటి ఉపరితలం నుండి X ఎత్తులో పక్షి ఉందనుకుందాం.
నీటి వక్రీభవన గుణకం n అనుకుందాం.
గాలి వక్రీభవన గుణకం (n1) = 1; నీటి వక్రీభవన గుణకం (n2) = n
పటం ప్రకారం, వస్తుదూరం (u) = – X; ప్రతిబింబదూరం (v) =-y

ఈ విలువలను సమీకరణం (1) లో ప్రతిక్షేపించగా
\(\frac{n}{(-y)}=\frac{1}{(-x)} \Rightarrow y=n x\)

నీటి వక్రీభవన గుణకం (1) విలువ 1 కన్నా ఎక్కువని మనకు తెలుసు. కాబట్టి పై సమీకరణం ప్రకారం y విలువ X కంటే ఎక్కువ. కాబట్టి చేపకు పక్షి దాని అసలు స్థానం కంటే దూరంగా కనబడుతుంది. పక్షి స్థిరవడితో లంబంగా కిందికి ప్రయాణిస్తుందని మనం భావించాం. భూమిపై నుండి చూసే పరిశీలకునికి నిర్దిష్ట సమయంలో పక్షి X దూరం ప్రయాణించినట్లు కనిపిస్తే, అదేకాలంలో పక్షి ల దూరం ప్రయాణించినట్లుగా చేపకు కనబడుతుంది. X కన్నా y విలువ ఎక్కువ కాబట్టి పక్షి వాస్తవ వేగం కంటే ఎక్కువ వేగంతో కదులుతున్నట్లుగా చేపకు కనబడుతుందని మనం చెప్పవచ్చు.
దీనినిబట్టి సమస్యలో ఇచ్చిన అంశాలలో (a) మరియు (c) సరియైనవి.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 73 (ఉదాహరణ : 2)

ప్రశ్న 14.
R వ్యాసార్ధం గల పారదర్శక గోళం గాలిలో ఉంది. దాని వక్రీభవన గుణకం n. వస్తు దూరానికి సమాన దూరంలో గోళానికి రెండోవైపు నిజప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడాలంటే, ప్రధానాక్షంపై గోళం ఉపరితలం నుండి ఎంత దూరంలో వస్తువును ఉంచాలి?
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 33
జవాబు:
పటంను పరిశీలిస్తే వస్తుదూరానికి సమానమైన దూరంలో ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడాలంటే గోళంలో ప్రయాణించే వక్రీభవన కిరణం ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణించాలని తెలుస్తుంది.
గాలి వక్రీభవన గుణకం n1 = 1; గోళం వక్రీభవన గుణకం n2 = n

పటం నుండి, వస్తుదూరం u = – X; ప్రతిబింబదూరం V = 0 (ఒకటో వక్రతలం వద్ద వక్రీభవనం పొందిన కిరణం ప్రధానాక్షానికి సమాంతరంగా ప్రయాణిస్తుంది.)
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 34

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

ఉదాహరణ : 3

ప్రశ్న 14.
ఒక పారదర్శక గోళకేంద్రం వద్ద ఒక చిన్న అపారదర్శక బిందువు ఉంది. గోళం బయటి నుండి చూసినపుడు ఆ బిందువు యథాస్థానంలో కనబడుతుందా?
జవాబు:
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 35
అంటే వస్తుదూరం, ప్రతిబింబదూరం సమానం. కనుక బిందువు ఏ స్థానంలో ఉందో, అదే స్థానంలో కనిపిస్తుంది. ఇది పదార్థం యొక్క వక్రీభవన గుణకంపై ఆధారపడదు.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 76 (ఉదాహరణ : 4)

ప్రశ్న 15.
కుంభాకార కటకం యొక్క ప్రధానాక్షం (MN)పై నాభి (F)కి ఆవల ఒక బిందురూప వస్తువు (S)ను ఉంచినపుడు, ప్రతిబింబ స్థానాన్ని గుర్తించడానికి కిరణచిత్రాన్ని గీయండి.
జవాబు:
నాభి (F’) వద్ద ప్రధానాక్షానికి ఒక లంబరేఖ గీయండి.

బిందురూప వస్తువు (S) నుండి కటకంపై ఏదేని బిందువు (P’) ను చేరేటట్లు ఒక కిరణాన్ని గీయండి. వస్తువు (S) నుండి గీసిన కిరణానికి సమాంతరంగా కటక దృక కేంద్రం (P) గుండా పోయే మరో రేఖను గీయండి. ఈ రేఖ, నాభి వద్ద గీసిన లంబాన్ని F0 వద్ద ఖండిస్తుంది.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 36

– P’ బిందువు నుండి బయలుదేరి F0 బిందువు గుండా పోతూ ప్రధానాక్షాన్ని I అనే బిందువు వద్ద ఖండించే విధంగా మరొక రేఖను గీయండి.

– S అనే బిందురూప వస్తువుకు ‘I’ బిందువు ప్రతిబింబం అవుతుంది.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 80 (ఉదాహరణ : 5)

ప్రశ్న 16.
పటం (ఎ), (బి) లలో చూపిన కిరణాలు కటకం గుండా ప్రయాణించాక ఏర్పడే వక్రీభవన కిరణాల మార్గాలను గీయండి.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 37
జవాబు:
కిరణచిత్రాలను గీయడానికి ఉదాహరణ 4లో తెలిపిన సూచనలను పాటించండి. ఆ కిరణాల మార్గాలు (సి), – (డి) పటాలలో చూపిన విధంగా ఉంటాయని మీరు గుర్తిస్తారు.
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 38

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 83 (ఉదాహరణ : 6)

ప్రశ్న 17.
ఒక టేబుల్ పై వెలుగుతున్న విద్యుత్ బల్బు, తెరను ఒకదానికి ఒకటి 1 మీ|| దూరంలో ఉంచాం. 21 సెం.మీ. నాభ్యంతరం గల కుంభాకార కటకాన్ని వీటి మధ్య ఏ స్థానంలో ఉంచితే స్పష్టమైన ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడుతుంది?
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 39
జవాబు:
వస్తువు (విద్యుత్ బల్బు) కు, తెరకు మధ్య దూరం d మరియు వస్తువుకు, కటకానికి మధ్య దూరం X అనుకుందాం. పటం ప్రకారం u = – X, V = d – x

ఈ విలువలను కటక సూత్రంలో ప్రతిక్షేపించగా
\(\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{(d-x)}+\frac{1}{x}\)
ఈ సమీకరణాన్ని సాధించి x² – dx + fd = 0 అని పొందవచ్చు.
ఇది ఒక వర్గసమీకరణం. దీనికి రెండు సాధనలుంటాయి. అవి

f = 21 సెం.మీ.; d= 1 మీ. 100 సెం.మీ. అని ఇవ్వబడింది.

ఈ విలువలను పై సమీకరణంలో ప్రతిక్షేపించి, x1 = 70 సెం.మీ. మరియు x2 = 30 సెం.మీ. అని పొందవచ్చు.

గమనిక : f విలువ 25 సెం.మీ. లేదా అంతకన్నా తక్కువ ఉన్నప్పుడు మాత్రమే బల్బ్ యొక్క ప్రతిబింబం స్పష్టంగా ఏర్పడుతుంది.

దీనికి గల కారణమేమిటో, సమీకరణం – (1) ఉపయోగించి చర్చించండి. ఉపాధ్యాయుని సహకారం తీసుకోండి.

10th Class Physical Science Textbook Page No. 89 (అనుబంధ ఉదాహరణ)

ప్రశ్న 18.
వక్రీభవన గుణకం n = 1.5 గల ఒక ద్విపుటాకార కటకం గాలిలో ఉంచబడింది. కటకం యొక్క రెండు వక్రతలాల వక్రతావ్యా సార్ధాలు R1 = – 30 సెం.మీ., R2 = 60 సెం.మీ. అయిన ఆ కటక నాభ్యంతరం ఎంత?
జవాబు:
పటం ప్రకారం సంజ్ఞా సంప్రదాయాన్ని ఉపయోగించి
R1 = – 30 సెం.మీ. R2 = 60 సెం.మీ. అని రాయవచ్చు. n = 1.5 అని ఇవ్వబడింది.
పై విలువలను \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{f}}=(\mathrm{n}-1)\left(\frac{1}{\mathrm{R}_{1}}-\frac{1}{\mathrm{R}_{2}}\right)\)
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 40
పై సమీకరణాన్ని సాధిస్తే f = – 40 సెం.మీ. అవుతుంది. ఇందులో ‘-‘ అనేది వికేంద్రీకరణ కటకాన్ని తెలియజేస్తుంది.

10th Class Physical Science 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం Textbook Activities

కృత్యములు

కృత్యం – 1

ప్రశ్న 1.
వక్రతలాల ద్వారా కాంతి వక్రీభవనంను అవగాహన చేసుకోవడానికి ఒక కృత్యంను వ్రాయుము.
జవాబు:
ఉద్దేశ్యం : వక్రతలాలపై కాంతి వక్రీభవనంను అవగాహన చేసుకొనుట.

కావలసిన పరికరాలు :
మందపాటి కాగితం ముక్క నల్ల స్కెచ్ పెన్, గాజు స్థూపాకార పాత్ర, టేబుల్ మరియు నీరు.

పద్ధతి : సందర్భం – 1:

  1. ఒక మందపాటి కాగితం ముక్కను తీసుకొనుము.
  2. దానిపై నల్లని స్కెచ్ తో 4 సెం.మీ. బాణం గుర్తును గీయుము.
  3. టేబుల్ పై గాజు గ్లాసు వంటి స్థూపాకారపు పాత్ర నుంచుము.
  4. ఆ పాత్ర గుండా అవతల వైపునున్న బాణం గుర్తును పరిశీలించుము.
  5. బాణం గుర్తు కంటే తక్కువ పరిమాణం గల ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పడును.
  6. దీనికి కారణం బాణం గుర్తునుండి వచ్చే కాంతి వక్రతలం ద్వారా వక్రీభవనం చెంది గాజు గుండా ప్రయాణించింది. మరల గాజు నుండి గాలిలోకి, మరొకసారి వక్రీభవనం చెందడం వలన చిన్న ప్రతిబింబం ఏర్పరుస్తుంది.

సందర్భం – 2 :

  1. ఇప్పుడు గాజు పాత్రను నీటితో నింపుము.
  2. అదే స్థానంలో ఉండి మరల బాణం గుర్తును పరిశీలించుము.
  3. ప్రతిబింబం వ్యతిరేకదిశలో ఏర్పడుతుంది.
  4. దీనికి కారణము కాంతి వక్రతలంలోకి ప్రవేశించి నీటిగుండా ప్రయాణించి, నీటి నుండి బయటకు వచ్చాక వ్యతిరేక ఆ దిశలో ఉన్న ప్రతిబింబాన్ని ఏర్పరుస్తుంది.

AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం

కృత్యం – 2

ప్రశ్న 2.
కటకం యొక్క నాభ్యంతరం ఏఏ అంశాలపై ఆధారపడుతుంది?
జవాబు:
ఉద్దేశ్యం : కటక నాభ్యంతరం పరిసర యానకంపై ఆధారపడుతుందని నిరూపించుట.

కావలసిన పరికరాలు :
కటకం, స్థూపాకార పాత్ర, నల్లటి రాయి, నీరు
AP Board 10th Class Physical Science Solutions 4th Lesson వక్రతలాల వద్ద కాంతి వక్రీభవనం 18

ప్రయోగం :

  1. నాభ్యాంతరం తెలిసిన కటకాన్ని తీసుకొంటిని.
  2. కటక నాభ్యాంతరానికి 4 రెట్లు ఎత్తు ఉండే గాజు గ్లాసు వంటి ఒక ఇక స్థూపాకార పాత్రను తీసుకొంటిని.
  3. పాత్ర అడుగుభాగాన నల్లటి రాయి నుంచితిని.
  4. రాయిపై నుండి కటక నాభ్యాంతరం కన్నా ఎక్కువ ఎత్తు వరకు ఉండేటట్లు పాత్రలో నీరు నింపితిని.
  5. పటంలో చూపినట్లు కటకాన్ని నీటి ఉపరితలానికి సమాంతరంగా నీటిలో యుంచితిని.
  6. రాయి ఉపరితలం నుండి కటకానికి గల దూరం, కటక నాభ్యంతరానికి సమానంగా గానీ, లేదా తక్కువగా గానీ ఉండే విధంగా కటకాన్ని పట్టుకుంటిని.

పరిశీలనలు :

  1. రాయి ప్రతిబింబాన్ని చూడగలిగాను.
  2. గాలిలో రాయి, కటకానికి మధ్య దూరం కటక నాభ్యాంతరం కంటే తక్కువ ఉంటేనే రాయి ప్రతిబింబం కనబడుతుంది.
  3. కానీ ప్రయోగంలో కటకం గాలిలో ఉన్నప్పుడు కనుగొన్న నాభ్యంతరం కంటే, రాయి-కటకం మధ్య దూరం ఎక్కువగా ఉండే విధంగా కటకాన్ని నీటిలో ముంచిన రాయి ప్రతిబింబం కనబడింది.
  4. దీనిని బట్టి నీటిలో ఉన్నప్పుడు కటక నాభ్యంతరం పెరిగిందని తెలుస్తుంది.

నిర్ణయము :
కనుక కటక నాభ్యంతరం పరిసరయానకంపై ఆధారపడుతుంది.